Appendix I
1. Leaf blades tertate (round), long and thin (subulate), 1-2 mm in diameter, leaf venation not obvious — Syringodium isoetifolium
1. Leaf blades otherwise — 2
2. Erect shoots 8-12 cm long, 6-18 nodes per shoot, 2-3 leaflets per node. Leaflets serrated with prominent marginal- and mid-veins, cross-veins absent— Halophila spinulosa
2. Erect shoots not apparent, or leaves clustered if shoots elongate— 3
3. Leaf blades oval to elliptical to oblong, petioles clearly visible — 4
3. Leaf blades linear, strap-shaped, petiole absent—6
4. Leaf blades oval to elliptical (paddle-shaped), > 5 mm wide, 1-4 cm long, with 10-25 pairs of cross-veins — Halophila ovalis
4. Leaf blades oval to oblong, < 5 mm wide, 0.5-2.5 cm long; 3-10 cross-veins — 5
5. Leaf blades with smooth margins, 0.5-1.5 cm long; 3-10 pairs of cross-veins; hairs absent — Halophila minor
5. Leaf blades with serrated margins, 1.0-2.5 cm long; clearly visible marginal- and mid-veins, 6-9 cross veins; leaf blades hairy and translucent —Halophila decipiens
6. Leaves long, 30-200 cm or more, ribbon-like, 1.2-1.8 cm wide, thick. Leaf blades thickened with inrolled margins. Rhizomes at least 1 cm thick, with bristles; roots cord-like; ligule absent — Enhalus acoroides
6. Leaves linear to curvi-linear; raised margins absent. Rhizomes without bristies — 7
7. Ligule absent. Numerous black tannin cells visible in leaves. Rhizomes of two forms, scale- and leaf-bearing; rhizomes thick with lateral shoots; nodes on rhizomes between successive shoots; scale present at each node — Thalassia hemprichii
7. Ligule present — 8
8. Leaves 2 mm wide or less, with 3 veins — 9
8. Leaves > 2 mm wide — 10
9. Leaf blades 0.25-2.0 mm wide. Tips of leaf blades with three distinct teeth, the middle tooth blunt (obtuse); central vein not split — Halodule uninervis (narrow leaf form)
9. Leaf 0.25-1.2 mm wide. Central vein split near leaf tip into black v-shape. Leaf tips rounded and slightly serrated — Halodule pinifolia
10. Leaf blades 2-5 mm with three distinct teeth, three veins — Halodule uninervis (wide leaf form)
10. Leaf tips otherwise — 11
11. Rhizomes woody and monopodial. Scars on rhizome present between successive elongate (10-65 cm) erect shoots; shoots bearing clusters of sickle-shaped leaves at the end — Thalassodendron ciliatum
11. Shoots erect and short; rhizomes neither woody nor monopodial (herbaceous) ; rhizomes lack scars. Longitudinal veins present; leaf sheaths not shed with blades —12
12. Leaf tips serrated; leaf blade ≥ 4 mm wide; leaf sheaths broad and triangular. Erect shoots with open (discontinuous) leaf scars — Cymodocea serrulata
12. Leaf tips rounded with central depression (heart-shaped). Short erect shoots with closed (continuous) leaf scars — Cymodocea rotundata
References
Abbott, M. J. and Chamalaun, F. H. (1981). Geochronology of some Banda arc volcanics. In: Barber, A. J. and Wiryosujono, S. (eds.), The geology and tectonics of eastern Indonesia. GRDC Bandung, Sp. Publ. 2: 253-268.
Abe, N. (1937). Post-larval development of the coral Fungia actiniformis var. palawensis Döderlein. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta. Stud. 1: 73-93.
Acevedo, R. and Goenaga, C. (1986). Note on coral bleaching after a chronic flooding in southwestern Puerto Rico. Carib. J. Sci. 22: 225
Achituv, Y. and Dubinsky, Z. (1990). Evolution and zoogeography of coral reefs, pp. 1-9. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Achituv, Y., Benayahu, Y and Hanahia, J. (1992). Planulae brooding and acquisition of zooxanthellae in Xenia macrospiculata (Cnidaria: Octocoralia). Helg. Meerusun. 46: 301-310.
Ackman, R. G., MacPherson, E. J. and O'Dor, R.K (1991). Fatty acids of the depot fats from the blue-banded sea snake (Laticauda colubrina) and its principal food the conger eel (Conger cinerus). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 98B (2-3): 423-425.
Addicott, W. O. and Richards, P. W. (1981). Plate tectonic map of the circum-Pacific region. AAPG 4 sheets.
Adey, W. H. (1975). The algal ridges and coral reefs of St. Croix, their structure and Holocene development. Atoll Res. Bull. 187: 1-67.
Adey, W. H. (1977). Shallow water Holocene bioherms of the Caribbean Sea and West Indies. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami 2: 21-24.
Adey, W. H. and Macintyre, I. G. (1973). Crustose coralline algae: a re-evaluation in the geological sciences. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 84: 883-904.
Adey, W. H., Macintyre, I. G., Stuckenrath, R. and Dill, R. F. (1977). Relict barrier reef system off St. Croix: its implications with respect to late Cenozoic coral reef development in the western Adantic. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami. 2: 15-23.
Adisaputra, M. K. (1989). Planktonic foraminifera in recent bottom sediments of the Flores, Lombok and Savu basins, eastern Indonesia. Neth.f. Sea Res. 24(4): 465-475.
Adisaputra, M. K (1991). Mikrofauna dan potensi wisata perairan Benoa, Bali, Jurnal Gelogi dan Sumberdaya Mineral 1: 2-6.
Adiwiroyono, S., Sukardjo, S. and Toro, V. (1984). The occurrence of crustaceans in the Tanjung Bungin mangrove forest, South Sumatra, Indonesia. In: Soepadmo, E., Rao, A. N. and Macintosh, D. J. (eds.), Proceedings of the Asian Symposium on Mangrove Environment: Research and Management. University of Malaya and UNESCO, pp. 241-257.
Agassiz, L. R. J. (1837). Systéme glaciaire ou recherches sur les glaciers … Pt. 1, Nouvelles études et expériences sur les glaciers actuals, Vol. 1,598 pp.
Agassiz, L. R. J. (1840). Études sur les glaciers. Neuchátel, 346 pp.
Agegian, C. R. (1985). The biogeochemical ecology of Porolithon gardineri (Foslie). Ph.D. Thesis. University of Hawaii, 178 pp.
Agoes, E. R. (1991). Indonesia and the LOS Convention: Recent developments in ocean law, policy and management. Mar. Policy 15: 122-131.
Aharon, P. (1991). Recorders of reef environment histories: stable isotopes in corals, giant clams, and calcareous algae. Coral Reefs 10(2): 71-90.
Ahmadjian, V. and Paracer, S. (1986). Symbiosis: An Introduction to Biological Associations. University Press of New England.
Ahmed, S. (1975). Sea-snakes of the Indian Ocean in the collections of the Zoological Survey of India together with remarks on the geographical distribution of all Indian Ocean species. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 17(1): 73-81.
Aissaoui, D. M. and Purser, B. H. (1985). Reef diagenesis: cementation, dolomitisation and dedolomitisation at Mururoa Atoll, French Polynesia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 3: 257-269.
Alcala, A. C. (1981). Fish yield of coral reefs of Sumilion Island, Central Philippines. Natl. Res. Counc. Philipp. Res. Bull. 36(1): 1-7.
Alcock, A. (1903). Report on the deep-sea Madreporaria of the Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie. E. J. Brill, Leyden.
Alder, J., Sloan, N. A. and Uktolseya, H. (1994a). A comparison of management planning and implementation in three Indonesian Marine Protected Areas. Ocean & Coastal Management 24: 179-198.
Alder, J., Sloan, N. A. and Uktolseya, H. (1994b). Advances in marine protected area management in Indonesia: 1988-1993. Ocean & Coastal Management 25: 63-75.
Aleem, A. A. (1990). Impact of human activity on marine habitats along the Red Sea coast of Saudi Arabia. Hydrobiologia,208(1-2): 7-16.
Alino, P. M., Sammarco, P. W. and Coll, J. C. (1988). Studies of the feeding preferences of Chaetodon melannotus (Pisces) for soft corals (Coelenterata; Octocorallia). Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 31-36.
Alldredge, A. L. and Cohen, Y. (1987). Can microscale patches persist in the sea? Microelectrode study of marine snow, fecal pelets. Science 255: 689-691.
Alldredge, A. L. and Gotschalk, C. (1988). In situ settling behaviour of marine snow. Limnol Oceanogr. 33: 339-351.
Alldredge, A. L. and Silver, M. W. (1988). Characteristics, dynamics and significance of marine snow. Prog. Oceanogr. 20: 41-82.
Allen, G. R. (1991). Damselfishes of the World, Mergus Press, Melle, Germany, 271 pp.
Allen, G. R. and Steene, R. C. (1995). Notes on the ecology and behaviour of the Indonesian cardinalfish (Apogonidae) Pterapogon kauderni Koumans. Revue fr. Aquariol. 22(1-2): 7-9.
Allen, G., Laurier, D. and Thouvenin, J. (1979). Etude sédimentologique du delta de la Mahakam. Notes et Mémoires 15, Total-CFP Paris, 156 pp.
Alongi, D. M. (1988). Bacterial productivity and microbial biomass in tropical mangrove sediments. Microb. Ecol. 15: 59-79.
Alongi, D. M. (1990). Effect of mangrove detrital outwelling on nutrient regeneration and oxygen fluxes in coastal sediments of the central Great Barrier Reef lagoon. Est. Coast. Shelf. Sci. 31: 581-598.
Alongi, D. M., Boto, K. G. and Tirendi, F. (1989). Effect of exported mangrove litter on bacterial productivity and dissolved organic carbon fluxes in adjacent tropical nearshore sediments. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 56: 133-144.
Al-Sayari, S. F., Dullo, C, Hotzl, H., Jado, A. R. and Zoetl, J. G. (1984). The Quaternay along the coast of the Gulf of Aqaba. In: Jado, A. R. and Zoetl, J. G. (eds.), Quaternary of Saudi Arabia. Springer Verlag, Berlin, pp. 32-44.
Al-Sofiani, A. A. (1991). Physiology and Ecology of Stylophora pistillata and Echinopora gammacea from the Red Sea. Ph.D. Thesis, Univesity of Glasgow 1991.
Al-Sofyani, A. and Davies, P. S. (1993). Seasonal variation in production and respiration of Red Sea coral. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 351-357.
Alvarez, W. and Muller, R. A. (1984). Evidence from crater ages for periodic impacts on the Earth. Nature 508: 718-720.
Amin, E. M. and Nugroho, D. (1990). Accoustic surveys of pelagic fish resources in the Banda Sea during August 1984 and February-March 1985. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 621-626.
Amir, I. (1992). A comparison of sponge fauna of exposed and sheltered reef flats in Eastern Indonesia. Mar. Res. Indonesia 28: 1-12.
Anderson, O. R. and Lee, J. J. (1991). Cytology and fine structure. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 7-40.
Angel, J. K. and Korshover, J. (1984). Some long term relations between equatorial sea-surface temperature, the four centers of action and 700mb flow. J. Climate Appl. Meteorol. 23: 1326-1332.
Angel, M. V. (1982). Ocean trench conservation. Commission on Ecology Papers No. 1. International Union for Conservation of Natural Resources: 17 pp.
Angelluci, A., Matteucci, R. and Pratulron, A. (1981). Outline of geology and sedimentary environments of the Dahlak Islands (Southern Red Sea). Boll. Soc. Geol. Italiana 99: 405-419.
Angsupanich, S. and Aksornkoae, S. (1994). Mangrove litter production and decomposition at Phang-Nga Bay and Ban Don Bay Thailand. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 405-412.
Arber, A. (1920). Water Plants: A Study of Aquatic Angiosperms. Cambridge Univesity Press, Cambridge, 436 pp.
Arinardi, O. H. (1991). Vertical distribution of Calanoid copepods in the Banda Sea, Indonesia, during and after upwelling period. Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Copepoda. Bull. Plankton Soc, Japan. Spec. Vol., pp. 291-298.
Arinardi, O. H., Baars, M. A. and Oosterhuis, S. S. (1990). Grazing in tropical copepods, measured by gut fluorescence in relation to seasonal upwelling in the Banda Sea (Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 545-580.
Asada, K. and Takahashi, M. (1987). Production and scavenging of active oxygen in photosynthesis. In: Kyle, D. J., Osmond, C. B. and Arntzen, G. J. (eds.), Photoinhibition, pp. 228-287. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Asama, K. (1984). Gigantopteris flora in China and Southeast Asia. Geology and Palaeontology of Southeast Asia 25, pp. 311-325. University of Tokyo Press, Tokyo.
Asano, D. (1942). Coral reefs of the South Sea islands. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Geol. and Paleo. Inst., Rept. 39: 7-19.
Askin, M. (1987). Protection of Indonesian living marine resources: Legislation and resource management. In: Van der Zuaag, D., Mills, S and Patton, B. (eds.), Environmental Law in Indonesia and Canada: Present approaches and future trends. Gadjah Mada University Press, Yogyakarta, pp. 180-189.
Astuti, S. J., Asvaliantina, V., Agustiar, Iska, Z. U., Xasir, T. G., Riandini, F., Nugrahadi, M. S., Putri, M. R., Setiawan, A. and Per-mono, A. K. S. (1994). Reducing the Risk: Oil pollution in the territorial seas of Indonesia. Kapita Selekta GM 420, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Bandung.
Aswandy, I. and Hutomo, M. (1988). Komunitas fauna bentik pada padang lamun (Seagrass) di Teluk Banten. In: Moosa, M. K., Praseno, J. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Perairan Indonesia: Biologi, Budidaya, Kualitas Air dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta: 45-57.
Aswandy, I. and Kiswara, W. (1992). Studies of crustacean communities living on the seagrass beds of Banten Bay, West Java. In:Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. pp. 21-23.
Aswandi, I., Kastoro, W. W., Aziz, A., Hakim, I. A. and Mujiono (1991). Distribution, abundance and species composition of macrobenthos in Seribu Islands, Indonesia. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 183-206. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Institute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Atherton, G. and Dyne, G. (1975). Survey of the algal flora of the Serpentine Creek area. In: Brisbane Airport Development. Vol. 4, Marine study factor reports. AGPS, Canberra, pp. 83-109.
Atkinson, M. J. (1987). Low phosphorus sediments in a hypersaline marine bay. Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci. 24: 335-347.
Atkinson, M. J. (1992). Productivity of Enewetak Atoll reef flats predicted from mass transfer relationships. Continental Shelf Research 12(7/8): 799-807.
Atkinson, M. J. (1993). Toward a kinetic understanding of coral reef metabolism. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 362.
Atkinson, M. R., Findlay, G. P., Hope, A. B., Pitman, M. G., Saddler, H. D. W. and West, K R. (1967). Salt regulation in the mangroves Rhizophora mucronata Lam. and Aegialitis annulata R. Br. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 20: 589-599.
Atmadja, W. S. and Soeroyo (1991). Structure and potential net primary production of mangrove forest at Grajagan and Ujung Kulon, Indonesia. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 441-451. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Atmadja, W. S. and Soeroyo (1994). Outwelling of mangrove litter through river flows at Handeuleum region, Ujung Kulon National Park, West Java. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 423-428.
Atwood, D. K. (1993). An assessment of global warming stress on Caribbean coral reef ecosystems. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 70.
Audley-Charles, M. G. (1972). Cretaceous deep-sea manganese nodules in Timor—implications for tectonics and olistostrome development. Nature 240: 137-139.
Audley-Charles, M. G. (1981). Geological history of the region of Wallace's Line. In: Whitmore, T. C. (ed.), Wallace's Line and Plate Tectonics. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 24-35.
Audley-Charles, M. G. (1983). Reconstruction of eastern Gondwanaland. Nature 306: 48-50.
Audley-Charles, M. G. (1987). Dispersal of Gondwanaland: relevance to evolution of the angiosperms. In: Whitmore, T. C. (ed.), Biogeographical Evolution of the Malay Archipelago. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 5-25.
Audley-Charles, M. G., and J. S. Milsom. (1974). Comments on a paper by T. J. Fitch 'Plate convergence, transcurrent faults, and internal deformation adjacent southeast Asia and the western pacific'. Journal of Geophysical Research 79: 4980- 4981.
Audley-Charles, M. G., Carter, D. J. and Milson, J. S. (1972). Tectonic development of eastern Indonesia in relation to Gondwanaland dispersal. Nature 239: 35- 39.
Austin, B. (1988). Marine microbiology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 222 pp.
Azam, F. and Ammerman, J. W. (1984). Cycling of organic matter by bacterioplankton in pelagic marine ecosystems: microenvironmental considerations. In: Fasham, M. R. (ed.), Flow of Energy and Materials in Marine Ecosystems-Theory and Practice. Plenum Press, London, pp. 345-360.
Aziz, A. (1977). Bulu seribu dari P. Pari. Oseana IV (1): 7-13
Aziz, A. (1994). Aktivitas "grazing" bulu babi jenis Tripneustes gratilla pada padang lamun di pantai Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W. Moosa, M.K and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 64-70.
Aziz, A. and Sugiarto, H. (1994). Fauna ekhinodermata padang lamun di pantai Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W. Moosa, M.K. and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 52-63.
Aziz, A. and Sukarno (1977). Preliminary observations on living habits of Acanthaster planci (Linnaeus) at Pulau Tikus, Seribu Islands. Mar. Res. Indonesia 17: 121-132.
Azkab, M. H. (1988a). Pertumbuhan dan produksi lamun, Thalassia hemprichii (Egrnb.) di rataan terumbu Pulau Pari, Kepulauan Seribu. In: Moosa, M. K., Praseno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Teluk Jakarta, biologi, budidaya, oseanografi, geology, dan kondisi perairan. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 60-66.
Azkab, M. H. (1988b). Pertumbuhan dan produksi lamun, Enhalus acoroides. In: Moosa, M. K, Praseno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Teluk Jakarta, biologi, budidaya, oseanografi, geology, dan kondisi perairan. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 55-59.
Azkab, M. H. (1989). Community structure and biomass of seagrasses in the reef flat of Genteng Besar Island and surroundings. Paper presented at the 9th National Biology Congress, 10-12 July 1989, Padang, Indonesia, 10 pp.
Azkab, M. H. (1991). Study on seagrass community structure and biomass in the southern part of Seribu Islands. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 353-362. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Azkab, M. H. and Hutomo, M. (1986). The resources of Seribu Islands and the role of the Pari Island Research Station. Oseana 2(2): 72-86.
Baars, M. A., Schalk, P. H. and Veldhuis, M. J.W. (1995). Seasonal fluctuations in plankton biomass and productivity in the ecosystems of the Somali Current, Gulf of Aden and southern Red Sea. In: Okemwa, E., Ntiba, M. J. and Sherman, K. (eds.), Status and future of Large Marine Ecosystems of the Indian Ocean: A Report of an International Symposium and Workshop. IUCN, Gland Switzerland, pp. 54-73.
Baars, M. A., Sutomo, A. B., Oosterhuis, S. S. and Arinardi, O. H. (1990). Zooplankton abundance in the eastern Banda Sea and northern Arafura Sea during and after the upwelling season, August 1984 and February 1985. Neth J. Sea Res. 25(4): 527-543.
Babcock, R. C. and Heyward, A. J. (1986). Larval development of certain gamete-spawning scleractinian corals. Coral Reefs 5: 111-116
Babcock, R. C, Willis, B. L. and Simpson, C. J. (1994). Mass spawning of corals on a high latitude coral reef. Coral Reefs 13: 161- 169.
Babcock, R. C, Bull, G. D., Harrison, P. L., Heyward, A. J., Oliver, J. K., Wallace, C. C. and Willis, B. L. (1986). Synchronous spawning of 105 scleractinian coral species on the Great Barrier Reef. Mar. Biol. 90: 379-394.
Bacon, P., Berry, F., Bjorndal, K, Hirth, H., Ogren, L. and Weber, M. (eds.) (1984). Proceedings of the Western Atlantic Turtle Symposium, Vols. 1-3. The University of Miami Press, Florida.
Bailey, C. A., Dwiponggo and Narahudin, F. (1987). Indonesian marine capture fisheries. ICLARM, Manila, Philippines.
Bain, J. H. C. (1973). A summary of the main structural elements of Papua New Guinea. The Western Pacific: island arcs, marginal seas, geochemistry. University of Western Australia, Perth, pp. 149-161.
Bak, R. P. M. (1978). Lethal and sublethal effects of dredging on reef corals. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 9: 14-16.
Bak, R. P. M. (1983). Aspects of community organization in Caribbean stony corals (Scleractinia). UNESCO reports in marine science 23: 51-68.
Bak, R. P. M. (1990). Patterns of echinoid bioerosion in two Pacific coral reef lagoons. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 66: 267-272.
Bak, R. P. M. (1993). Echinoids and their impact on coral reef carbonate budgets in past, present and future. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 437.
Bak, R. P. M. and Elgershuizen, J. H. B. W. (1976). Patterns of oil-sediment rejection in corals. Mar. Biol. 37: 105-113.
Bak, R. P. M. and Luckhurst, B. E. (1980). Constancy and change in coral reef habitats along depth gradients at Curacao. Oecologia (Berl.) 47: 145-155.
Bak, R. P. M. and Povel, G. D. E. (1989). Ecological variables, including physiognomic-structural attributes, and classification of Indonesian coral reefs. Neth. J. Sea Res. 2392: 95-106.
Bak, R. P. M. and Van Eys, G. (1975). Predation of the sea urchin Diadema antillarum Philippi on living coral. Oecologia 20: 111- 115.
Baker, I. and Kaeoniam, P. (1986). Manual of coastal development planning and management for Thailand. UNESCO MABCOMAR, TISTR, Bangkok.
Baker, K. S., Smith, R. C. and Green, A. E. S. (1980). Middle ultraviolet radiation reaching the ocean surface. Photochem. Photobiol 32: 362-374.
Bakun, A. (1990). Global climate change and intensification of coastal upwelling. Science 247:198-201.
Bakus, G. J. (1981). Chemical defense mechanisms on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Science 211: 497-499
Bally, A. W. and Snelson, S. (1980). Realms of subsidence. Facts and principles of world petroleum occurrence. Can. Soc. Petrol. Geologists Memoirs 6: 9-94.
Balsam, W. L. and Vogel, S. (1973).. Water movement in archaeocyathids: evidence and implications of pressure flow models. Palaeontology 47: 979-984.
Barber, A. J., Audley-Charles, M. G. and Carter, D. J. (1977). Thrust tectonics of Timor. Geol. Soc. Aust. 24: 51-62.
Barber, R. T. and Chavez, F. P. (1983). Biological consequences of El Niño. Science 222: 1203-1210.
Bard, E., Duprat, J., Moyes, J. and Duplessy, J. C. (1987). Reconstruction of the last deglaciation: deconvolved records of 8 O profiles, micropaleontological variations and accelerator mass spectrometric C dating. Clim. Dynamics 1: 101-112.
Bard, E., Hamelin, B. and Fairbanks, R. G. (1990). U-Th ages obtained by mass spectrometry in corals from Barbados: sea level during the past 130 000 years. Nature 346: 456458.
Bardintzeff, J. M., Brousse, R and Gachon, A. (1985). Conditions of building of coral reefs on a volcano: Mururoa in Tuamotu and Rurutu in Australes, French Polynesia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 6: 401- 405
Barlow, N. (ed.) (1958). The Autobiography of Charles Darwin, 1809-1882. London, 253 pp.
Barmawidjaja, B. M., Rohling, E. J., Van Der Kaars, W. A., Grazzini, C. V. and Zachariasse, W. J. (1993). Glacial conditions in the northern Molucca Sea region (Indonesia). Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclimat. Palaeoecol. 101(1-2): 147-167.
Barmawidjaja, B. M., De Jong, A. F. M., Van Der Borg, K, Van Der Kaars, W. A. and Zachariasse, W. J. (1989a). Kau Bay, Halmahera, a late quaternary palaeo environmental record of a poorly ventilated basin. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 591-605
Barmawidjaja, B. M., De Jong, A. F. M., Van Der Borg, K, Van Der Kaars, W. A., Van Der Linden, W. J. M. and Zachariasse, W. J. (1989b). The timing of the postglacial marine invasion of Kau Bay, Halmahera, Indonesia. Radiocarbon 31 (3): 948-956.
Barme, M. (1963). Venomous snakes of Vietnam and their venom. In: Keegan, H. L. and MacFalrane, W. V. (eds.), Venomous and poisonous animals and noxious plants of the Pacific region. MacMillan Co., New York, pp. 373-378.
Barnes, D. J. and Chalker, B. E. (1990). Calcification and photosynthesis in reefbuilding corals and algae, pp.109-131. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Barnes, R. D. (1980). Invertebrate Zoology. Saunders College, Philadelphia, p. 1089.
Barnes, R. S. K (1984). Estuanne Biology. The Institute of Biology's Studies in Biology No. 49., Edward Arnold, London.
Barron, E. J. and Washington, W. M. (1982). Cretaceous climate: a comparison of atmospheric simulations with the geologic record. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclimatol. Palaeoecol 40: 103-133
Barth, H. (1982). The biogeography of mangroves. Chapter 3. In: Sen, D. N. and Rajpurohit, K S. (eds.). Tasks for vegetation science. Vol. 2. Junk, The Hague.
Barthel, K. W. (1981). Lithophaga obesa (Philippi) reef-dwelling and cementing pelecypod-A survey of its boring. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 649-659.
Bayer, F. M. (1981a). Key to the genera of Octocorallia exclusive of Pennatulacea (CoelenterataL Anthozoa), with diagnosis of new taxa. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 94(3): 902-947.
Bayer, F. M. (1981b). Status of knowledge of octocorals of world seas. Seminarios de Biologia Marinha: 3-11, bibliography: 29-102. Academia Brasileira de Ciencias, Rio de Janeiro.
Bayne, B. L. (1975). Aspects of physiological condition in Mytilus edulis L., with respect to the effects of oxygen tension and salinity. Proc. 9th Europ. Mar. Biol. Symp. pp. 213-238.
Bé, A. W. H. (1968). Shell porosity of recent planktonic foraminifera as a climateindex. Science 161: 881-884.
Bé, A. W. H. (1977). An ecological, zoogeographic and taxonomic review of recent planktonic foraminifera. In: Ramsey, A.T.S. (ed.), OceanicMicropaleontology. Academic Press, London 1:1-88.
Bé, A. W. H. and Tolderlund, D. S. (1971). Distribution and ecology of planktonic Foraminifera in surface waters of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. In: Funnell, B. M. and Riedel, E. R. (eds.), The micropaleontology of oceans. Cambridge University Press, London, pp. 105-149.
Bé, A. W. H., Harrison, S. M. and Lott, L. (1973). Orbulina universa d'Orbiny in the Indian Ocean. Micropaleontol. 19: 150-192.
Bé, A. W., Hemleben, C, Anderson, O. R., Spindler, M., Hacunda, J. and Tuntivate-Choy, S. (1977). Laboratory and field observations of living planktonic foraminifera. Micropaleontology 23: 155-179.
Beatley, T. (1991). Protecting biodiversity in coastal environments: introduction and overview. Coastal Management 19(1): 1-19.
Beaudry, D. and Moore, G. F. (1981). Seismic-stratigraphic framework of the fore-arc basin off central Sumatra, Sunda Arc. Earth and Planetary Sciences Letters 54: 17-28.
Beauvais, L. (1984). Evolution and diversification of Jurassic Scleractinia Palaeontographica Americana. 4th Int. Symp. Fossil Cnidaria, Washington, pp. 219-224.
Beauvais, L. (1989). Jurassic corals from the circum Pacific area. Mem. Assoc. Australasian Palaentol. 8: 291-302.
Beck, D. E. and Braithwaite, L. F. (1968). Invertebrate Zoology: Laboratory Workbook. (3rd Ed.). Burgess Publishin Minneapolis, Minn., 263 pp.
Beck, J. W., Edwards, R. L., Ito, E., Taylor, F. W., Recy, J., Rougerie, F., Joannot, P. and Henin, C. (1992). Sea-surface temperature from coral skeletal strontium/calcium ratios. Science 257: 644-647.
Beever, J. W. III., Simberloff, D. and King, L. L. (1979). Herbivory and predation by the mangrove tree crab Aratus pisonii. Oecologia 43: 317-328.
Beiser, A. and Krauskoff, K B. (1975). Introduction to Earth Science. McGraw-Hill, New York, 359 pp.
Bel.da, C. A, Cuff, C. and Yellowlees, D. (1993). Modification of shell formation in the giant clam Tridacna gigas at elevated nutrient levels in sea water. Mar. Biol. 117: 251-257.
Bell, J. D. and Pollard, D. A. (1989). Ecology of fish assemblages and fisheries associated with seagrasses. Chapter 17. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 565-609.
Bell, P. R. F. (1992). Eutrophication and coral reefs-some examples in the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. Water Research 26 (5): 553-568.
Bell, P. R. F. (1993). Small scale and large scale eutrophication of coral reef regions-Examples in the Great Barrier Reef (GBR) and Caribbean. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 344.
Bell, P. R. F., Greenfield, P. F. Hawker, D. and Connell, D.. (1989). The impacts of waste discharges on coral reef regions. Wat. Sci. Tech. Vol 21(1): 121-130.
Bellamy, N. and Risk, M. J. (1982). Coral gas: oxygen production in Millepora on the Great Barrier Reef. Science 215:1618-1619.
Bellwood, D. R. and Choat, J. H. (1990). A functional analysis of grazing in parrotfishes (family Scaridae): The ecological implications. Environ. Biol. Fishes 28: 189-214.
Belov, A. A., Gatinsky, Y. G. and Mossakovsky, A. A. (1986). A precis on pre-Alpine tectonic history of Tethyan paleo-ocean. Tectonophysics 127: 197-211.
Benayahu, Y. (1993). Onset of zooxanthellae acquisition in course of ontogenesis of broadcasting and brooding soft corals. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 500.
Benayahu, Y. and Loya, Y. (1983). Surface brooding in the Red Sea soft coral Parerythropodium fulvum fulvum (Forskål 1775). Biol. Bull 165: 353-369.
Benayahu, Y. and Loya, Y (1984a). Life history studies on the Red Sea coral Xenia macrospiculata Gohar, 1940. I. Annual dynamics of gonadal development. Biol. Bull. 166: 32-43.
Benayahu, Y and Loya, Y (1984b). Life history studies on the Red Sea coral Xenia macrospiculata Gohar, 1940. II. Planulae shedding and post larval development. Biol Bull. 166: 44-53.
Benayahu, Y and Loya, Y (1985). Settlement and recruitment of a soft coral: why is Xenia macrospiculata a successful colonizer? Bull. Mar. Sci. 36(1): 177-188.
Benayahu, Y and Loya, Y (1986). Sexual reproduction of a soft coral: synchronous and brief annual spawning of Sarcophyton glaucum (Quoy & Gaimard, 1833). Biol Bull 170: 32-42.
Bennett, I. and Pope, E. C. (1953). Intertidal zonation of the exposed rocky shores of Victoria together with a rearrangement of the biogeographical provinces of temperate Australian shores. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 4: 105-159.
Berger, G. W., Van Bennekom, A. J. and Kloosterhuis, H. J. (1988). Radon profiles in the Indonesian Archipelago. Neth. J. Sea Res. 22(4): 395-402.
Berger, W. H. (1982). Deglacial C02 buildup: constraints on the coral-reef model. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclimat. Palaeoecol 40: 235-253.
Berger, W. H., Adelseck, C. and Mayer, L. (1976). Distribution of carbonate in surface sediment of the Pacific Ocean. J. Geophys. Res. 81: 2617-2627.
Berger, W. H. and Killingley, J. S. (1982). The Worthington effect and the origin of the Younger Dryas. J Mar. Res. 40 (Suppl.): 27-38.
Berger, W. H., Killingley, J. S., Metzler, C. V. and Vincent, E. (1985). Two-step deglaciation: 14C-dated high-resolution ?18O records from the tropical Atlantic Ocean. Quat. Res. 23:258-271.
Bergman, A. M. (1943). The breeding habits of sea snakes. Copeia 3: 156-160.
Bergquist, P. R. (1978). Sponges. Hutchison of London, 268 pp.
Bermudes, D. and Back, R. C. (1991). Symbiosis inferred from the fossil record, pp. 72-91. In: Margulis, L. and Fester, R. (eds.) Symbiosis as a Source of Evolutionary Innovation: Speciation and Morphogenesis. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Berner, T. (1990). Coral-reef algae. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 253-264.
Berry, R. F. and Grady, A. E. (1981). Deformation and metamorphism of the Aileu Formation, north coast, East Timor, Indonesia. J. Struct. Geol. 3: 143-167.
Berry, R. F. and McDougall, I. A. (1986). 40Ar/39Ar and K/Ar dating evidence from the Aileu Formation, East Timor, Indonesia. Chemical Geology 59: 43-58.
Best, M. B. and Boekschoten, G. J. (1988). Comparative qualitative studies on coral species composition in various reef sites in the eastern Indonesian archipelago. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville, 3: 197-204.
Best, M. B. and Hoeksema, B. W. (1987). New observastions on scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 1. Free-living species belonging to the Faviina. Zool Med. Leiden 61(27): 387-403.
Best, M. B. and Suharsono (1991). New observations on scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 3. Species belonging to the Merulinidae with new records of Merulina and Boninastrea. Zool. Med. Leiden 65(26): 333-342.
Best, M. B., Moll., H. and Boekschoten, G. J. (1985). Investigations of recent and fossil coral reefs in eastern Indonesia (Snellius-II Expedition): a preliminary report. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef. Congr., Tahiti, 6: 311-316.
Best, M. B., Hoeksema, B. W., Moka, W., Moll, H., Suharsono, Sutarna, I. N. (1989). Recent scleractinian coral species collected during the Snellius-II Expedition in eastern Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(2): 107-115.
Bina Program (1982). Report on the forest of Indonesia 1982. Directorate of Forest Planning, 45 pp.
Bingham, F. and Lukas, R. (1994). The southward intrusion of North Pacific Intermediate Water along the Mindanao Coast. J. Phys. Ocean. 24: 141-154.
Birch, P. B., Gordon, D. M. and McComb, A. J. (1981). Nitrogen and phosphorus nutrition of Cladophora in the Peel-Harvey estuarine system, Western Australia. Bot. Mar. 24: 381-387.
Birch, W. R. (1975). Some chemical and calorific properties of tropical marine angiosperms compared with those of other plants. J. Appl. Ecol. 12: 201-212.
Birkeland, C. (1982). Terrestrial runoff as a cause of outbreaks of Acanthaster planci (Echinodermata: Asteroidae). Mar. Biol. 69: 175-185.
Birkeland, C. (1984). Influence of topography of nearby land masses in combination with local water movement patterns on the nature of nearshore marine communities. UNESCO reports in marine science 27: 16-31.
Birkeland, G. (1985). Ecological interactions between mangroves, seagrass beds, and coral reefs. In : Ecology Interactions Between Tropical Coastal Ecosystems. UNEP Regional Seas Report and Studies No.73: 1-16.
Birkeland, C., Cheng, L. and Lewin, R. A. (1981). Motility of didemnid ascidian colonies. Bull. Mar. Sci. 31(1): 170-173.
Birowo, S. and Ilahude, A. G. (1977). On the upwelling of the eastern Indonesian waters. In: Papers presented at the 13th Pacific Science Congress, Vancouver, Canada, August 1975. Published by LIPI, Jakarta: 69-89.
Birowo, S., Punjanan, J. and Ismail, S. (1983). Tsunamis in Indonesia. In: Bird, E. C. F., Soegiarto, A. and Soegiart, K. A. (eds.), Proceedings of the Workshop on Coastal Resources Management of Krakatau and The Sunda Strait Region, Indonesia, Jakarta, August 19-September 6, 1981. The Indonesian Institute of Sciences and The United Nations University, Jakarta, pp. 42-49.
Biswas, A. K. and Geping, Q. (1987). Environmental impact assessment for developing countries. United Nations University, Tycooly International, London, 232 pp.
Bjorndal, K A. (1980). Nutrition and grazing behaviour of the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Mar. Biol. 56: 147-154.
Black, C. C. J. and Bender, M. M. (1976). ?13C values in marine organisms from the Great Barrier Reef. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 3: 25-32.
Black, R. M. (1988). The Elements of Palaeontology, (2nd Ed). Cambridge University Press.
Black, R. M. and Johnson, M. S. (1994). Growth rates in outbreak populations of the corallivorous gastropod Drupella cornus (Röding, 1798) at Ningaloo Reef, Western Australia. Coral Reefs 13: 145-150
Bleakley, C. and Wells, S. (1995). Marine Region 13. East Asian Seas. In: Kelleher, G., Bleakley, C. and Wells, S. (eds.), A global representative system of marine protected areas. Volume III. Central Indian Ocean, Arabian Seas, East Africa and East Asian seas. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, The World Bank and The World Corservation Union (IUCN), pp. 107-136.
Bleeker, J. and van der Spoel, S. (1992). Catalogue of the Polychaetea collected by the Siboga Expedition and type specimens of Polychaeta in the Zoological Museum of Amsterdam. Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam 13 (13): 121-166.
Bleeker, P. (1854). Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Flores. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 6: 311-338.
Bleeker, P. (1863). Deuxieme notice sur la faune ichthyologique de I'ile de Flores. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1: 248-252.
Bloom, A. L. (1974). Geomorphology of reef complexes. In: Laporte, L. F. (ed.), Reefs in Time and Space: Selected Examples from the Recent and Ancient, pp. 1-8. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Spec. Publ. No. 18. Tulsa, Oklahoma.
Bloom, A. L. (1980). Late Quaternary sea level changes on South Pacific coasts: a study in tectonic diversity. In: Mörner, N. A. (ed.), Earth rheology, isostacy, and eustacy. Wiley, New York, pp. 505-516.
Bloom, A. L., Broecker, W. S., Chappell, J. M. A., Matthews, R. K. and Mesolella, K. J. (1974). Quaternary sea level fluctuations on a tectonic coast: new 230Th/234U dates from the Huon Peninsula, New Guinea. Quat. Res. 4: 185-205.
Blow, W. H. (1969). Late Middle Eocene to Recent planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy. In: Bronniman, P. and Renz, H. H. (eds.), Proceedings of the first international conference in planktonic microfossils.Leiden, E. J. Brill Publ. 1: 199-421.
Boekschoten G. J., Best, M. B., Oosterbaan, A. and Molenkamp, F. M. (1989). Past corals and recent reefs in Indonesia. Neth. J.SeaRes. 2392): 117-122.
Boely, T., Potier, M. and Nurhakim, S. (1990). Distribution of the pelagic fish populations on the continental shelf off the Gulf of intuni (Irian Jaya, Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 627-639.
Boely, T., Gastellu-Etchegorry, J. P., Potier, M. and Nurhakim, S. (1990). Seasonal and interannual variations of the sea surface temperatures (SST) in the Banda Sea and Arafura Sea area. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 425-429.
Boersma, A. (1978). Foraminifera. In: Haq, B. U. and Boersma, A. (eds.), Introduction to Marine Micropaleontology. Elsevier, New York.
Boon, P. I., Moriarty, D. J. W. and Saffigna, P. G. (1986) Rates of ammonia turnover and the role of amino-acid deamination in seagrasses. Mar. Biol. 91: 259-268.
Borowitzka, M. A. (1977). Algal calcification. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 15: 189-223.
Borowitzka, M. A. (1982). Morphological and cytological aspects of algal calcification. Int. Rev. Cytol. 74: 127-162.
Borowitzka, M. A. (1987). Calcification in algae: mechanisms and the role of metabolism. CRC Rev. Plant. Sci. 6: 1-45.
Borowitzka, M. A. and Larkum, A. W. D. (1986). Reef algae. Oceanus 29 (2): 49-54.
Borowitzka, M. A. and Lethbridge, R. C. (1989). Seagrass epiphytes. Chapter 14. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp.458-499.
Borowitzka, M. A., Larkum, A. W. D. and Nickolds, C. E. (1974). A scanning electron microscope study of the structure and organization of the calcium carbonate depositions of algae. Phycologia 13: 195-203.
Borowitzka, M. A., Lethbridge, R. C. and Charlton, L. (1990). Species richness, spatial distribution and colonisation pattern of algal and invertebrate epiphytes on the seagrass Amphibolis griffithii. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 64: 281-291.
Boschma, H. (1948). The species problem in Millepora. Zool. Verh. (Leiden) 1: 1-115.
Boschma, H. (1951). Notes on hydrocorallia. Zool. Verh. (Leiden). 13: 1-49.
Boschma, H. (1957). List of the described species of the order Stylasterina. Zool. Verh. (Leiden) 33: 1-72.
Boto, K. G. and Bunt, J. S. (1981). Tidal export of particulate organic matter from a northern Australian mangrove system. Est. Coast. Shelf Sci. 13(3): 247-257.
Boto, K. and Isdale, P. (1985). Fluorescent bands in massive corals result from terrestrial fluvic acid inputs to nearshore zone. Nature 315: 396-397
Boto, K. G. and Wellington, J. T. (1983). Phosphorus and nitrogen nutritional status of a northern Australian mangrove forest. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 11: 63-69.
Boto, K G., Bunt, J. S. and Wellington, J. T. (1984). Variations in mangrove forest productiity in northern Australia and Papua New Guinea. Est. Coast. Shelf Sci. 19: 321-329.
Boto, K. G., Robertson, A. I. and Alongi, D. M. (1991). Mangrove and near-shore connections-A status report from the Australian perspective. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 459-467. SEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Boucher, L. M. (1986). Coral predation by muricid gastropods of the genus Drupella at Enewetak, Marshal Islands. Bull. Mar. Sci. 38:9-11.
Bougis, P. (1976). Marine Plankton Ecology. North Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam-Oxford. 355 p.
Bouvier-Soumagnac, Y. and Duplessy, J. C. (1985). Carbon and oxygen isotopic composition of planktonic foraminifera from laboratory culture, plankton tows and recent sediment: implications for the reconstruction of paleoclimatic conditions and of the global carbon cycle. J. Foram. Res. 15: 302-320.
Bowin, C, Purdy, G. M., Johnston, C, Shor, G., Lawver, L., Hartono, H. M. S. and Jezek, P. (1980). Arc-continent collision in the Banda Sea region. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol. Bull. 64(6): 868-915.
Boysen Jensen, P. (1932). Die Stoffproduktion der Pflanzen. Publ. Gustav Fischer (Jena). 108 pp.
Braithwaite, C. J. R. (1987). Geology and palaeogeography of the Red Sea region. In: Edwards, A. J. and Head, S. M. (eds.), Red Sea. Pergamon Press, Oxford, pp. 22-44.
Brasier, M. D. (1975). An outline history of seagrass communities. Palaeontology 18: 681-702.
Bray, N. A., Hautala, S. and Pariwono, J. (1994). Large-scale sea level and thermocline variations in the Indonesian through flow region. Proc. 3rd Int. Sci. Symp 22-26 November 1994, (IOC)-UNESCO. WESTPAC, Bali (in press).
Briggs, J. C. (1974). Marine Zoogeography. McGraw-Hill, New York, N. Y, 475 pp.
Briggs, J. C. (1987). Biogeography and Plate Tectonics. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 204 pp.
Brinton, E. (1979). Euphausiids of the southeast Asian waters. Naga Report 4(5).
Bristow, J. M. (1975). The structure and function of roots in aquatic vascular plants. In: Torrey, J. G. and Clarkson, D. T. (eds.), The Development and Function of Roots. Academic Press, New York, pp. 221-236.
Brix, H. and Lyngby, J. E. (1985). Uptake and translocation of phosphorus in eelgrass (Zostera marina). Mar. Biol. 90: 111- 116.
Broecker, W. S. (1974). Chemical Oceanography. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York, 214 pp.
Br0ndsted, H. V. (1937). Sponges. Rés. scient. Voy. Indes orient, nérl, 2 (15): 1-27.
Brotonagoro, S. and Abdulkadir, S. (1979). Penelitian pendahuluan tentang kecepatan gugur daun dan penguraiannya dalam hutan bakau P. Rambut. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Prosiding Semiar Ekosistem Hutan Mangrove, 27 February-1 March 1978, Jakarta. LIPI Panitia MAB Indonesia, pp. 81-85.
Brouns, J. J. W. M. (1985). A preliminary study of the seagrass Thalassodendron ciliatum (Forssk.) den Hartog from eastern Indonesia. Biological results of the Snellius II Expedition. Aquatic Bot. 23: 249-260.
Brouns, J. J. W. M. and Heijs, F. M. I. (1991). Seagrass ecosystems in the tropical west Pacific. In: Mathieson, A. C. and Nienhuis, P. H. (eds.), Ecosystems of the World 24, Intertidal and Littoral Ecosystems. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 371-390.
Brouwer, H. A. (1921). Geologische onderzoekingen op de eilanden Loeang en Sermata (Sermata eilanden). Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. Verh. II: 207-222.
Brown, A. (1991). Guidebook to Modern Carbonate Deposition, Thousand Islands, West Java Sea. ARCO Oil and gas Co. Piano, TX., 43 pp.
Brown, B. E. (ed.) (1986). Human induced damage to coral reefs. UNESCO reports in marine science 40, 180 pp.
Brown, B. E. (1987). Worldwide death of corals: natural cyclical events or man-made pollution. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 18: 9-13.
Brown, B. E. and Howard, L. S. (1985). Assessing the effects of 'stress' on coral reefs. Adv. Mar. Biol. 22: 1-63.
Brown, B. E. and Le Tissier, M. (1993). Quantification of coral bleaching. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 70.
Brown, B. E. and Ogden, J. C. (1993). Coral bleaching. Scientific American 268(1): 64- 70.
Brown, B. E. and Suharsono (1990). Damage and recovery of coral reefs affected by El Nino related seawater warming in the Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Coral Reefs 8: 163-170.
Brown, B. E., Holley, M. C, Say'rani, L. and Le Tissier, M. (1983). Coral assemblages of reef flats around Pulau Pari, Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Atoll Res. Bull. 281: 1-14.
Brown, B. E., Tudhope, A. W., Le Tissier, M. D. A. and Scoffin, T. P. (1991). A novel mechanism for iron incorporation intocoral skeletons. Coral Reefs 10 (4): 211-215.
Brown, J., Colling, A., Park, D., Phillips, J.Rothery, D. and Wright, J. (1989). The Ocean Basins: Their Structure and Evolution. Oxford: Pergamon Press in association with The Open University. 171 pp.
Brummer, G. J. S. and Kroom, D. (1988). Genetically controlled planktonic foraminiferal coiling ratios as tracers of past ocean dynamics. In: Planktonic Foraminifera as Tracers of Ocean-Climate History: Ontology, Relationships and Preservation of Modern Species and Stable isotopes, Phenotypes and Assemblage Distribution in Different Water Masses. pp. 293-297. Free University Press, Amsterdam.
Brummer, G. J. S., Hemleben, C. and Spindler, M. (1987). Ontogeny of extant spinose planktonic foraminifera (Globigerinidae): A concept exemplified by Globigerionoides sacculifer (Brady) and G. ruber (d'Orbigny). Mar. Micropaleontol. 12: 357-381.
Bruns, T. P. (1985). Hard-coral distribution and cold-water disturbances in South Florida: variation with depth and location. Coral Reefs 4: 117-124.
Budd, A. F., Johnson, K. G. and Stemann, T. A. (1993). Plio-Pleistocene extinctions and the origin of the modern Caribbean reefcoral fauna. In : Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 7-13. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Buddemeier, R. W. (1993). Corals, climate and conservation. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1:3-10.
Buddemeier, R. W., Smith, S. V. and Kinzie, R. A. III. (1975). Holocene windward reef flat history, Enewetak atoll. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 86: 1581-1584.
Budiman, A. (1991). Penelaahan beberapa gatra ekologi moluska bakau Indonesia. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Indonesia, 380 pp.
Budiman, A. and Darnaedi, D. (1984). Struktur komunitas moluska di hutan mangrove Morowali, Sulawesi Tengah. In: Soemodihardjo, S. (ed.), Prosiding Seminar II Ekositem Mangrove. Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional, Jakarta, pp. 175-182.
Budiman, A., Kartawinata, S., Riswan, S. and Prawiroatmodjo, S. (1983). The mangrove ecosystem in Indonesia. Research and evelopment Seminar, The Mangrove Ecosystem, Townsville, 17-25 May 1985, 11 pp.
Budiman, A., Kartawinata, K. Prawiroatmodjo, S. and Sapulete, D. (1986). Coral reef-associated mangrove communities in Indonesia. In: Soemodihardjo, S. (ed.), Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their anagement Practices and Research/Trainging Needs, Bogor 4-7 March 1986. UNESCO: MABCOMAR, Jakarta, pp. 12-119.
Buffetaut, E. (1982). Mesozoic vertebrates from Thailand and their palaeobiological significance. Terra Cognita 2: 27-34.
Buigues, D. (1985). Principal fades and their distribution at Mururoa Atoll, French Polynesia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 3: 249-255.
Bunt, J. S. (1978). The mangroves of the eastern coast of Cape York Peninsula, north of Cooktown. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Working Paper No. 1: 253-269.
Bunt, J. S. (1982). Studies of mangrove litter fall in tropical Australia. In: Clough, B. F. (ed.), Mangrove ecosystems in Australia: Structure, function and management. Australian Institute of Marine Science and Australian National University Press, Canberra, pp. 223-237.
Bunt, J. S. and Williams, W. T. (1981). Vegetational relationships in the mangroves of tropical Australia. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 4: 349-359.
Bunt, J. S., Boto, K G. and Boto, G. (1979). A survey method for estimating potential levels of mangrove forest primary production. Mar. Biol. 52(2): 123-129.
Burbridge, P. (1982). Management of man mangrove exploitation in Indonesia. Applied Geography 2: 39-54.
Burbridge, P. and Koesoebiono (1980). Management of mangrove exploitation in Indonesia. Centre for Natural Resources Management and Environmental Studies, Bogor Agricultural University, Bogor, Indonesia. PSPSL/Res.Rep./007, 41 pp.
Burbridge, P. and Koesoebiono (1984). Management of mangrove exploitation in Indonesia. In: Soepadmo, E., Rao, A. N. and acintosh, D. J. (eds.), Proceedings of the Asian Symposium on Mangrove Environment: Research and Management. Kuala Lumpur 25-29 August 1980. University of Malaysia and UNESCO, pp. 740-760.
Burbridge, P. R. and Maragos, J. E. (1985). Coastal resources management and environmental assessment needs for aquatic resources development in Indonesia. Washington, D.C.: International Institute for Environment and Development.
Burbridge, P. R., Koesoebiono and Dahuri, R. (1988). Problems and issues in coastal resources management and planning in Eastern Sumatra and the Strait of Malacca, pp. 8-117. In: Coastal Zone Management in the Strait of Malacca. Symposium on Environmental Research and Coastal Zone Management in the Strait of Malacca, Medan, Indonesia, 11-13 November 1985. DESC/EMDI, Dalhousie University, Canada.
Burger, W. L. and Natsudo, T. (1974). A new genus for the Arafura smooth seasnake and redefinitions of other seasnake genera. The Snake 6: 61-75.
Burger-Wiersma, T., Veenhuis, M., Korthals, H. J., Van de Wiel, C. C. C. and Mur, L. R. (1986). A new prokaryote containing chlorophylls a and b. Nature 320: 262-264.
Burke, H. W. (1951). Contributions by the Japanese to the study of coral reefs. U.S. Geol. Survey, Military Geol. Branch, Memo, for record, 43 pp.
Burkholder, J. M., Mason, K. M. and Glasgow, H. B. (1992). Water-column nitrate enrichment promotes decline of eelgrass Zostera marina: evidence from seasonal mesocosm experiment. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 81: 163-178.
Burrett, C. and Stait, B. (1985). South East Asia as part of an Ordovician Gondwanaland-a palaeobiogeographic test of a tectonic hypothesis. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 75: 184-190
Burrett, C. and Stait, B. (1986). Southeast Asia as a part of an early Palaeozoic Aus tralian Gondwanaland. Geol. Soc. Malaysia Bull. 19:103-107.
Burton, M. (1930). The Porifera of the Siboga Expedition III. Calcarea. Monographe Siboga Expeditie 6 (a2): 1-18.
Bythell, J. C. (1988) A total nitrogen and carbon budget for the elkhorn coral Acroporapalmata (Lamarck). Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 2: 535-540.
Caddy, J. F. (1993). Toward a comparative evaluation of human impacts on fishery ecosystems of enclosed and semi-enclosed seas. Rev. Fisheries Sci. 1: 57-95.
Cadle, J. E. and Gorman, G. C. (1981). Albumin immunological evidence and the relationships of sea snakes. J. Herpetol. 15 (3) : 329-334.
Cairns, S. D. (1988). Asexual reproduction in solitary scleractinia. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville, Vol. 2: 641-646.
Cairns, S. D. and Stanley, G. D., Jr. (1981). Ahermatypic coral banks: living and fossil counterparts. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila Vol. 1:611-618.
Camacho, A. S. and Bagarinao, T. (1987). Impact of fish pond development on the mangrove ecosystem in the Philippines. In: Umali, R. M. (ed.), Mangroves of Asia and the Pacific: Status and Mangement. Nat. Resource Centre and National Mangrove Commission, Ministry of Natural Resources, Quezon City, Metro Manila, Philippines, pp. 383-405.
Cameron, N. R., Clarke, M. C. G., Aldiss, D. T., Aspden, J. A. and Djunuddin, A. (1980). The geological evolution of northern Sumatra. Proceedings of the Indonesian Petroleum Association 9th Annual Convention, Jakarta, pp. 149-187.
Camilleri, J. (1989). Leaf choice by crustaceans in a mangrove forest in Queensland. Mar. Biol. 102: 453-459.
Camilleri, J. C. (1992). Leaf-litter processing by invertebrates in a mangrove forest in Queensland. Mar. Biol. 114: 139-145.
Camoin, G., Bermet-Rollande, M. C. and Philip, J. (1988). Rudist-coral frameworks associated with submarine volcanism in the Maastrichtian of the Pachino area (Sicily). Sedimentology 35: 123-138.
Campbell, R. D. (1974). Cnidaria, pp. 133-199. In: Giese, A. C. and Pearse, J. S. (eds.) Reproduction of Marine Invertebrates, 1. Academic Academic Press New York.
Canada, Fisheries and Oceans (1986). Policy for the management of fish habitats. The department of Fisheries and Oceans, Minister of Supply and services Canada 1986, 30 pp.
Cardale, S. and Field, C. D. (1971). The structure of the salt gland of Aegiceras corniculatum. Planta 99: 183-191.
Cardale, S. and Field, C. D. (1975). Ion transport in the salt gland of Aegiceras. In: Walsh, G. E., Snedaker, S. C. and Teas, H. J. (eds.), Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Mangroves University of Florida, Gainsville, Vol. 2: 608-614.
Carey, J. E. and Wright, E. A. (1960). Isolation of neurotoxic component of the venom of the sea snake Enhydrina schistosa. Nature 185:103-104.
Carey, S. W. (1975). Tectonic evolution of Southeast Asia. 4th Indonesian Petroleum Association Congress, Jakarta, pp. 1-31.
Carlson, B. A., Awai, M. L. and Arnold, J. M. (1993). Hatching and early growth of Nautilus belauensis and implications on the distribution of the genus Nautilus. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 587-592.
Caron, D. A, Be, A. W. H. and Anderson, O. R. (1981). Effects of variations in light intensity of life processes of the planktonic foraminifer Globigerinoides sacculifer in laboratory culture. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K. 62: 435-451.
Carpenter, K. E. and Alcala, A. C. (1977). Philippine coral reef fisheries resources. Part II. Muro-ami and kayakas reef fisheries, benefit or bane. Philipp. J. Fish. 15(2): 217-135.
Carpenter, R. A. and Maragos, J. E. (eds.) (1989). How to Assess Environmental Impacts on Tropical Islands and Coastal Areas. Hawaii: East-West Center, 345 pp.
Carter, D. J., Audley-Charles, M. G. and Barber, A. J. (1976). Stratigraphical analysis of island arc-continental margin collision in eastern Indonesia. J. Geol. Soc. London 132: 179-198.
Carter, R. W. G. (1988). Coastal Environments: An Introduction to the Physical, Ecological and Cultural Systems of Coastlines. Academic Press, London, 617 pp.
Cary, L. R. (1931). Studies on the coral reef of Tutuila, American Samoa with special reference to the Alcyonaria. Papers Tortugas Lab., Carnegie Inst. Wash. 27(3): 53-98.
Casadevall, T. J., deNevw, G., Kasawanda, O. and MacLeod, N. S. (1992). The 1988 eruption of Anak Krakatau, Indonesia: A return to pre-1981 compositions. In: Stout, D. L. (ed.), Geology of Indonesia. National Association of Geology Teachers, Cypress College, p. 86.
Casadevall, T. J., Pardyanto, L., Abas and Tulus (1989). The 1988 eruption of Banda Api volcano, Maluku, Indonesia. Geol. Indon.. 12(1): 603-635.
Cerling, T. E., Wang, Y. and Quade, J. (1993). Expansion of C4 ecosystems as an indicator of global ecological change in the late Miocene. Nature 361: 344.
Cernohorsky, W. O. (1972). Marine Shells of the Pacific. Pacific Publications, Sydney, 411 pp.
Chai, P. K (1982). Ecological studies of mangrove forests in Sarawak. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur.
Chamalaun, F. H. and Grady, A. E. (1978). The tectonic development of Timor: a new model and its implications for petroleum geology. J. Aust. Petrol. Explor. Ass. 18: 102-108.
Chamalaun, F. H., Grady, A. E., Van der Borch, C. and Hartono, H. M. S. (1982). Banda Arc tectonics: the significance of Sumba Island (Indonesia). A.A.P. G. Mem. 34: 361-375.
Chan, K. E. and Geh, S. L. (1967). Antagonism of intra-arterial acetylcholine induced contraction of skeletal muscle by sea snake venom. Nature 213: 1147-1148.
Chansang, H., Phongsuwan, N. and Boonyanate, P. (1993). Growth of corals under effects of sedimentation along the northwest coast of Phuket Island, Thailand. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 241-248.
Chapman, V. J. (1974). Salt Marsh and Salt Deserts of the World, 2nd ed. Verlag Cramer, Lehre, 392 pp.
Chapman, V. J. (1975). Mangrove vegetation. Cramer, Lehre, 425 pp.
Chapman, V. J. (1977). Introduction. In: Chapman, V. J. (ed.), Wet Coastal Ecosystems. Ecosystems of the World I. Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam, pp. 1-29.
Chapman, V. J. (ed.) (1977). Wet Coastal Ecosystems. Ecosystems of the World I. Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 428 pp.
Chappell, J. (1980). Coral morphology and reef growth. Nature 286: 249-252.
Chappell, J. and Shackelton, N. J. (1986). Oxygen isotopes and sea level. Nature 324: 137-140.
Chappell, J. and Veeh, H. H. (1978). Late Quaternary tectonic movements and sealevel changes at Timor and Atauro Island. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 89: 356-368
Charles, C. D. and Fairbanks, R. G. (1992). Evidence from Southern Ocean sediments for the effect of North Atlantic deep-water flux on climate. Nature 355: 416-419.
Charlton, T. R. (1986). A plate tectonics model of the eastern Indonesian collision zone. Nature 319: 394-396.
Charlton, T. R. (1991). Postcollision extension in arc-continent collision zones, eastern Indonesia. Geology 19: 28-3 Chave, K E. (1952). A solid solution between calcite and dolomite. J. Geol. 60: 190-192.
Chave, K E. and Wheeler, B. D. Jr. (1965). Mineralogic changes during growth in the red algae, Clathromorphum compactum. Sciencel 47: 621.
Chave, K. E., Smith, S. V. and Roy, K. J. (1972). Carbonate production by coral reefs. Mar. Geol. 12: 123-140
Chazottes, V., Le Campion, T. and Peyrot-Clausade, M. (1993). A two year experimental study on rates of bioerosion on Moorea (French Polynesia): micro-macroborers, and grazer interactions. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 437.
Chesher, R H. (1969). Destruction of Pacific corals by the sea star Acanthasterplana. Science 165: 280-283.
Chevalier, J. P. (1973). Geomorphology and geology of coral reefs in French Polynesia. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Volume I: Geology 1, pp. 113-167.
Cheymol, J., Barme, M., Bourillet, F. and Roch-Arveiller, M. (1967). Action neuromusculaire de trois venins d'hydrophiides. Toxicon 5: 111-119.
Choat, J. H. (1966). Parrotfish. Austral. Nat. Hist. 15: 265-268. Choat, J. H. (1991). The biology of herbivorous fishes on coral reefs. In: Sale, P. F. (ed.), The Ecology of Fishes on Coral Reefs. Academic Press, INC., San Diego, pp.120- 155.
Chong, V. C, Sasekumar, A., Atmadja, W. S. and Low, J. K. W. (1994). Status of mangrove prawn fisheries in the ASEAN countries. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEANAustralian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 1: 147-155.
Chou, L. M. and Quek, S. T. (1993). Planulation in the scleractinian coral, Pocillopora damicornis in Singapore waters. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 500-501.
Chua, C. Y. Y. and Chou, L. M. (1991). The scleractinian community of southeastern island's reefs, Singapore. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional ecosystems as anecosystems as an Coastal Areas, pp. 41-46. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Citron, G. and Novelli, Y. S. (1984). Methods for studying mangrove structure. In: Snedaker, S and Snedaker, M (eds.), The Mangrove Ecosystem: Research Methods. UNESCO, Paris, pp. 91-113.
Claereboudt, M. (1988). Spatial distribution of fungiid coral population on exposed and sheltered reef slopes in Papua New Gunea. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 2: 653-660.
Claereboudt, M. (1989). Répartition spatiale et diversité des Scléractiniares sur un récif corallien de Papouasie Nouvelle Guinée. Ph.D. Thesis, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Brussels, 128 pp.
Claereboudt, M., and Bouillon, J. (1987). Coral associations, distribution and diversity on Laing Island reef (Papua New Guinea). Indo-Malayan Zool. 4: 11-25.
Claereboudt, M. and Hoeksema, B. W. (1987). Fungia (Verrillofungia) spiniferspec. nov., A new scleractinian coral (Fungiidae) from the Indo-Malayan Region. Zool. Med. Leiden 61 (21): 303-309.
Clark, J. (1974). Coastal Ecosystems: Ecological Considerations for Management of the Coastal Zone. The Conservation Foundation, NOAA. 178 pp.
Clark, J. R. (1983). Coastal Ecosystem Management A Technical Manual for the Conservation of Coastal Zone Resources. Robert E. Krieger Publishing Company, Malabar, Florida, 928 pp.
Clark, R.B. (1989). Marine Pollution. 2nd Ed. Oxford Science Publications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 220 p.
Clarke, A. (1992). Is there a latitudinal diversity cline in the sea? TREE 7(9): 286-287.
Cloud, P. and Glaessner, M. F. (1982). The Ediacarian period and system: Metazoa inherit the Earth. Science 217: 783-792.
Clough, B. F. (1984). Growth and salt balance of mangroves Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh. and Rhizophora stylosa Griff.in elation to salinity. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 11:419-430.
Clough, B. F. and Attiwill, P. M. (1982). Pri-Primary productivity of mangroves. In: Clough, B. F. (ed.), Mangrove ecosystems in Australia: Structure, function and management.Australian Institute of Marine Science and Australian National University Press, Canberra, pp. 213-222.
Clough, B. F. and Sim, R. G. (1989). Changes in gas exchange characteristics and water use efficiency of mangroves in response to salinity and vapour pressure deficit. Oecologia 79: 38-44
Clough, B. F., Andrews, T. J. and Cowan, I. R. (1982). Physiological processes in mangroves. In: Clough, B. F. (ed.), Mangrove Ecosystems in Australia: Structure, function and management. Australian Institute of Marine Science and Australian National University Press, Canberra, pp. 193-210.
Coates, A. G., and Jackson, J. B. C. (1985). Morphological themes in the evolution of clonal and aclonal marine invertebrates, pp. 67-106. In: Jackson, J. B. C, Buss, L. W. and Cook, R. E. (eds.) Population Biology and Evolution of Clonal Organisms. Yale University Press, New Haven, Conn.
Coates, A. G. and Jackson, J. B. C. (1987). Colonial growth, algal symbiosis and reef formation by corals. Paleobiology 13: 363- 378.
Coffroth, M. A. (1984). Ingestion and incorporation of coral mucus aggregates by a gorgonian coral. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 17: 193-199.
Coffroth, M. A., Lasker, H. R. and Oliver, J. K. (1990). Coral mortality outside the eastern Pacific during 1982-1983: relationship to El Nino. In: Glynn, P. W. (ed.), Global ecological consequences of the 1982-1983 El Nino-Southern Oscillation. Elsevier Oceanogrpahy Series, Amsterdam. Cogger, H. G. (1975). Sea snakes of Australia and New Guinea. In: Dunston, W. A. (ed.), The Biology of Sea Snakes. University Park Press, Baltimore, pp. 59-137.
Coles, R. G. and Lee Long, W. J. (1985). Juvenile prawn biology and the distribution of seagrass prawn nursery grounds in the southeastern Gulf of Carpentaria. In: Rothlisberg, P. C, Hill, B. J. and Staples, D. J. (eds.), Second Australian National Prawn Seminar. NPS2, Cleveland, Australia, pp. 55-60.
Coles, R. G., Lee Long, W. J. and Squire, L. C. (1985). Seagrass beds and prawn nurseries mapped in Northeast Queensland. Australian Fisheries 44(9): 24-25
Coles, R. G., Lee Long, W. J., Watson, R. A. and Derbyshire, K J. (1993). Distribution of seagrasses, and their fish and penaeid prawn communities, in Cairns Harbour, a tropical estuary, northern Queensland, Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 193-210.
Coles, S. L. (1975). A comparison of effects of temperature versus temperature fluctuations on reef corals at Kane Point, Oahu. Pac. Sci. 29: 15-18.
Coles, S. L. (1988). Limitation on reef coral development in the Arabian Gulf: temperature and algal competition. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 211-216
Coles, S. L. (1993). Experimental comparison of salinity tolerance of reef corals from the Arabian Gulf and Hawaii. Evidence for hypersaline adaptation. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 227-234.
Coles, S. L. andjokiel, P. L. (1992). Effects of salinity on coral reefs. In: Connell, D. W. and Hawker, D. W. (eds.), Pollution in tropical aquatic systems. CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Ann Arbor, London, pp. 147-166.
Coles, S. L. Jokiel, P. L. Lewis, C. R. (1976). Thermal tolerance in tropical versus subtropical Pacific reef corals. Pacific Science 30(2): 159-166.
Colgan, M. (1987). Coral reef recovery on Guam (Micronesia) after catastrophic predation by Acanthaster planci. Ecology 68: 1592-1605
Coll, J. C. and Sammarco, P. W. (1983). Terpenoid toxins of soft corals (Cnidaria: Octocorallia): their nature, toxicity and ecological significance. Toxicon, Suppl. 3: 67-72.
Coll, J. C, Bowden, B. F., Tapiolas, D. M. and Dunlap, W. C. (1982a). In situ isolation of allelochemicals released from soft corals (Coelenterata: Octocorallia): a totally submersible sampling aparatus. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 60: 293-299.
Coll, J. C, La Barre, S. C, Sammarco, P. W., Williams, W. T. and Bakus, G. J. (1982b). Chemical defenses in soft corals (Coelenterata: Octocorallia) of the Great Barrier Reef: a study of comparative toxicities. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 8: 271-278.
Coll, J. C, Tapiolas, D. M., Bowden, B. F., Webb, L. and Marsh, H. (1983). Transformation of soft coral (Coelenterata: Octocorallia) terpenes by Ovula ovum (Mollusca: Prosobranchia). Mar. Biol. 74: 35-40.
Collins, L. S. (1988). The faunal structure of a mid-Cretaceous rudist reef core. Lethaia 21: 271-280.
Connell, J. H. (1978). Diversity in tropical rain forests and coral reefs. Science 199: 1302-1310.
Connell, J. H. (1979). Tropical rain forests and coral reefs as open non-equilibrium systems. In: Anderson, R., Turner, B. and Taylor, L. (eds.), Population Dynamics. Blackwell, Oxford, pp. 141-163.
Cook, C. B., Muller-Parker, G. and D'Elia, C. F. (1993). Factors affecting nutrient sufficiency for symbiotic zooxanthellae. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam, 1: 379.
Cook, C. B., Logan, A., Ward, J., Lockhurst, B. and Berg, C. J. J. (1990). Elevated temperatures and bleaching on a high-latitude coral reef: the 1988 Bermuda event. Coral Reefs 9:45-49
Cook, R. E. and Saito, K. (1984). Guidebook to Pulau Seribu, West Java Sea, Indonesia. Carbonate Seminar 13-14 October 1984, Schlumberger Overseas, S.A., 105 pp.
Copin-Montegut, G., Bethoux, J. P., Jaubert, J., Marchioretti, M. and Wahbeh, M. (1993). Calcium and carbon flux in the reef environment: preliminary results. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 362
Copper, P. (1993). Climatically stressed ancient reef ecosystems. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp. 1: 221.
Corncll, L. and Surowiecki (eds.) (1972). The Pulse of the Planet-A State of the Earth Report from the Smithsonian Institution Center for Short Lived Phenomena. Crown, New York, 56 pp.
Cortes, J. N. and Risk, M. J. (1985). A reef under siltation stress: Cahuita, Costa Rica. Bull. Mar. Sci. 36: 339-356.
Couchman, D. (1987). Seagrasses: a brief look at their ecology and biology. Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane, Australia, 4 pp.
Cox, J. H., Frazier, R. S. and Maturbongs, R. A. (1993). Freshwater crocodiles of Kalimantan (Indonesian Borneo). Copeia 1993(2): 564-566
Cox, L. (1924). Some late Cenozoic pelecypoda from the Aru Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924: 56-63.
Craig, H. (1965). The measurement of oxygen isotope paleotemperatures. In: Tongiori, E. (ed.), Stable Isotope in Oceanographic Studies and Palaetemperatures, Spoleto, 26-30 July 1965, No. 3. Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche, Laboratorio do Geologica Nucleare, Pisa, pp. 1-24.
Crane, J. (1975). Fiddler crabs of the world. Ocypodidae: Genus Uca. Princton University Press, New York, 736 pp.
Cresswell, G. R. (1991). The Leeuwin Current- observations and recent models. J. Roy. Soc. West. Aust. 74: 1-14.
Cribb, A. B. (1990), Coral reefs. In: Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Biology of Marine Plants. Longman Cheshire, Melbourn, pp. 349-366.
Crichton, O. W. (1960). Marsh crab: Intertidal tunnel-maker and grass eater. Estuarine Bull. 5(4): 3-10.
Cridland, A. A. (1964). Amyelon in American coal-balls. Palaeontology 7: 186-209.
Crosby, M. P., Drake, S. F., Eakin, C. M., Fanning, N. B., Paterson, A., Taylor, P. R. and Wilson, J. (1995). The United States Coral Reef Initiative: an overview of the first steps. Coral Reefs 14(1): 1-3
Crossland, C. J. (1980). Release of photosynthetically-derived organic carbon from a hermatipic coral, Acropora cf. acumniata. In: Schwemmler, W. and Schenk, H. E. A. (eds.), Endosymbiosis and Cell Biology 1: 163-172.
Crossland, C. J. (1982). Seasonal growth of Acropora cf. formosa and Pocillopora damicornis on a high latitude reef (Houtman Abrolhos, Western Australia). Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila Vol. 1: 663-667.
Crossland, C. J. (1987). In situ release of mucus and DOC-lipid from coral Acropora variabilis and Stylophora pistillata in different light regimes. Coral Reefs 6: 35-42.
Crossland, C. J. (1988). Latitudinal comparisons of coral reef structure and function. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville Vol. 1: 221-226.
Crossland, C. J., Barnes, D. J. and Borowitzka, M. A. (1980a). Diurnal lipid and mucus production in the staghorn coral Acropora acuminata. Mar. Biol. 60: 81-90.
Crossland, C. J., Hatcher, B. G. and Smith, S. V. (1991). Role of coral reefs in global ocean production. Coral Reefs 10: 55-64.
Crossland, C. J., Barnes, D. J., Cox, T. and Devereaux, M. (1980b). Compartmentation and turnover of organic carbon in the staghorn coral Acropora acuminata. Mar. Biol. 59: 181-187.
Crowley, T. J. (1991). Past C02 changes and tropical sea surface temperatures. Paleooceanography 6: 387-94
Cundell, A. M., Brown, M. S., Stanford, R. and Mitchell, R. (1979). Microbial degradation of Rhizophora mangle leaves immersed in the sea. Est. Coast. Mar. Sri. 9: 281-286.
Curray, J. R. (1989). The Sunda Arc: A model for oblique plate convergence. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24 (2/3): 131-140.
Currie, E. D. (1924). On fossil Echinoidea from Aru Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924: 63-72.
Dahl, A. L. (1971). Monitoring coral reefs for urban impact. Bull. Mar. Sri. 31(3): 544-551
Dahl, A. L. and Lamberts, A. (1977). Environmental impact on a Samoan coral reef: a resurvey of Mayor's 1917 transect. Pac. Sri. 31(3): 309-319.
Dahl, A. L. and Salvant, B. (1988). Are human impacts, either through traditional or contemporary uses, stabilizing or destabilizing to reef community structure? Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 1: 63-69.
Dall, W., Hill, B. J., Rothlisberg, P. C. and Sharpies, D. J. (1990). The biology of the Penaeidae. Adv. Mar. Biol. 27: 1-489.
Daly, M. C, Hooper, B. G. C. and Smith, D. G. (1987). Tertiary plate tectonics and basin evolution in Indonesia. IP A 16th Ann. Conv. 399-428.
Daly, M. C, Cooper, M. A., Wilson, I., Smith, D. G. and Hooper, B. G. D. (1991). Cenozoic plate tectonics and basin evolution in Indonesia. Marine and Petroleum Geology 8(1): 2-21.
Daly, R. A. (1915). The Glacial-control theory of coral reefs. Proc. Amer. Acad, the Arts and Sri. 51: 155-251.
Daly, R. A. (1948). Coral reefs: a review. Am. J. Sri. 246: 193-207.
Dalziel, I. W. D. (1995). Earth before Pangea. Sri. Am. 272(1): 38-43.
Dalzel, P. and Pauly, D. (1990). Assessment of the fish resources of Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the Banda and Arafura Seas. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 641-650.
Dammerman, K. W. (1924). The fauna of Krakatau, Verlaten Island and Sebesy. Treubia 3(1): 61-112.
Dana, F. D. (1843). On the temperature limiting the distribution of corals. Am. J. Sri.45: 130-131.
Dana, J. D. (1872). Corals and Coral Islands. Dodd, Mead and Company, New-York (2nded. 1874; 3rd ed. 1890).
Dana, J. D. (1885). Origin of coral reefs and islands. Am. J. Sri., Ser. 3, 30: 89-105, 169-191.
Dandonneau, Y. (1986). Monitoring the sea surface chlorophyll concentration in the Tropical Pacific: consequences of the 1982-1983 El Nino. Fish. Bull. U.S. 84: 687-695.
Daniel, P. A. and Robertson, A. I. (1990). Epibenthos of mangrove waterways and open embayments: Community structure and the relationship between exported mangrove detritus and epifaunal standing stocks. Est. Coast Shelf Set. 31: 599-619.
Danielsen, F. and Veheugt, W. J. M. (1990). Intergrating conservation and land-use planning in the coastal region of South Sumatra. HPA/AWB-Indonesia, Bogor, Indonesia, 209 pp.
Darsono, P. (1988). Pengamatan terhadap kehadiran binatang laut permangsa karang, Acanthaster planci (L.) di Pulau Seribu. In: Moosa, M. K, Praseno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Teluk Jakarta. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, pp. 48-45.
Darsono, P. and Soekarno (1994). The occurrence of Acanthaster planci (L) at Pulau Seribu, Java Sea, Indonesia. In: Sudara, S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 87-96.
Darus, B. (1985). The management and development of Southeast Asian small-scale fisheries and the example of the Bubun coastal village development project, North Sumatra Province, Indonesia. In: Ruddle, K. and Johannes, R. E. (eds.), The Traditional Knowledge and Management of Coastal Systems in Asia and the Pacific. UNESCO, Jakarta, pp. 209-228.
Darwin, C. R. (1838). On certain areas of elevation and subsidence in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, as deduced from the study of coral formations. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2: 552-554.
Darwin, C. R. (1842). The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. Smith, Elder and Company, London, 214 pp. (Reprinted 1962, University of California Press, Berkeley, CA). Davey, J. E. (1975). Notes on the mechanism of pollen release in Bruguiera gymnorrhiza. J. S. Afr. Bot. 41: 269-272.
Davies, I. C. (1990). Geological and exploration review of the Tomori PSC, Eastern Indonesia.
Davies, P. J. (1983). Reef growth. In: Barnes, D. J. (ed.), Perspectives on Coral Reefs. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville, and Brian Clouston Publisher, Canberra, pp. 69-101.
Davies, P. J. (1988). Evolution of the Great Barrier Reef-reductionist dream or expansionist vision. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 1: 9-17.
Davies, P. J. and Hopley, D. (1983). Growth facies and growth rates of Holocene reefs in the Great Barrier Reef. BMRJ. Austral. Geol. Geophy. 8: 237-252.
Davies, P. J. and Kinsey, D. W. (1973). Organic and inorganic factors in recent beach rock formation, Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef. J. Sed. Petrol. 43:'59-81.
Davies, P. J. and Macintyre, I. G. (1985). Reef growth and sea-level changes: The environmental signature. Report of the Discussion. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 512-515.
Davies, P. J. and Marshall, J. F. (1979). Aspects of Holocene reef growth: substrate, age and accretion rate. Search 10: 276-279.
Davies, P. J. and Montaggioni, L. (1985). Reef growth and sea-level change: The environmental signature. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 477-511.
Davies, P. J., Marshall, J. F. and Hopley, D. (1985). Relationship between reef growth and sea level in the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 95-103.
Davies, P. S. (1984). The role of zooxanthellae in the nutritional energy requirements of Pocillopora eydouxi. Coral Reefs 2: 181-186.
Davies, P. S. (1991). Effects of daylight variation on the energy budgets of shallow water corals. Mar. Biol. 108: 137-144.
Davis, M., Hut, P. and Muller, A. (1984). Extinction of species by periodic comet showers. Nature 308: 715-717.
Davis, W. M. (1920). The small islands of almost-atolls. Nature, Lond. 105: 292-293.
Davis, W. M. (1928). The coral reef problem. Am. Geogr. Soc. Spec. Publ, New York 9: 1-596.
de Bary, H. A. (1879). Die Erscheinung der Symbiose. Vortrag, gehalten auf der Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte zu Cassel. RJ. Triibner, Strassburg.
Debrenne, F. and James, N. P. (1981). Reefassociated archaeocyathans from the Lower Cambrian of Labrador and Newfoundland. Palaeontology 24: 343-378.
de Coo, J. C. M. and Lau, J. W. E. (1977). Recognition of reef facies in the bau Limestone (Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous), Sarawak. Geological survey of Malaysia geological papers 2: 72-78.
de Haan, J. H. (1931). Het een en auder over de Tjilatjapsche vloedbosschen. Tectona 24: 39-76.
de Klerk, L. G. (1983). Zeespiegels, riffen enkustvlakten in Zuidwest Sulawesi, Indonesie; een morphogenetischbodemkundige studie. Thesis, University of Utrecht, The Netherlands, pp. 172.
Delaney, S. F. (1990). Cyanobacteria. In:Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Biology of Marine Plants. Longman
Cheshire, Melbourne, pp. 25-40.
de Leon, R. O. D., Alcala, A. C. and Raymundo, R. J. (1991). Potential levels of primary production and community structure of the alabong mangrove forest, Negros Oriental, Philippines. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 453-458. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
de Leon, R. O. D., Nuique, J. A. U. and Raymundo, R. J. (1992). Leaf litter production and tidal export of Rhizophora apiculata Blume and R. mucronata Lamx., from the Talabong mangrove forest in Bais Bay, Negros Oriental, Philippines. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore, pp. 353-359.
D'Elia, C. F. and Wiebe, W. J. (1990). Biogeochemical nutrient cycles in coral-reef ecosystems. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 49-74.
D'Elia, C. F., Buddemeier, R. W. and Smith, S. V. (1991). Workshop on Coral Bleaching, Coral Reef Ecosystems and Global Change: Report of Proceedings. Maryland Sea Grant College Publ. UM-SGTS-91-03, pp. 1-49.
Delvoye, L. (1982). Aspects of Sexual Reproduction in Some Caribbean Scleractinia. Thesis, Caribbean Marine Biological Institute Curacao, N.A. p.93.
den Hartog, C. (1970). The Seagrasses of the World. North Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 275 pp.
den Hartog, J. C, (1980). Caribbean shallow water Corallimorpharia. Zool. Verh., Leiden 176:2-83.
den Hartog, J. C. (1995). The genus Telmatactis Gravier, 1916 (Actiniaria: Acontiaria: Isopheliidae) in Greece and the eastern Mediterranean. Zool. Med., Leiden 69(14): 153-176.
den Hartog, J. C, Ocana, O. and Brito. (1993). Coralliomorpharia collected during the CANCAP expeditions (1976-1986) in the south-eastern part of the North Atlantic. Zool. Verh. Leiden 282: 1-76.
DeNiro, M. J. and Epstein, S. (1979). Influence of diet on the distribution of carbon isotopes in animals. Geochim. Cosmochim.Acta 42: 495-506.
DeNiro, M. J. and Epstein, S. (1981). Influence of diet on the distribution of nitrogen isotopes in animals. Geochim Cosmochim. Acta 45: 341-351.
Denis, J., PopulusJ. and Dutrieux, E. (1988). SPOT application. Vegetation thematic cartography. Mahakam delta, Kalimanatan, Indonesia. TOTAL-Indonesie/IFREMER, Technical Report, Brest, 31 pp.
Dennison, W. C. (1990). Leaf production. In:Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Seagrass research methods. Monographs on oceanographic methodology 9, UNESCO, pp. 77-79.
De Peysonnel, A. (1727). Sur de corail. Histoire de l'Academie royale des sciences. 37-39.
de Smet, M. E. M. (1989). A geometrically consistent plate-tectonic model for eastern Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(2J3): 173- 183.
de Smet, M. E. M., Fortuin, A. R., Tjokrosapoetro, S. and Van Hinte, J. E. (1989). Late Cenozoic vertical movements of nonvolcanic islands in the Banda Arc area. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(2J3): 263-275.
Desqueyroux, R. (1981). Révision de la collection d'éponges d'Amboine (Moluques, Indonesie) constitute par Bedot et Pictet et conservée au Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Genéve. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 88: 723-764.
Deuser, W. G., Ross, E. H., Hemleben, C. and Spindler, M. (1981). Seasonal changes in species composition, numbers, mass, size, and isotopic composition of planktonic foraminifera settling into the deep Sargasso Sea. Palaeogeog. Palaeoclimatol. Palaeoecol. 33: 103-127.
DeVantier, L. M. (1986). Studies in the assessment of coral reef ecosystems. In: Brown, B. E. (ed.), Human Induced Damage to Coral Reefs. UNESCO reports in marine science 40: 99-111.
DeVantier, L. M. and Endean, R. (1989). Observations of colony fission following ledge formation in massive reef corals of the genus Pontes. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 58:191-195.
De Wilde, P. A. W. J., Kastoro, W. W., Berghuis, E. M;, Aswandy, I., Al Hakim, I. and Kok, A. (1989). Structure and energy demand of the benthic soft-bottom communities in the Java Sea and around the islands of Madura and Bali, Indonesia. Neth.f. Sea Res. 23 (4): 449-461
Diamond, J. and Case, T. J. (eds.) (1986). Community ecology. Harper and Row, New York.
Dietrich, G., Kalle, K, Krauss, W. and Siedler, G. (1975). Oceanography. 2nd Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 626 pp.
Dinas Hidro-Oseanografi (1994). Tide Tables: Indonesian Archipelago. Dinas Hidro-Oseanografi TNI-AL, Jakarta, 517 pp.
Dinas Perikanan (1990). Analisis usahapenangkapan ikan muro ami. Laporan Akhir, Dinas Perikanan DKI Jakarta, Fakultas Perikanan IBP Bogor. 142 pp.
Dinensen, Z. D. (1977). The coral fauna of the Chagos Archipelago. Proc. 3rd Coral Reef Symp., Miami 1: 155-161.
Directorate General of Fisheries (1991). Potensi sumber perikanan budidaya. Directorat Bina Sumberdaya Hayati, Directorat/enderal Perikanan, Jakarta.
di Salvo, L. H. (1969). Isolation of bacteria from the corallum of Porites lobata (Vaughan) and its possible significance. Amer. Zool. 9: 735-740.
Dixon, J. A. (1989). Valuation of Mangroves. Tropical Coastal Area Management 4(3): 1-6.
Djadjadiredja, R. and Dauley, T. (1983). Brackish water aquaculture in Indonesia. Food and Fertilizer Technology Extension Bull. No. 185, Coastal Aquaculture in Asia, pp. 14-25.
Dodge, R. E. and Brass, G. W. (1984). Skeletal extension, density and calcification of the reef coral, Montastrea annularis:St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Bull. Mar. Sci. 34: 288-307.
Dodge, R. E. and Vaisnys, J. R. (1977). Coral populations and growth patterns: responses to sedimentation and turbidity associated with dredging. J. Mar. Res. 35: 715-730.
Dodge, R. E. and Vaisnys, J. R. (1980). Skeletal growth chronologies of recent and fossil corals. In: Rhoads, D. C. and Lutz, R. A. (eds.), Skeletal Growth of Aquatic Organisms: Biological Records of Environmental Change. New York, Plenum Press, pp. 493-517.
Dody, S. (1992). Komunitas ikan di padang lamun (seagrass) pantai Waiheru, Teluk Ambon. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 47- 57.
Doederlein, L. (1911). Ueber Echinoidea von den Aru Inslen. Abh. Senckenberg Naturf. Ges. 34: 237-248.
Dollar, S. J. andTribble, G.W. (1993). Recurrent storm disturbance and recovery: a long-term study of coral communities in Hawaii. Coral Reefs 12: 223-233.
Domning, D. P. (1977). An ecological model for late Tertiary sirenian evolution in the North Pacific Ocean. Syst. Zool. 25: 352- 362.
Domning, D. P. (1981). Seacows and seagrasses. Paleobiology 7: 417-420. Done, T. J. (1982). Patterns in the distribution of coral communities across the central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 1: 95-107.
Done, T. J. (1983). Coral zonation: Its nature and significance. In: Barnes, D. J. (ed.), Perspectives on coral reefs. Australian Institute of Marine Science and Brian Clooston, Manuka, ACT, Australia, pp. 107-147.
Done, T. J. (1985). Effects of two Acanthaster outbreaks on coral community structure: The meaning of devastation. Proc. 5th Int Coral Reef Symp Congr., Tahiti 5: 315-320.
Done, T. J. (1991). The dabate continues-robust versus fragile reefs. Reef Encounter 9:5-7.
Done, T. J., Dayton, P.K., Dayton, A.E. and Steger, R. (1991). Regional and local variability in recovery of shallow coral communities: Moorea, French Polynesia and central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 9: 183-192.
Donovan, S. K. (1992). A plain man's guide to rudist bivalves. J. Geol. Education 40: 313-320.
Dons, C. (1944). Norges korallrev. Kong. Norske Videnskab. Selk., Forhandl. (1943), 17:37-82.
Doty, M. S. (1954). Floristic and ecological notes on Raroia. Atoll Res. Bull. 33: 1-41.
Dow, D. B. and Sukamto, R. (1984). Western Irian Jaya—the end product of oblique plate convergence in the late Tertiary. Tectonophysics 106: 109-139.
Drew, E. A. (1972). The density of symbiotic algal cells in a number of hermatypic hard corals and alcyonarians from various depths. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 9: 71-75.
Drew, E. A. (1983). Halimeda biomass, growth rates and sediment generation on reefs in the central Great Barrier Reef Province. Coral Reefst: 101-110.
Drew, E. A. and Abel, K M. (1985). Biology, sedimentology and geography of the vast inter-reefal Halimeda meadows within the Great Barrier Reef Province. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 5: 15-20.
Drollet, J. H., Glaziou, P. and Martin, P. M. V. (1993). Study of the mucus from the solitary coal Fungia (F) Fungites (L. 1758) Scleractinia, Fungiidae in relation with the photobiological UV adaptation. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 70.
Dubinsky, Z., Stambler, N., Ben-Zion, M., McCloskey, L. R., Muscatine, L. and Falkowski, P. G. (1990). The effect of external nutrient resources on the optical properties and photosynthetic efficiency of Stylophoras pistillata. Proc. R Soc. London, Ser. B 239: 231-246.
Ducklow, V. H. and Mitchell, T. (1979). Composition of mucus released by coral reef coelenterates. Limnol. Oceanogr. 24: 706-714.
Duerden, J. E. (1902). Boring algae as agents in the disintegration of corals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 16: 323-332.
Duke, N. C. (1988). Phenologies and litter fall of two mangrove trees, Sonneratia alba Sm. and S. caseolaris (L.) Engl., and their putative hybrid, S. x gulngai N.C. Duke. Aust. J. Bot. 36: 473-482.
Duke, N. C., Bunt, J. S. and Williams, W. T. (1981). Mangrove litter fall in northeastern Australia. I. Annual totals by component in selected species. Aust. J. Bot. 29: 547-553.
Dullo, W. (1984). Progressive diagenic sequence of aragonite structures: Pleistocene coral reefs and their modern counterparts on the eastern Red Sea coast, Saudi Arabia. Palaeontol Americana 54: 254-260.
Dunlap, W. C. and Chalker, B. E. (1986). Identification and quantitation of near-UV absorbing compounds (S-320) in a hermatypic scleractinian. Coral Reefs 5: 155-159.
Dunlap, W. C., Chalker, B. E. and Bandaranayake, W. M. (1988). Ultraviolet light absorbing agents derived from tropical marine organisms of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 89-93.
Durako, M. J. and Hall, M. O. (1992). Effects of light on the stable carbon isotope composition of the seagrass Thalassia testudinum. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 86: 99-101.
Dustan, P. (1982). Depth-dependent photoadaptation by zooxanthellae of the reef coral Montastrea annularis. Mar. Biol. 68:253-264.
Dustan, P. and Halas, J. (1987). Changes in the reef-coral community of Carysfort Reef, Key Largo, Florida, 1974-1982. Coral Reefs 6: 91-106.
Dutrieux, E. (1990). Mahakam biological studies. Final Report. Rapport roneo IARE/TOTAI-CFP, Paris, 125 pp.
Dutrieux, E. (1991). Study of the ecological functioning of the Mahakam Delta (East Kalimantan, Indonesia). Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 32: 415-420.
Dutrieux, E., Denis, J. and Populus, J. (1990a). Application of SPOT data for the study of the Mahakam delta mangrove (East Kalimantan, Indonesia). Definitions of sensitive areas to oil pollution. Oceanologica Acta 13: 317-326.
Dutrieux, E., Martin, F. and Debry, A. (1990b). Growth and mortality of Sonneratia caseolaris planted on an experimantally oil-polluted soil. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 21: 62-68.
Dwiponggo, A. (1987). Indonesia's marine fisheries resources. In: Bailey, C, Dwiponggo, A. and Marahudin, M. (eds.), Indonesian Marine Capture Fisheries. ICLARM Studies and Reviews 10: 10-63.
Eakin, C. M. (1993). Post-El Nino Panamanian reefs: less accretion, more erosion and damselfish protection. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 387-396.
Earle, W. (1845). On the physical structure and arrangement of the islands of the Indian Archipelago. J. Royal Geogr. Soc. London 15: 358-365.
Earth (1992). The world in maps calendar. Edmonton, Reidmore Books.
Easton, W. H. and Ku, T. L. (1980). Holocene sea-level change in Palau, West Caroline Islands. Quaternary Res. 14: 199- 209.
Easton, W. H. and Olson, E. A. (1976).
Radiocarbon profile of Hanauma Reef, Oahu, Hawaii. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 87: 711-719.
Ecology Team (1984). Ecological Aspects of Segara Anakan in Relation to its Future Management. Institute of Hydraulic Engineering and Faculty of Fisheries, Bogor Agricultural University, Bogor Indonesia, 97 pp.
Edinger, E. N..and Risk, M. J. (1993). Bioerosion on modern and fossil reefs: controls, consequences, and corroboration. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1 : 437.
Edinger, E. N., Azhar, I., Mallchok, W. E., Setyadi, E. G. (in press). Mass spawning of reef corals in the Java Sea, Indonesia. Proc. 8th Int. Coral Reef. Symp., Panama, Abstracts.
Edmondson, C. H. (1928). Ecology of a Hawaiian coral reef. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull 45: 1-64.
Edmondson, C. H. (1946). Behaviour of coral planulae under aerated saline and thermal conditions. Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 18: 283-304.
Edmunds, P. J. and Davies, P. S. (1986). An energy budget for Poritesporites (Scleractinia). Mar. Biol. 92: 339-347.
Ehleringer, J. R., Rundel, P. W. and Nagy, K. A. (1986). Stable isotopes in physiological ecology and food web research. TREE 1(2): 42-45.
Eiby, G. A. (1979). Seismotectonic units of Indonesia. In Indonesia Earthquake Study Vol. 3, Beca Carter Hollings and Ferner Ltd., Wellington, New Zeland.
Eichler, R. and Ristedt, H. (1966). Isotopic evidence on the early life history of Nautilus pompilius (Linné). Science 153: 734-736.
Eiseley, L. (1971). The Night Country. Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 240 pp.
Eisma, D., Kalf, J., Karmini, M., Mook, W. G.,Van Put, A., Bernard, P. and Van Grieken, R. (1989). Dispersal of suspended matter in Makasar Strait and the Flores Basin. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 383-398.
Ekman, S. (1953). Zoogeography of the Sea.Sidgwick & Jackson, London, 417 pp.
Elder, D. and Pernetta, J. (eds.) (1991). Oceans. Mitchell Beazley Publishers, London.
Ellis, B. F. and Missina, A. (1965). Catalogue of Index Foraminifera (Larger). Vols. 1-3. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, New York.
Ellis, B. F., Missina, A., Charmatz, R. and Ronai, L. E. (1966). Catalogue of Index Smaller Foraminif era. Vols. 1-3. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.
Elsol, J. A. and Saenger, P. (1983). A general account of the mangrove of Princess Charlotte Bay with particular reference to zonation of the open shoreline. In: Teas, H. J. (ed.), Biology and Ecology of Mangroves: Tasks for Vegetation Science 8. Junk, The Hague, pp. 37-46.
Emiliani, C. (1955). Pleistocene temperatures. J. Geol. 63: 538-578.
Emiliani, C. (1966). Paleotemperature analysis of Caribbean cores P6304-8 and P6304-9 and a generalized temperature curve for the past 425,000 years. J. Geol. 74: 109-126.
Emiliani, C, Hudson, J. H. and George, R. Y. (1978). Oxygen and carbon isotopic growth record in a reef coral from the Florida Keys and a deep-sea coral from Blake Plateau. Science 202: 627-629.
Endean, R. (1957). The biogeography of Queensland's shallow-water echinoderm fauna (excluding Crinoidea), with a rearrangement of the faunistic provinces of tropical Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 8: 233-273.
Endean, R. (1973). Population explosion of Acanthaster planci and associated destruction of hermatypic corals in the Indo-West
Pacific region, in: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.) Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs 2. pp. 389-438. Academic Press, New York.
Endean, R. (1976). Destruction and recovery of coral reef comunities. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology od Coral Reefs, 3. Biology 2. Academic Press, New York, pp. 215-255.
Endean, R. and Stablum, W. (1973). A study of some aspects of the crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthasterplanci) infestations of reefs of Australia's GBR. Atoll Res. Bull. 167: 1-77.
Enderman J. C. (1969). Unpublished Report on Indonesian Sea Snakes (no title). National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Enfield, D. B. (1989). El Nino, past and present. Rev. Geophysics 27: 159-187.
English, S., Wilkinson, C. and Baker, V. (eds.) (1994). Survey Manual for Tropical Marine Resources. ASEAN-Australian Marine Science Project: Living Coastal Resources. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville.
Eong, O. J. (1993). Mangroves: a carbon source and sink. Chemosphere 27(6): 1097-1107.
Epstein, S. and Mayeda, T. (1953). Variation of 18O content of waters from natural sources. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 4: 213-224.
Epting, M. (1980). Sedimentology of the Miocene carbonate buildups, Central Luconia, offshore Sarawak. Geol. Soc. Malaysia Bulletin 12: 17-30.
Erez, J. (1990). On the importance of food sources in coral-reef ecosystems. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 411-418.
Erez, J. and Luz, B. (1983). Experimental paleotemperature equation for planktonic foraminifera. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 47: 1025-1931.
Erez, J., Lazar, B., Genin, A., Dubinsky, S., Lorian, D., Korpal, T., Iluz, D., Lagziel, A., Falkowski, P. and Wirick, C. (1993). Plankton is a major source of nutrients in coral reef ecosytems. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 345.
Erftemeijer, P. A. L. (1993). Factors limiting growth and production of tropical seagrasses: Nutrient dynamics in Indonesian seagrass beds. Ph.D. Thesis Nijmegen Catholic University, Nijmegen, the Netherlands., 173 pp.
Erftemeijer, P. and Allen, G. R. (1993). Fish fauna of seagrass beds in South Sulawesi, Indonesia. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 16(2) 269-277.
Erftemeijer, P., Allen, G. and Zuwendra (1989). Preliminary Resource Inventory of Bintuni Bay and Recommendations for Conservation and Management. PHPA/AWBIndonesia, Bogor, 151 pp.
Erftemeijer, P., Van Balen, B. and Djuharsa, E. (1988). The Importance of Segara Anakan for Nature Conservation, with Special Reference to Avifauna. Asian Wetland Bureau and INTERWADER, PHPA, Bogor, Indonesia, 59 pp.
Erwin, D. H. (1989). The end-Permian mass extinction: what really happened and did it matter? TREE 4(8): 225-229.
Escher, B. G. (1919). Koraalriffen en bodembewegingen. Met. een brief van W. M. Davis, Gesellsch. Erdkunde, Berlin, pp. 121-122.
Escher, B. G. (1920). Atollen in den Nederlandsch-Oost-Indischen Archipel. Med Encyclopedisch Bureau, Weltevreden XXII.
Essig, F. B. (1973). Pollination in some New Guinea plants. Principes 17: 75-83.
Esteban, M. and Klappa, C. F. (1983). Subaerial Exposure Environment. In: Scholle, P. A., Bebout, D. G. and Moore, C. H. (eds.) Carbonate Depositional Environments. The American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma, pp. 2-54.
Estep, M. and Dabrowski, H. (1980). Tracing food webs with stable hydrogen isotopes. Science 209: 1537-1538.
Eva, A. N. (1980). Pre-Miocene seagrass communities in the Caribbean. Palaeontology 23: 231-236.
Faber, W. W. Jr., Anderson, O. R. and Caron, D. A. (1989). Algal-foraminiferal symbiosis in the planktonic foraminifer lobigerinella aequilateralis: II. Effects of two symbiont species on foraminiferal growth and longevity. J. Foram. Res. 19: 185-193.
Faber, W. W. Jr., Anderson, O. R., Lindsey, J. L. and Caron, D. A. (1988). Algalforaminiferal symbiosis in the planktonic foraminifer Globigerinella aequilateralis: I. Occurrence and stability of two mutually exclusive chrysophyte endosymbionts and their ultrastructure. J. Foram. Res. 18: 334-343.
Fadlallah, Y. H. (1983). Sexual reproduction, development and larval biology in scleractinian corals. A review. Coral Reefs 2:129-150.
Fadlallah, Y. H. (1985). Reproduction in the coral Pocillopora verrucosa on the reefs adjacent to the industrial city of Uanbu (Red Sea, Saudi Arabia). Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, Vol. 4: 313-318.
Fagerstrom, J.A. (1987). The Evolution of Reef Communities. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 600 pp.
Fairbanks, R. G. (1989). A 17,000 year glacioeustatic sea level record: influence of glacial melting rates on the Yonger Dryas event and deep-ocean circulation. Nature 342: 637-642.
Fairbanks, R. G. and Wiebe, P. H. (1980). Foraminifera and chlorophyll maximum: Vertical distribution, seasonal succession and palaeoceanographic significance. Science 209: 1524-1526.
Fairbridge, R. W. (1950). Recent and Pleistocene coral reefs of Australia. J. Geol. 58: 330-401.
Fairbridge, R. W. (1961). Eustatic changes in sea level. Phys. Chem. Earth 4: 99-185.
Fairbridge, R. W. (1967). Coral reefs of the Australian region. In: Jennings, J. N. and Mabbutt, J. A. (eds.), Landform Studies from Australia and New Guinea, A.N.U. press, Canberra, pp. 386-417.
Falkowski, P. G., Jokiel, P. L. and Kinzie, R. A. III. (1990). Irradiance and corals, pp. 89-107. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Falvey, D. A. (1972). Sea-floor spreading in the Wharton Basin (northeast Indian Ocean) and the breakup of eastern Gondwanaland. Aust. Petrol. Expl. Assoc. J. 12 (2): 86-88.
FAO (1972). Atlas of the Living Resources of the Sea. Prepared by the Department of Fishery, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome.
FAO (1982). Management and utilization of mangroves in Asia and the Pacific. FAO Environment Paper No. 3. FAO, Rome.
FAO (1984). Mangrove forests in Asia-Pacific Region: A Summary of Available Informa (Queensland). Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 6: 149-154.
Flannery,T. (1994). The Future Eaters: An Ecological History of the Australasian Lands and People. Reed Books, Port Melbourne, 423 pp.
Fleminger, A. (1986). The Pleistocene equatorial barrier between the Indian and Pacific oceans and a likely cause for Wallace's line. In: Pelagic biogeography. UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science. No. 49: 84-97.
Fleminger, A. and Hulseman, K. (1973). Relationship of Indian Ocean epiplanktonic calanoids of the world oceans. In: Zeitschel, B and Gerlach, S. A. (eds.), The Biology of the Indian Ocean. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, pp. 339-347.
Flores-Verdugo, F. J., Day, Jr. J. W. and Briseno-Duenas, R. (1987). Structure, litterfall, decomposition and detritus dynamics of mangroves in a Mexican coastal lagoon with an ephemeral inlet. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 35: 83-90.
Flower, S. S. (1896). Notes on a collection of reptiles and batrachiens made in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96; with a list of the species recorded from that region. P.Z.S. 1896: 856-914.
Flowers, T. J., Troke, P. F. and Yeo, A. R. (1977). The mechanism of salt tolerance in halophytes. Ann. Rev. Plant Physiol. 28: 89-121.
Fontaine, H. (1986). Discovery of Lower Permian corals in Sumatra. Geological Society of Malaysia Bulletin 19: 183-191.
Fontaine, H. and Gafoer, S. (1989). Pre-tertiary fossils of Sumatra and their environment. C.C.O.P. Tech. Publ. 19: 356 pp.
Forbes, H. O. (1885). A Naturalist's Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago. Oxford University Press, Oxford, New York, 536 pp.
Forest, J. (1987). Les Pylochelidae ou «Pagures symmetriques» (Crustacea Coenobitoidea). Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, ser.A, Zool. 117: 9-254.
Forest, J. and Guinot, D. (1962). Remarque biogeographique sur les crabes des Archipels de la Société et des Tuamotu. Cahiers du Pacifique 4: 41-75.
Forsyth, R. G. and G. H. Balazs. (1989). Species Profiles: Life Histories and Environmental Requirements of Coastal Vertebrates and Invertebrates, Pacific Ocean Region; Report 1, Green Turtle, Chelonia my das, Technical Report EL-89-10, prepared by National Marine Fisheries Ser vice, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Honolulu, HI, for the US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 20 pp.
Fortes, M. D. (1988). Mangrove and seagrass beds of East Asia: habitat under stress. Ambio 17(3): 207-213.
Fortes, M. D. (1990a). Seagrasses : a Resource Unknown in the ASEAN region. ICLARM Education Series 6 : 46 pp. International Center for Living Aquatic Resources Management, Manila, Philippines.
Fortes, M. D. (1990b). Taxonomy and distribution of seagrasses in the ASEAN region. In: Fortes, M. D. and Wirjoatmodjo, N. (Assemblers), Seagrass Resources in Southeast Asia. Contending With Global Change, Study No. 6, UNESCO Jakarta, pp. 17-57.
Fortes, M. D. (1992). Comparative study of structure and productivity of seagrass communities in the ASEAN region. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. pp. 223-228.
Fortes, M. D. (1994). Do biological connections exist between seagrass and mangrove ecosystems? A case study in the Philippines. In: Sudara, S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN Australia Symposium on Living Coastal Resources. 2: 529-537.
Forward, R. B. Jr. (1988). Diel vertical migration: zooplankton photobiology and behaviour. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol, Annu. Rev. 26: 361-393.
Fridovich, I. (1986). Biological effects of the superoxide radical. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 247: 1-11.
Froidevaux, C. M. (1974). Geology of Misool Island (Irian Java). Proceedings of the Indonesian Petroleum Association. 3rd Annual Convention, Jakarta, 1974, pp. 189-196.
Frolich, R. (1989). The shelf life of antarctic ice. New Scientist, Nov. 4, pp. 62-65.
Frydl, P. (1977). The geological effect of grazing by parrotfish on a Barbados reef. M.Sc. Thesis, McGill University, 136 pp.
Frydl, P. and Stearn, C. W. (1978). Rate of bioerosion by parrotfish in Barbados reef environments. J. Sediment. Petrology 48: 1149-1158.
Fuller, M. and Lin, J. L. (1984). Paleomagnetism of accretionary margin: S. China and S.E. Asia. Geological Society of Malaysia: GEOSEA 5: 10-11.
Fulthrope, C. S. and Schlanger, S. O. (1989). Paleooceanographic and tectonic settings of Early Miocene reefs and associated carbonates of offshore Southeast Asia. AAPG Bulletin 73 (6): 729-756.
Furnestin, M. L. (1979). Aspects of the zoogeography of the Mediterranean plankton. In: Van der Spoel, S. and Pierrot-Bults, A. C. (eds.), Zoogeography and diversity of plankton. Bunge, Utrecht, pp. 191-253.
Gachon, A. and Bugues, D. (1985). Volcanic erosion and reef growth phases, atoll of Mururoa, French Polynesia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 3: 185-191.
Gafmey, E. S., Hutchison, J. H. Jenkins, F: A. Jr. and Meeker, L. J. (1987). Modern turtle origins: The oldest known cryptodire. Science 237: 289-291.
Ganeri, A. (1994). The Oceans Atlas. Dorling Kindersley Ltd., London, 64 pp.
Ganssen, G., Troelstra, S. R., Faber, B., Van Der Kaars, W. A. and Situmorang, M. (1989). Late Quaternary palaeoceanography of the Banda Sea, eastern Indonesian piston cores (Snellius-II Expedition. Cruise G5). Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 491-494.
Gardiner, J. S. (1906). The Percy Sladen Expedition in H.M.S. "Sealark" to the Indian Ocean. The Sachelles Archipelago. Nature 73: 293-296.
Gardiner, J. S. (1931). Coral Reefs and Atolls. Macmillan, London. 181 pp.
Gargett, A. E. (1984). Vertical eddy diffusivity in the ocean interior. J. Mar. Res. 42: 359 -393.
Garnett, S. T., Price, I. R. and Scott, F. J. (1985). The diet of the green turtle, Che-Ionia my das (L.), in Torres Strait. Aust. Wildlife J. 12: 103-112.
Garrard, R. A., Supandjono, J. B. and Surono (1988). The geology of the Banggai-Sula microcontinent, Eastern Indonesia.
Garrett, P. (1970). Phanerozoic stromatolites: non-competitive ecologic restriction by grazing and burrowing animals. Science 169: 171-173.
Gasperetti, J. (1988). Snakes of Arabia. Fauna of Saudi Arabia 9: 169-450.
Gatinsky, Y. G. (1986). Geodynamics of Southeast Asia in relation to the evolution of ocean basins. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclimat. Palaeoecol. 55: 127-144.
Gatinsky, Y. G. and Hutchison, C. S. (1984). Cathaysia, Gondwanaland and the Paleotethys in the evolution of continental Southeast Asia. Geological Society of Malaysia,GEOSEA V, Abstracts, pp.11-12. Gatinsky, Y. G. and Hutchison, G. S. (1986). Cathaysia, Gondwanaland, and the paleotethys in the evolution of continental Southeast Asia. GEOSEA Proceedings Vol. 2, Geological Society of Malaysia Bulletin 20: 179-199.
Gattuso, J. P. and Frankignoulle, M. (1993). Effect of coral metabolism on the seawater C02 system. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 380.
Gattuso, J. and Jaubert, J. (1984). Preliminary data concerning the in situ effects of light on metabolism, growth and calcification of the hermatypic coral Stylophora pistillata. C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, t. 299, Serie III, No. 14: 585-590.
Gayet, J., Carbonel, P., Duprat, J., Labeyrie, L., Faugeres, J. -C., Gonthier, E. and Moyes, J. (1990). Impact de la transgression holocene sur la sedimentation dans ledetroit de Makassar. Oceanologica Acta, Vol. Spec. 10: 321-327.
Geister, J. (1977). The influence of wave exposure on the ecological zonation of Caribbean coral reefs. Proc. 3rd Coral Reef Symp., Miami 1: 23-29.
George, R. W. and Jones, D. S. (1982). A revision of the fiddler crabs of Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum. Sup. No. 4, 99 pp.
George, W. (1981). Wallace and his line. In: Whitmore, T. C. (ed.), Wallace's Line and Plate Tectonics. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 3-8.
Gerber, R. P. and Marshall, N. (1974). Ingestion of detritus by lagoonal pelagic community at Eniwetok atoll. Limnol. Oceanogr. 19: 815-824.
Gerth, H. (1923). Die Anthozoenfauna des Jungtertiars von Borneo. Samml. geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, Erste Serie 10: 37-136.
Gerth, H. (1925). Jungtertiare Korallen von Nias, Java und Borneo, nebst einer Übersicht über die aus dem Kaenozoicum des Indischen Archipels bekannten Arten. Leid. geol. Meded. 1: 22-82.
Gerth, H. (1932). Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Korallenfauna des Tertiars von Java. Wet. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. -Oost. Indië: 1-45.
Geyh, M. A, Kudrass, H. -R. and Streif, H. (1979). Sea level changes during the late Pleistocene and Holocene in the Strait of Malacca. Nature 278: 441-443.
Ghiselin, M. T. (1974). The Economy of Nature and the Evolution of Sex. University of California Press, Berkeley, 346 pp.
Giddins, R. L., Lucas, J. S., Nielson, M. J. and Richards, G. N. (1986). Feeding ecology of the mangrove crab Neosarmatium smithi (Crustacea: Decapoda: Sesarminae). Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 33: 147-155.
Giesen, W. (1993). Indonesia's mangroves: an update on remaining area & main management issues. Asian Wetland Bureau, Bogor, Indonesia. Unpublished manuscript presented at the International Seminar on Coastal Zone Management of Small Island Ecosystems, Ambon 7-10 April 1993.
Giesen, W. (1994). Satonda Island, Sumbawa and its unique stromatolites. Asian Wetland Bureau, Survey Report 7-12 October 1993. Bogor, 11pp.
Giesen, W., Baltzer, M. and Baruadi, R. (1991). Integrating Conservation with Land-use Development in Wetlands of South Sulawesi. PHPA/AWB Bogor, Indonesia, 240 pp.
Giesen, W. B. J. T., Van Katwijk, M. M. and Den Hartog, C. (1990). Temperature, salinity, insolation and wasting disease of eelgrass (Zostera marina) in the Dutch Wadden Sea in the 1930s. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25: 395-404.
Gieskes, W. W. C. and Kraay, G. W. (1989). Estimating the carbon-specific growth rate of the major algal species groups in eastern Indonesian waters by 1 C labeling of taxon-specific carotenoids. Deep-Sea Res. 36(8): 1127-1139.
Gieskes, W. W. C, Kraay, G. W., Nontji, A, Setiapermana, D. and Sutomo (1989). Monsoonal alternation of a mixed and a layer structure in the phytoplankton of the euphotic zone of the Banda Sea (Indonesia): a mathematical analysis of algal pigment fingerprints. Neth. J. Sea Res. 22: 123-137.
Gieskes, W. W. C, Kraay, G. W., Nontji, A, Setiapermana, D. and Sutomo (1990). Monsoonal differences in primary production in the eastern Banda Sea (Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 473-483.
Gili, E., Masse, J. P. and Skeleton, P. W. (1990). Did rudists build reefs? 2nd Int. Conference on Rudists, Universita La Sapienza, Rome, and Universita degli Studi, Bari. Abstract p. 9.
Ginsburg, R. N. (1957). Early diagenesis and lithifaction of shallow-water carbonate sediments in south Florida. Spec. Pub. Soc. econ.Paleont. Miner., Tulsa, 5: 80-99.
Ginsburg, R. N. and Beaudoin, B. (1990). Cretaceous resources, events and rhythms. Background and plans for research. NATO Series C: Mathematic and Physical Sciences 304. Ginsburg, R. N. and Glynn, P. W. (1994).
Ginsburg, R. N. and Glynn, P. W. (1994). Summary of the Colloquium and Forum on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. i-ix. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Ginsburg, R. N., Reyak, R. and Wray, J. L. (1971). Geology of Calcareous Algae. University of Miami, Miami, 70 pp.
Gladfelter, E. H. (1988). The physiological basis of coral bleaching. NOAA Nat. Undersea Res. Prog. Res. Rep. 82: 15-18.
Gladfelter, E. H., Monahan, R. K, and Gladfelter, W. B. (1978). Growth rates of five reef-building corals in the north eastern Caribbean. Bull. Mar. Sci. 28: 728-734.
Glazebrook, J. S. and Van Woesik, R. (1993). Effects of low salinity on the tissue of hard corals Acropora spp., Pocillopora spp. and Seriatopora spp. from the great Keppel region. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 307.
Gleason, D. F. and Wellington, G. M. (1993). The intensities of ultraviolet radiation that induce bleaching of a Caribbean coral. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 71.
Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. and Kailola, P. J. (1984). Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwestern Australia. The Australian Development Assistance Bureau; The Directorate General of Fisheries, Indonesia,; The German Agency for Technical Assistance, 406 pp.
Glynn, P. W. (1976). Some physical and biological determinants of coral community structure in the eastern Pacific. Ecol. Monogr. 40: 431-456.
Glynn, P. W. (1983). Extensive bleaching and death of reef corals on the Pacific coast of Panama. Environ. Conserv. 10(2): 149-154.
Glynn, P. W. (1984). Widespread coral mortality and the 1982/83 El Nino warming event. Environ. Conserv. 11: 133-146.
Glynn, P. W. (1985). El Nino-associated disturbance to coral reefs and post disturbance mortality by Acanthaster planci. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 26: 295-300.
Glynn, P. W. (1988). El Nino warming, coral mortality and reef framework destruction by echinoid bioerosion in the eastern Pacific. Galaxeal: 129-160.
Glynn, P. W. (1990). Coral mortality and disturbances to coral reefs in the tropical eastern Pacific. In: Glynn, P. W. (ed), Global Ecological Consequences of the 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation. Elsevier Oceanography Series, 52, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Glynn, P. W. (1991). Coral reef bleaching in the 1980s and possible connections with global warming. Trends. Ecol. Evol. 6(6): 175-179.
Glynn, P. W. and Colgan, M. W. (1992) Sporadic disturbances in fluctuating coral reef environments: El Nino and coral reef development in the eastern Pacific. Amer Zool. 32: 707-718.
Glynn, P. W. and D'Croz, L. (1990). Experimental evidence for high temperature stress as the cause of El Nino-coincident coral mortality. Coral Reefs 8: 181-191.
Glynn, P. W. and Macintyre, I. G. (1977). Growth rate and age of coral reefs on the Pacific coast of Panama. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami 2: 251-259.
Glynn, P. W. and Stewart, R. H. (1973). Distribution of coral reefs in the Pearl Islands (Gulf of Panama) in relation to thermal conditions. Limnol. Oceanogr. 28: 367-379.
Glynn, P. W., Perez, M. and Gilchrist, S. L. (1985a). Lipid decline in stressed corals and their crustacean sybionts. Biol. Bull. 168: 276-284.
Glynn, P. W., Peters, E. C. and Muscatine, L. (1985b). Coral tissue microstructure and necrosis: relation to catastrophic coral mortality in Panama. Dis. Aquat. Org. 1: 29-37.
Glynn, P. W., Cortes, J., Guzman, H. M. and Richmond, R. H. (1988). El Nino (1982-83) associated coral mortality and relationship to sea surface temperature deviations in the tropical eastern Pacific. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 237-243.
Glynn, P. W., Imai, R., Sakai, K., Nakano, Y. and Yamazato, K. (1993). Experimental responses of Okinawa (Ryukyu Islands, Japan) reef corals to high sea temperature and UV radiation. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 27-37.
Godfrey, J. S., Hirst, A. C. and Wilkin, J. (1993). Why does the Indonesian Throughflow appear to originate from the North Pacific? J. Phys. Ocean. 23(6): 1087-1098.
Goenaga, C, Vicente, V. P. and Armstrong, R. A. (1989). Bleaching induced mortality in reef corals from La Parguera, Puerto Rico: a precursor of change in the community structure of reef corals? Carib. J. Sci. 25: 59-65.
Goggin, C. L., Lester, R. J. G. (1988). Parasites of the genus Perkinsus from reef bivalves. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Abstracts., p. 36.
Golley, F. B., Odum, H. T. and Wilson, R. F. (1962). The structure and metabolism of a Puerto Rico red mangrove forest in May. Ecology 43: 9-19.
Golubic, S. (1969). Distribution, taxonomy, and boring patterns of marine endolithic algae. Am. Zool. 9: 747-751.
Gomez, E. D. (1980). Status report on research and degradation problems of the coral reefs of the East Asian Seas. Report on Meeting of Experts to Review the Draft Action Plan for the East Asian Seas, Philippines, June 1980.
Gomez, E. D. (1988). East Asian seas overview. Ambio 17(3): 166-169.
Gomez, E. D. and Alcala, A. C. (1988). Giant clams in the Philippines. In: Copland, J. W. and Lucas, J. S. (eds.), Giant Clams in Asia and the Pacific. Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research, Canberra. pp. 51-53.
Gong, W. K., Ong, J. E. and Wong, C. H. (1991). The light attenuation method for measuring potential primary productivity in mangrove ecosystems: an evaluation. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 399-406. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines. Gopalakrishnakone, P. and Kochva, E. (1990). Venom glands and some associated muscles in sea snakes. Journal of Morphology 205: 85-96.
Gordon, A. L. (1986). Interocean exchange of thermocline waters. J. Geophys. Res. 91: 5037-5046.
Gordon, A. L. and Ilahude, A. G. (in press). Water masses of the Indonesian seas throughflow. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOC-UNESCO, Bali, Indonesia. Gordon, A. L., Ffield, A. and Ilahude, A. G. (1994). Thermocline of the Flores and Bandaseas. J. Geophys. Res. 99(C9): 18,235-18,242.
Goreau, T. F. (1963). Calcium carbonate deposition by coralline algae and corals in relation to their role as reef builders.Ann NY Acad. Sci. 109: 127-167.
Goreau, T. F. (1964). Mass expulsion of zooxanthellae from Jamaican reef communities communities after Hurricane Flora. Science. 383-386.
Goreau, T. F. (1977). Carbon metabolism in calcifying and photosynthetic organisms: theoretical models based on stable isotope data. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami, pp. 395-401.
Goreau, T. F., and Goreau, N. I. (1959). The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. II. Calcium deposition by hermatypic corals under various conditions in the reef. Biol. Bull. 117: 239-250.
Goreau, T. F., Goreau, N. I. and Goreau, T. J. (1979). Corals and coral reefs. Sci. Am. 241(2): 124-136.
Goreau, T. J. and Macfarlane, A. H. (1990). Reduced growth rate of Montastrea annularis following the 1987-1988 coral bleaching event. Coral Reefs 8: 211-215.
Gottfried, M. and Romas, M. R. (1983). Ingestion and incorporation of coralmucus detritus by reef zooplankton. Mar. Biol. 72: 211-218.
Goulter, P. E. F. and Allawaym W. G. (1979). Litter fall and decomposition in a mangrove stand (Avicennia marina Forsk. [Vierh.]) in Middle Harbour, Sydney. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 30: 541-546.
Grasshoff, M. E. and Kremling, K. (1983). Methods of Seawater Analysis. Verlag Chemie, 419 pp.
Gray, W. (1993). Coral Reefs & Islands: The Natural History of a Threatened Paradise. David & Charles, Brunei House, Newton, Abbot, Devon, pp. 192.
Green, A. E. S., Sawada, T. and Shettle, E. P. (1974). The middle ultraviolet reaching the ground. Photochem. Photobiol. 19: 151-159.
Green, R. H. (1979). Sampling design and statistical methods for environmental biologists. John Wiley and Sons. New York, 527 pp.
Greenpeace (1988). Sea Turtles and Indonesia. Report Prepared by Greenpeace International for the Seventh Conference of the Parties to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species and Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Lausanne, Switzerland, 9-20 October 1989.
Greenway, M. (1974). The effects of cropping on the growth of Thalassia testudinum (König) in Jamaica. Aquaculture 4: 199-206.
Greenway, M. (1976). The grazing of Thalassia testudinum in Kingston Harbour Jamaica. Aquat. Bot. 2: 117-126.
Gregory, J. (1924). The Aru Islands: Introductory remarks and relations of the islands. Geol. Mag. 1924: 52-56.
Griffin, D. J. G. and Tranter, H. A. (1982).
The Decapoda Brachyura of the Siboga Expedition. Part VIII. Majidae. Siboga Expedite Monographie S9 C4 (Livr. 148): 1-335. Grigg, R. W. (1982). A threshold for atoll formation. Coral Reefs 1: 29-34.
Grigg, R. W. (1983). Community structure, succession and development of coral reefs in Hawaii. Mar. Ecol Prog. Ser. 11: 1-14.
Grigg, R. W. (1992). Coral reef environmental science: truth versus the Cassandra syndrome. Coral Reefs 11 (4): 183-186.
Grigg, R. W. (1994). The International Coral Reef Initiative: conservation and effective management of marine resources. Coral Reefs 13 (4): 197-198.
Grigg, R. W. and Dollar, S. J. (1990). Natural and anthropogenic disturbance on coral reefs. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 439-452.
Grigg, R. W. and Epp, D. (1989). Critical depth for the survival of coral islands: effects on the Hawaiian Archipelago. Science 243: 638-641.
Grigg, R.W. and Maragos, J.E. (1974). Recolonization of hermatypic corals on submerged lava flows in Hawaii. Ecology 55: 387-395.
Groombridge, B. (ed.) (1992). Global Biodiversity: Status of the earth's living resources. Chapman and Hall, London, 585 pp.
Groombridge, B. and Luxmoore, R. (1989). The green turtle and hawksbill (Reptilia: Cheloniidae): world status, exploitation and trade. Cambridge, CITES, 601 pp.
Gross, M. G. (1990). Oceanography: A View of the Earth. Prentice Hall, Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey. 441 pp.
Guibb, R. A. (1981). Studies on the diet and food preference of Diadema setosum and Tripneustes gratilla in Calatagan, Batangas, M.Sc. Thesis, University of the Philippines, 109 pp.
Guilcher,A. (1988). Coral Reef Geomorphology. John Wiley & Sons. Chichester. Guilcher, A. (1988). Coral Reef Geomorphology. John Wiley and Sons. Chichester.
Gunther, A. (1880). Report of the shore fishes. Zoology of the Voyages of HMS "Challenger" 1(6): 1-82.
Günther, A. (1887). Report on the deep-sea fishes collected by H.M.S. "Challenger" during the years 1873-76.
Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger" during the years 1873-76, Zoology 22 (57): 1-268.
Gunther, A. (1889). Report on the pelagic fishes. Report on the scientific results of the voyage ofH.M. S. "Challanger" during the years 1873-76, Zoology, 31(78): 1-47.
Guppy, H. B. (1890). The dispersal of plants as illustrated by the flora of the Keeling or Cocos Islands. J. Trans. Victoria. Inst. Lond. 24: 267-303.
Gwinner, M. P. (1976). Origin of the Upper Jurassic limestones of the Swabian Alb (southwestern Germany). Contrib. Sedimentol. 5, 75 pp.
Gygi, R. A. (1969). An estimate of the erosional effect of Sparisoma viride (Bonnaterre), the green parrotfish, on some Bermuda reefs. In: Ginsburg, R. N. and Garrett, P. (eds), Seminar on Organism-sediment interrelationships. Bermuda Biol. Sta. Spec. Publ, pp. 137-143.
Gygi, R. A. (1975). Sparisoma viride (Bonnaterre), the Stoplight Parrotfish a major sediment producer on coral reefs of Bermuda? Eclogae. Geol. Helv. 68: 327-359.
Hadikusumah (1995). The Banyuwangi tsunami wave on June 3, 1994. International Oceanographic Commission (IOC)-UNESCO Sub-Commission for Western Pacific (WESTPAC), Proceedings of the 3rd. International Scientific Symposium, 22-26 November 1994, Bali, Indoneisa (in press). Haeruman, H. (1988). Conservation in Indonesia. Ambio 17(3): 218-222.
Hagman, D. K. and Gittings, S. R. (1993). Coral bleaching on high latitude reefs at the Flower Garden Banks, NW Gulf of Mexico. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 38-43.
Haigler, S. A. (1969). The boring mechanism of Polydora websteri inhabiting Crassostrea virginica. Amer. Zool. 9: 821-828.
Haile, N. S. (1974). Borneo. In: Spencer, M. A. (ed.), Mesozoic-Cenozoic orogenic belts: data for orogenic studies. Geological ociety of London Special Publication 4, pp. 333-347.
Haile, N. S. (1978). Reconnaissance paleomagnetic results from Sulawesi, Indonesia, and their bearing on paleogeographic reconstructions. Tectonophysics 46: 77-85.
Haile, N. S. (1979). Rotation of Borneo microplate completed by Miocene: paleomagnetic evidence. Warta Geol. 5: 19-22.
Haile, N. S., McElhinny, M. W. and McDougall, I. (1977). Paleomagnetic data and radiometric ages from the Cretaceous of West Kalimantan (Borneo), and their significance in interpreting regional structure.Geol. Soc. London Quart. J. 133: 133-144.
Hainess, A. K (1979). An ecological survey of fish of the lower Purari River system, Papua New Guinea. Purari River Hydroelectric Scheme, Environmental Studies, Vol. 6., Office of Environment and Conservation, Waigani, Papua New Guinea.
Hall, R. (1995). Plate tectonic reconstructions of the Indonesian region. Proc. 24th. Annual IPA Convention, Vol. 1: 71-84.
Hall, R. (in press). Reconstructing Cenozoic SE Asia. In: Hall, R. and Blundell, D. J. (eds.), Tectonic Evolution of SE Asia. Geological Society of London Special Publication. Hallam, A. (1992). Phanerozoic sea-level changes. Columbia University Press, New York.
Hallman, A. (1984). The causes of mass extinctions. Nature 308: 686-687.
Hallock, P. (1981a). Light dependence in Amphistegina. f. Foram. Res. 11: 40-46. Hallock, P. (1981b). Production of carbonate sediments by selected large benthic foraminifera on two Pacific coral reefs. J. Sedimentary Petrol. 51(2): 467-474.
Hallock, P. (1984). Distribution of selected species of living algal symbiont-bearing foraminifera on two Pacific coral reefs. J. Foram. Res. 14(4) 250-261.
Hallock, P. (1985) Why are larger foraminifera large? Paleobiology 11: 195-208.
Hallock, P. (1988). The role of nutrient availability in bioerosion: consequences to carbonate buildups. Paleogeogr. Paleoclimatol. Paleoecol. 63: 275-291.
Hallock, P. and Schlager, W. (1986). Nutrient excess and the demise of coral reefs and carbonate platforms. Palaios 1: 389-398.
Hallock, P. and Talge, H. (1993). Symbiont loss ("bleaching") in the reef-dwelling benthic foraminifer Amphistegina gibbosa in the Florida Keys in 1991-1992. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 94-99. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Hallock, P. Rottger, R. and Wetmore, K. (1991). Hypotheses on form and function in foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 41-72.
Hallock, P., Talge, H. K., Smith, K. and Cockey, E. M. (1993). Bleaching in a reefdwelling foraminifer, Amphistegina gibbosa. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 44-49
Halpern, D., Hayes, S. P., Leetmaa, A., Hansen, D. V. and Philander, S. G. H. (1983). Oceanographic observations of the 1982 warming of the tropical eastern Pacific. Science221: 1173-1175.
Hamidjojo, P., Susmiati and Ongkosongo, O. S. R. (1980). Foraminifera dan kondisi lingkungannya di Teluk Jakarta. In: Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Teluk fakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologidan Geologi, Tahun 1975-979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp. 369-385.
Hamilton, L. S. and Snedaker, S. C. (eds.) (1984). Handbook for Mangrove Area Management. Environment and Policy Institute East-West Centre, IUCN, UNESCO and UNEP, 123 pp.
Hamilton, W. (1973). Tectonics of the Indonesian region. Geol. Soc. Malaysia Bull. 6: 3-10.
Hamilton, W. (1974). Earthquake map of the Indonesian region. Washington: United States Geological Survey map 1-875-C.
Hamilton, W. (1978). Tectonic map of the Indonesian region. Washington: United States Geological Survey map 1-875-D.
Hamilton, W. (1979). Tectonics of the Indonesian Region. Geological Survey Professional Papaer 1078. United States Government printing Office, Washington, 345 pp.
Hamilton, W. (1989). Convergent plate tectonics viewed from the Indonesian region. Geol. Indon. 12(1): 35-88.
Hamner, W. H. (1978). Intraspecific competition in Tridacna crocea, a burrowing bivalve. Oecologia 34: 267-281.
Hamner, W. H. and Jones, M. S. (1976). Distribution, burrowing and growth rates of the clam Tridacna crocea on interior reef flats. Oecologia 24: 207-227.
Hand, C. (1966). On the evolution of Actiniaria. In: Rees, W. J. (ed). The Cnidaria and their evolution (Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 16). Academic Press, London, pp. 135-146.
Hantoro, W. S. (1992). Etude des terrasses recifales quaternaires soulevées entre le detroit de la Sonde et l'ile de Timor, Indonesie Mouvments Verticaux de la Crotute terrestre et variations du niveau de la mer. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. d'Aix Marseille II, France. 225 pp.
Hantoro, W. S. (1993a). Environment and climate changes record since the last interglacial obtained from the study of the modern and uplifted coral reefs in Indonesian Island Arc: Background and strategy of program. Proceedings of the IAEA consultants Meeting of the Restrospective Studies on Coral Reefs. 17-21 May 1993, Townsville, Australia.
Hantoro, W. S. (1993b). Pleistocene sea level variations and global changes in Indonesia. Study of the uplifted coral reef terraces. Proceedings of the Committee for Coordination of Joint Prospecting for Mineral Resources in Asian Offshore Areas (CCOP). 9-13 November 1993, Denpasar, Bali, Indonesia.
Hantoro, W. S. (1995). Quaternary eustatic sea-level variations and the lost epicontinental sea in Indonsian maritime islands: respons and impacts to the global climatic changes. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOC-UNESCO, Bali, Indonesia (in press).
Hantoro, W. S. and Handayani, L. (1993). The post glacial carbonate production of the lost epicontinental platform in the Pacific-Indian Ocean gateways. Proceedings of the CLIP-UNESCO-IUGS Meeting, December 13-20 1993, Mombasa, Kenya. Hantoro, W. S. and Handayani, L. (1995). Marine terraces and differential uplift along the margin of active plate. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOCUNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Hantoro, W. S. and Sieh, K. (1994). Neoseismo tektonik dan variasi permukaan laut di Kepulauan Mentawai (Sipora, Pagai Utara dan Pagai Selatan). Sumatra Barat. Prosiding hasil-hasil penelitian Puslitbang Geoteknologi-LIPI1993/1994. Vol. 1: 8-48.
Hantoro, W. S., Jouannic, C, Pirazzoli, P. A. and Faure, H. (1992). Near future sea level trend in Sunda Strait area. Abstract, Proceedings of the Seminar Programme of 10th Anniversary of Indonesia-France Joint Cooperation on Ocean Technology and Marine Industry, October 7-8, 1992 Jakarta, Indonesia.
Hantoro, W. S., Pirazzoli, P. A., Jounnic, C, Faure, H., Hoang, C. T., Radtke, U., Causse, C, Borel Best, M., Lafont, R., Bieda, S. and Lambeck, K. (1994). Quaternary uplifted coral reef terraces on Alor Island, East Indonesia. Coral Reefs 13(4): 215-223.
Haq, B. U. (1984). Paleoceanography: a synoptic overview of 200 million years of ocean history. In: Haq, B. U. and Milliman, D (eds.), Marine Geology and Oceanography of Arabian Sea and Coastal Pakistan, pp. 201-231. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York.
Haq, B. U., Hardenbol, J. and Vail, P. R. (1987). Chronology of fluctuating sea levels since the Triassic. Science 253: 1156- 1167.
Harbury, N. A., Jones, M. E., Audley-Charles, M. G., Metcalfe, I. and Mohamed, K. R. (1990). Structural evolution of Mesozoic Peninsula Malaysia. Journal of the Geological Society of London 147: 11-26.
Hardenberg, J. D. F. (1937). Hydrological and ichthyological observations in the mouth of the Kumai River (S.W. Borneo). Treubia 16(1): 1-14.
Hardenberg, J. D. F. (1939). De koraaleilanden in de Baai van Batavia. Verslag Ned. Indische Ver. Natuurbesch. 11: 234-242.
Harger, J. R. E. (1986). Community structure as a response to natural and manmade environmental variables in the Pulau Seribu island chain, pp 34-85 in S. Soemodihardjo ed. Proceedings of MABCOMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR and LIPI, Jakarta.
Harger, J. R. E. (1992). Environment trends and reef monitoring strategies. Prepared for the 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam. UNESCO/ROSTSEA, Jakarta, pp. 1,-69. Harland, A. D., Davies Spencer P. and Fixter, L. M. (1992). Lipid content of some Caribbean corals in relation to depth and light. Mar. Biol. 113(3): 357-361. Harriott, V. H. (1985). Mortality rates of scleractinian corals before and during a mass bleaching event. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 21: 81-88.
Harrison, P. L. (1985). Sexual characteristics of scleractinian corals: systematic and evolutionary implications. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, Vol. 4: 337-342. Harrison, P. L. (1988). Pseudo-gynodioecy: an unusual breeding system in the scler actinian coral Galaxea fascicularis. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville, Vol. 2: 699-705.
Harrison, P. L. and Wallace, C. C. (1990). Reproduction, dispersal and recruitment of scleractinian corals, pp. 133-207. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam. Hartnoll, R. G. (1988). Evolution, systematics, and geographical distribution. In: Burggren, W. W. and McMahon, B. R. (eds.), Biology of land crabs. Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 6-54.
Hartono, H. M. S. and Tjokrosapoetro, S. (1986). Geological evolution of the Indonesian Archipelago. GEOSEA Proceedings Vol. 2, Geological Society of Malaysia Bulletin 20: 97-136.
Hatayama, T., Awaji, T., Akitomo, K. and Imasato, N. (in press). Tidal current in the Indonesian Seas and its effect on the transport and mixing processes. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOCUNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Hatcher, B. G. (1981). The interaction between grazing organisms and the epilithic algal community of a coral reef: a quantitative assessment. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 515-524.
Hatcher, B. G. (1991). Coral reefs in the Leeuwin Current: an ecological perspective. In: Pearce, A. F. and Walker, D. I. (eds.), The Leeuwin Current. J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 74: 115-127.
Hatcher, B. G. (1993). The Houtman Abrolhos reefs of the Western Australia: Environmental and anthropogenic change in the structure and function of reef communities at high latitude. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993.
Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami, pp. 378-384.
Hatcher, B. G., Johannes, R. E. and Robertson, A. I. (1989). Review of research relevant to the conservation of shallow tropical marine ecosystems. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol Ann. Rev. 27: 337-414.
Hatherton, T., and Dickenson, W. R. (1969). The relationship between andesitic volcanism and seismicity in Indonesia, the Lesser Antilles, and other island arcs. J. Geoph. Res. 74: 5301-5309.
Hattori, A., Aioi, K., Iizumi, H., Koike, I., Mukai, H., Mishimara, M., Nojima, S. and Yokohama, Y. (1985). Studies on dynamics of the biological community in tropical seagrass ecosystems in Papua New Guinea. Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, 49 pp.
Hautala, S. L., Reid, J. L. and Bray, N. (in press). Water mass distribution on isopycnals in the Indonesian Seas. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOC-UNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Hayden, B. P., Ray, C. G. and Dolan, R. (1984). Classification of coastal and marine environments. Environmental Conservation 11 (3): 199-207.
Hayes, R. L. and Bush, P. G. (1990). Microscopic observations of recovery in the reefbuilding scleractinian coral, Montastrea annularis, after bleaching on a Cayman reef. Coral Reefs 8: 203-209.
Hayes, R. L. and Goreau, T. J. (1993). Histology of Caribbean and south Pacific bleached corals. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 71. Head, S. M. (1980). The Ecology of Corals in the Sundanese Red Sea. Thesis Cambridge Univ., pp. 471.
Heald, E. J. (1971). The production of organic detritus in a south Florida estuary. Sea Grant Tech. Bull. No. 6. University of Miami Sea Grant Program (Living Resources), Miami, Florida, 110 pp. Heatwole, H. (1987). Sea Snakes. Kensington NSW Australia, New South Wales University Press, 85 pp.
Heck, K I., Jr. and Orth, R. J. (1980). Seagrass habitats: The role of habitat complexity, competition and predation in structuring associated fish and motile macroinvertebrate assemblages. In: Kennedy, V. S. (ed.), Estuarine Perspectives. Academic Press, New York, pp. 449-464.
Hedley, C. (1926). Zoogeography. In: Australia Encyclopedia. Angus and Roberts, Sidney, p. 734.
Heikoop, J. M. and Risk, M. J. (1994). Stable isotopic signatures of ENSO variability recorded in Eastern Insonesian corals. Geological Association of CanadaJMineralogical Association of Canada, abstract volume.
Heijs, F. M. L. (1985). Some structural and functional aspects of the epiphytic component of four seagrass species (Cymodoceoideae) from Papua New Guinea. Aquatic Bot. 23: 225-247.
Heikoop, J. M., Tsujita, C. J., Risk, M. J. and Tomascik, T. (1994). Corals as proxy recorders of volcanic activity: evidence from Banda Api, Indonesia. Palaios 11: 286-292.
Heirtzler, J. R., Cameron, P., Cook, P. J., Powell, T., Roeser, H. A., Sukardi, S. and Veevers, J. J. (1978). The Argo abyssal plain. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 41: 21-31.
Helfinalis (1995). The impact of tsunami's disaster in Banyuwangi of the south East Java. International Oceanographic Commission (IOC)0-UNESCO Sub-Commission for Western Pacific (WESTPAC), Proceedings of the 3rd. International Scientific Symposium, 22-26 November 1994, Bali, Indoneisa (in press).
Helfinalis, and Rositasari, R. (1988). Foraminifera di lingkungan terumbu karang Pulau Pari. In: Moosa, M. K., Prasaeno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Biologi, Budidaya, Oseanografi, Geologi dan Kondisi Perairan. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 119-124.
Helfinalis, Effendi, L. and Subardi (1989). Sebaran foraminifea bentoxiik di perairan Jepara. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Penelitian Oseanologi Perairan Indonesia, Buku I: Biologi, Geology,, Lingkungan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 62-68.
Hemleben, C. and Spindler, M. (1983). Recent advances in research on living planktonic Foraminifera. In: Meulenkamp, J. E. (ed.), Reconstruction of marine palaeoenvironments. Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 30: 141-170.
Hemleben, C, Spindler, M. and Anderson, O. R. (1989). Modern planktonic foraminifera. Springer, New York., 363 pp.
Hemleben, C, Spindler, M., Breitinger, I. and Deuser, W. G. (1985). Field and laboratory studies on the ontogeny and ecology of some globorotaliid species from the Sargasso Sea off Bermuda. J. Foram. Res. 15: 254-272.
Hemleben, C, Spindler, M. Breitinger, I. and Ott, R. (1987). Morphological and physiological responses of Globigernoides sacculifer (Brady) under varying laboratory conditions. Mar. Micropaleontol. 12: 305-324.
Hamner, W. M., Gilmer, R. W. and Hamner, P. P. (1982). The physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of a stratified, saline, sulfide lake in Palau. Limnol. Oceanogr. 27(5): 869-909.
Hatcher, A. I. (1985). The relationship between coral reef structure and nitrogen dynamics. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 3: 407-413.
Hendrokusumo, S., Sumitro, S. and Tas'an (1979). The distribution of the dugong in Indonesian waters. In: MARSH, H. (ed), The Dugong. Proceeding of a Seminar/Workshop Held at James Cook University 8-13 May 1979, North Queensland, Australia.
Hentschel, E. (1912). Kiesel- und Hornschwamme der Aru- und Kei-Inseln. Ahandl. Senckenb. naturforsch. Ges., 34: 293-448.
Hermanto, B. (1987a). Laju sedimentasi dan stratifikasi sedimen Teluk Ambon bagian dalam. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon I: Biobgi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geology. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 125-132.
Hermanto, B. (1987b). Geomorfologi dasar laut perairan Teluk Ambon bagian luar. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K. (eds.), Teluk Ambon I: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geology. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 133-144.
Hermanto, B. (1987c). Analisis morfologi pamtai Teluk Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K. (eds.), Teluk Ambon I: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geology. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 145-152.
Hermanto and Suhartati (1989). Transportasi sedimen permukaan dan foraminifera di Teluk Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K. (eds.), Teluk Ambon II: Biologi,Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 142-150.
Hermanto, Manik, J. M. and Sutomo (1989). Morfometri dan hubungannya dengan proses agradasi daerah Muara Wai Tonahitu dan sekitarnya. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon II: Biobgi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 132-141.
Hetzel, W. H. (1930). Over de Geologie Der Toekang-Besi Eilanden: De Mijningenieur 11(3): 51-53.
Hetzel, W. H. (1937). Geological description of the island of Boeton: Indonesia Geol. Survey, 20 pp.
Hiatt, R. W. (1957). Factors effecting the distribution of corals on the reefs of Arno Atoll, Marshall Islands. Proc. 9th Pac. Sci. Congr. 3a: 929-970.
Hickson, S. J. (1898a). On the species of the genus Millepora: a preliminary communication. Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
Hickson, S. J. (1898b). Notes on the collection of specimens of the genus Millepora obtained by Mr. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma. Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
Hickson, S. J. (1899). Reports on the specimens of the genus Millepora collected by Dr. Willey. Willey's Zool. Res., pt. 2.
Hickson, S. J. (1906). Goelenterata and Ctenophora. The Cambridge Natural His tory, vol. 1.
Highsmith, R. C. (1980). Geographic patterns of coral bioerosion: a productivity hypothesis. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 46: 177-196.
Highsmith, R. G. (1982). Reproduction by fragmentation in corals. Mar. Ecol. Prog.Ser. 7: 207-226.
Highsmith, R. C., Riggs, A. G. and D'Antonio, C. M. (1980). Survival of hurricane-generated coral fragments and a disturbance model of reef calcification/growth rates. Oecologia 46: 322-329.
Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1993). Why are some prawns found in seagrasses? An experimental study of brown (Penaeus sculentus) and grooved (P. semisulcatus) tiger prawns. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 221-227.
Hillis-Colinvaux, L. (1985). Halimeda and other deep fore-reef algae at Enewetak Atoll. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 5: 9-14.
Hillis-Colinvaux, L. (1986). Historical perspectives on algae and reefs: have reefs been misnamed? Oceanus 29(2): 43-48.
Hillis-Colinvaux, L. and Orme, G. R. (1988). Trends in research on the biology and geology of Halimeda. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville Vol. 1: 193-198.
Hillman, K., Walker, D. I., Larkum, A. W. D. and McComb, A. J. (1989). Productivity and nutrient limitation. Chapter 19. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 635-685.
Hoar, W. S. (1966). General and Comparative Physiology. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey, 815 pp.
Hodgkin, E. P. (1970). Geomorphology and biological erosion of limestone coasts in Malaysia. Geol. Soc. Malaysia Bull. 3: 27-51.
Hodgson, G. (1985). Logging vs. fisheries and tourism in Palawan. Occasional Pap. No. 7, Environmental and Policy Institute, East-West Center, Honolulu, Hawaii.
Hodgson, G. (1990). Sediment and the settlement of larvae of the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis. Coral Reefs 9: 41-43.
Hoegh-Guldberg, O. and Smith, G. J. (1989). The effects of sudden change in temperature, light and salinity on the population density and export of zooxanthellae from the reef corals Stylophora pistillata Esper and Seriatopora hystrix Dana. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 129: 279-303.
Hoeksema, B. W. (1989). Taxonomy, phylogeny and biogeography of mushroom corals (Scleractinia: Fungiidae). Zool. Verh. Leiden 254: 1-295.
Hoeksema, B. W. (1991). Control of bleaching in mushroom coral populations (Scleractinia: Fungiidae) in Java Sea: stress tolerance and and interference by life history strategy. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 74: 225-237.
Hoeksema, B. W. (1993). The position of northern New Guinea in the center of marine benthic diversity: a reef coral perspective. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 2: 710-717.
Hoeksema, B. W. (1993a). Mushroom corals (Scleractinia: Fungiidae) of Madang Lagoon, northern Papua New Guinea: an annotated checklist with the description of Cantharellus jebbi spec. nov. Zool. Med. Leiden 67: 1-19.
Hoeksema, B. W. (1993b). Historical biogeography of Fungia (Pleuractis) spp. (Scleractinia: Fungiidae), including a new species from the Seychells. Zool. Med. Leiden 67: 639-654.
Hoeksema, B. W. and Best, M. B. (1991). New observations on scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 2. Sipunculan-associated species belonging to the general Heterocyathus and Heteropsammia. Zool. Med. Leiden 65(16): 221-245.
Hoeksema, B. W. and Dai, C. F. (1991). Scleractinia of Taiwan. II Family Fungiidae (with the description of a new species). Bull. Zool. Inst., Acad. Sinica, Taipei 30: 201-226.
Hoeksema, B. W. and Moka, W. (1989). Species assemblages and phenotypes of mushroom corals (Fungiidae) related to coral reef habitats in the Flores Sea. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23 (2): 149-160.
Hoekstra, P. (1989). Buoyant river plumes and mud deposition in a rapidly extending tropical delta. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(4): 517-527.
Hoekstra, P., Nolting, R. F. and Van Der Sloot, H. A. (1989). Supply and dispersion of water and suspended matter of the rivers Solo and Brantas into the coastal waters of East Java, Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(3): 501-515.
'T Hoen, CC. W. A. P. (1930). Geologische Overzichtskaart van den Ned. Indischen Archipel schaal 1:1,000,000 Toelichting bij Blad XVI (Midden Java). Jaarb. Minjw. Ned. Ind. 1929, Verh. 1-72, Batavia, 1930.
Hoffman, J. S., Keyes, D. and Titus, J. G. (1983). Projecting future sea level rise: Methodology, estimates to the year 2100, and research needs. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, USA. EPA 230-09-007,121 pp.
Hoffman, P. (1974). Shallow and deepwater stromatolites in Lower Proterozoic platform- to-basin facies change, Great Slave Lake, Canada. Am. Assoc. Pet. Geol. Bull. 58: 856-867.
Hoffmeister, J. E. (1930). Erosion of elevated fringing coral reefs. Geol. Mag. 67: 549-554.
Hoffmeister, J. E. and Ladd, H. S. (1944). The antecendent-platform theory. J. Geol. 52: 388-502.
Hoffmeister, J. E. and Ladd, H. S. (1945). Solution effects on elevated limestone terraces. Geol Soc. Amer. Bull. 56: 809-818.
Hofker, J. (1951). The foraminifera of the Siboga Expedition. Part III. Ordo Dentata, Sub-orders Protoforaminata, Biforaminata, Deuteroforaminata. Siboga Expedite IVa. E. J. Berill, Leiden.
Hofker, J. (1978). Biological Results of the Snellius Expedition XXX. The foraminifera collected in 1929 and 1930 in the eastern part of the Indonesian Archipelago. Zool Verh. (Leiden) 164: 1-69.
Holland, B. S., Gittings, S. R., Davis, S. K. and Bright, T. J. (1993). Application of mitochondrial DNA sequencing to studies of scleractinian larval dispersal and gene flow. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 2: 657.
Holthuis, L. B. (1973). Caridean shrimps found in land-locked saltwater pools at four Indo-West Pacific localities (Sinai Peninsula, Funafuti Atoll, Maui and Hawaii Islands), with the description of one new genus and four new species. Zool. Verh., Leiden, 128: 1-48.
Hooper, J. N. A. and Levi, C. (1994). Biogeography of Indo-west Pacific sponges: Microcionidae, Raspailiidae, Axinellidae. pp. 191-12. In: Van Soest, R. W. M., Kempen, Th. M. G. and Braekman, J. C. (eds.) Sponges in time and space. Balkema, Rotterdam, i-xvii, 515 pp.
Hopley, D. (1975). Contrasting evidence for Holocene sea levels with special reference to the Bowen-Whitsunday area of Queensland.
In: Douglas, I., Hobbs, J. E. and Pifram, J. J. (eds.), Geographical Essays in Honour of Gilbert J. Butland, Dept. of Geog. Univ. New England, Armidale, 51-84.
Hopley, D. (1982). The Geomorphology of the Great Barrier Reef: Quaternary Development of Coral Reefs. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 453 pp.
Hopley, D. (1983). Morphological classification of shelf reefs: a critique with special reference to the Great Barrier Reef. In: Barnes, D. J. (ed.), Perspectives on coral reefs. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville, and Brian Clouston, Canberra, Australia, pp. 180-199.
Hopley, D. (1989). The Great Barrier Reef-Ecology and Management. Australian Geographical Issues. Longman Cheshire, 54 pp.
Hopley, D. and Partain, B. (1987). The structure and development of fringing reefs off the Great Barrier Reef Province. In: Baldwin, C. L. (ed.), Fringing Reef Workshop: Science, Industry and Management. Workshop Series 9, pp. 32. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Townsville.
Hopley, D. and Pirazzoli, P. (1985). Late Quaternary and present sea-level changes: magnitude, causes, future applications.Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 217-218.
Hopley, D., Parnell, K. E. and Isdale, P. J. (1989). The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park: Dimensions and regional patterns. Aust. Geog. Studies 27: 47-66.
Horn, M. H. (1989). Biology of marine herbivorous fishes. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Annu. Rev. 27: 167-272.
Horn, M. K (1980). The habitat of oil and gas on continental margins. Southeast Asia Petroleum Exploration Society Proceedings 5: 23-62.
Houghton, J. T., Jenkins, G. J. and Ephraums, J. J. (Eds.) (1990). Climate Change: The IPCC Scientific Assesment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 362 pp.
Houghton, R. A. and Woodell, G. M. (1989). Global climatic change. Scientific American 260(4): 36-47.
Houpt, J. R. and Kersting, C. C. (1976). Arun reef, Bee block, north Sumatra. In: Carbonate seminar proceedings: Indonesian Petroleum Association Special Volume p.42-60.
Howard, R. K., Edgar, G. J. and Hutchings, P. A. (1989). Faunal assemblages of seagrass beds. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 536-564.
Howarth, M. K. (1981). Palaeogeography of the Mesozoic. In: Cocks, R. M. (ed.), The evolving earth. Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 197-220.
Howe, M. A. (1912). The building of "coral" reefs. Science 35: 837-842.
Hualopu (1993). Aspek Ekology dari Pengelolaan Sumberdaya Perairan Pesisir Teluk Ambon: Laporan Awal. Yayasan Hualopu, Ambon. Prepared for Environmental Management Development in Indonesia Project, Ministry of Environment, Government of Indonesia and Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada, 36 pp.
Hubbard, J. A. and Pocock, Y. P. (1972). Sediment rejection by recent scleractinian corals: a key to paleo-environmental reconstruction. Geol. Rundsch. (Sonderdr.) 61: 598-626.
Hunter, C. L. (1985). Assessment of clonal diversity and population structure of Poritescompressa (Cnidaria, Scleractinia). Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 6: 69-74.
Hunter, G. L. and Kehoe, C. C. (1986). Patchwork patch reefs: the clonal diversity of the coral Poritescompressa in Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii. In: Jokiel, P. L., Richmond, R. H. and Rogers, R. A. (eds.), Coral Reef Population Biology, pp. 124-132. Hawaii Inst. Mar. Biol. Techn. Rep. Np. 37.
Huston, M. A. (1985). Patterns of species diversity on coral reefs. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 16:149-177.
Hutchings, P. A. (1981). The fauna of Australian seagrass beds. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 106: 181-200.
Hutchings, P. A. (1986). Biological destruction of coral reefs. Coral Reefs 4: 239-252. Hutchings, P. A. and Peyrot-Clausade, M. (1988). Macro-infaunal boring communities of Pontes: A biogeographical comparison. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 263-267.
Hutchings, P. A. and Recher, H. F. (1982). The fauna of Australian mangroves. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 106(1): 83-121. Hutchings, P. and Saenger, P. (1987). Ecology of Mangroves. University of Queensland Press. St. Lucia, 388 pp.
Hutchings, P. A., Kiene, W. E., Cunningham, R. B. and Donnelly, C. (1992). Spatial and temporal patterns of non-colonial boring organisms (polychaetes, sipunculans and bivalves molluscs) in Porites at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 11: 23-31.
Hutchinson, D. R. (1992). Continental Margins. Windows into Earth's History. Oceanus 35 (4): 34-44.
Hutchison, C. S. (1982). Indonesia. In: Thorpe, R. S. (ed.), Andesites; orogenic andesites and related rocks. John Wiley & Sons, England, pp. 207-224.
Hutchison, C. S. (1984). Is there a satisfactory classification for Southeast Asian Tertiary basins? Offshore S. E. Asia conference proceedings 5, Singapore, pp. 6.64-6.76.
Hutchison, C. S. (1986). Tertiary basins of S.E. Asia — their disparate tectonic origins and eustatic stratigraphic similarities. Geological Society of Malaysia Bulletin 19: 109-122.
Hutchison, C. S. (1989a). Displaced terranes of the southwest Pacific. The Evolution of the Pacific Ocean Margins, editor, Z. Ben-Avraham, 161-175. Oxford.
Hutchison, C. S. (1989b). Geological evolution of South-east Asia.' Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics No. 13. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp.368.
Hutomo, M. (1975). Variasi musiman fitoplankton di perairan sekitar Pulau Ayer. Oseanologi di Indonesia 4: 1-12.
Hutomo, M. (1985). Telaah ekologik komunitas ikan pada padang lamun (seagrass, Anthophyta) de perairan Teluk Banten. Thesis Doktor, Fakultas Pasca Sarjana, Institut Pertanian Bogor, Bogor. Bogor, 271 pp.
Hutomo, M. and Martosewojo, S. (1977). The fishes of seagrass community on the west side of Burung Island (Pari Islands, Seribu Islands) and their variation in abundance. Mar. Res. Indonesia 17: 147-172.
Hutomo, M. and Parino (1994). Fauna ikan padang lamun di Lombok selatan. In: Kiswara, W., Moosa, K. M. and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur Komunitas BiobgiPadang Lamun di Pamtai Selatan Lombok dan Kondisis Lingkungan. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 96-111.
Hutomo, M., Azkab, M. H. and Kiswara, W. (1988). The status of seagrass ecosystem in Indonesia: Resources, problems, research and management. SEAGRAM I, 17-22 January 1988, Manila, Philippines, 24 pp.
Hutomo, M., Burhanuddin, Djamali, A. and Martosewojo, S. (1987). Sumber daya ikan teri di Indonesia. Seri Sumber Daya Alam 137, Pusat Penelitian Dan Pengembangan Oseanologi- LIPI, 80 pp.
Hyman, L. H. (1940). The Invertebrates: Protozoa through Ctenophora. McGraw Hill, New York, London, 726 pp.
Ijima, I. (1926). The Hexactinellida of the Siboga Expedition. Monogr. Siboga Exped. 6 (56): 1-383.
Ilahude, A. G. (1978). On the factors affecting the productivity of the southern Makassar Strait. Mar. Res. Indonesia 21: 81-107.
Ilahude, A. G. and Gordon, A. (in press). Water masses of the Indonesian Seas throughflow. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOC-UNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Ilahude, A. G. and Liasaputra, S. (1980). Sebaran "normal" parameter hidrologi di Teluk Jakarta. In: A. Nontji and A. Djamali, eds. Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologi dan Geologi, Tahun 1975-1979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp 1-47.
Ilahude. A. G. and Wetsteyn, F. J. (1990). Hydrological structure of Banda Sea and its relation to primary productivity. In: Yap, H. T., Bohle-Carbonell, M. and Gomez, E. D. (eds.), Oceanography and Marine Pollution: an ASEAN-EC Perspective. Marine Science Institute, University of the Philippines, Quezon City, pp. 54-83.
Ilahude, A. G., Ewald, M., and Belin, C. (1990). On the origin of fulvic acids in surface waters of the Makassar Strait. In: Yap, H. T., Bohle-Carbonell, M. and Gomez, E. D. (eds.), Oceanography and Marine Pollution: an ASEAN-EC Perspective. Marine Science Institute, University of the Philippines, Quezon City, pp. 46-53.
Ilahude, A. G., Komar and Mardanis (1990). Hydrology and productivity of the northern Arafura Sea. Neth. J. Sea. Res. 25: 573-582.
Ilahude, A. G., Banjarnahor, J., Fieux, M. and Molcard, R. (in press). Comparison between the Sawu Sea and the Timor Sea, in terms of the throughflow circulation. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOCUNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Inden, R. F. and Moore, C. H. (1983). Beach Environment, pp. 212-265. In: Scholle, P. A., Bebout, D. G. and Moore, C. H. (eds.) Carbonate Depositional Environments. The American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma.
Indiarto, Y, Prawiroatmodjo, S., Mulyadi, and Kabinawa, I. N. (1986). Analisis vegetasi hutan mangrove Baluran, Java Timur. Seminar III Ekositem Mangrove, Denpasar, Agustus 1986, 7 pp.
Institute of Marine Research. (1971a). Oceanographical cruise report (1963 -1966). Special Issue. National Institute of Oceanology, Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1971b). Oceanographical and Biological Observations in the Banda Sea by R.V. Samudra, March-May 1970. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report No. 1. Institute of Marine Research, National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1973a). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the South China Sea and around Seribu Islands by R.V. Samudra, July 22-Aug 2, 1972. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report 9. National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1973b). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the Jakarta Bay and the South China Sea by R.V. Samudra June 17-29 July, 1973. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report 12. National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1973c). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the Seram Sea and the Banda Sea by R.V. Samudra, September 1-October 2, 1972. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report 10. National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1974). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the Bali Strait, around Gag Island and in the Banda Sea. by R.V. Samudra June 17-29 July, 1973. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report 13. National nstitute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
Institute of Marine Research. (1977). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the Sulawesi and Maluku Seas, by R.V. Samudra, August 22-September 23, 1977. Institute of Marine Research Oceanographical Cruise Report No. 23. National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta.
IOC (1991). UNEP-IOC-WMO-IUCN Meeting of Experts on Long-Term Global Monitoring System of Coastal and Near-Shore Phenomena Related to Climate Change, Pilot Projects on Mangroves and Coral Reefs. UNEP-IOC-WMO-IUCN. GCNSMS-II/3, UNESCO, Paris.
Isacks, B., Oliver, J. and Sykes, L. R. (1968). Seismology and the new global tectonics. J. Geophys. Res. 73(18): 5855-5899.
Isdale, P. (1984). Fluorescent bands in massive corals record centuries of coastal rainfall. Nature 310: 578-198.
IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature). (1991). Dolphins, Por poises and Whales of the World. The IUCN Red Data Book. IUCN Gland and Cambridge.
IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature). (1993). Reefs at Risk: A program for action. Rue Mauverney 28, CH-1196, Gland, Switzerland.
IUCN, UNEP, and WWF (1980). Sustainable utilization of species and ecosystems. World Conservation Strategy. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.
Jaap, W. C. (1979). Observation on zooxanthellae expulsion at middle Sambo Reef, Florida Keys. Bull. Mar. Sci. 29: 414-422.
Jaap, W. C. (1985). An epidemic zooxanthellae expulsion during 1983 in the lower Florida Keys coral reefs: hyperthermic etiology. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 6: 143-148.
Jaap, W. C. (1988). The 1987 zooxanthellae expulsion event at Florida reefs. NOAA's Undersea Res. Prog., Res. Rpt. 88-2: 24-29.
Jablonski, D. and Lutz, R. A. (1983). Larval ecology of marine benthic invertebrates: paleobiological implications. Biol. Rev. 58: 21-89.
Jackson, J. B. C. (1986). Modes of dispersal of clonal benthic invertebrates: consequences for species' distribution and genetic structure of populations. Bull. Mar. Sci. 39: 588-606.
Jackson, J. B. C. (1991). Adaptation and diversity of reef corals. BioScience 41: 475-482.
Jackson, J. B. C. (1992). Pleistocene perspective on coral reef community structure. Amer. Zool. 32: 719-731.
Jackson, J. B. C. and McKinney, F. K (1990). Ecological processes and progressive macroevolution of marine clonal benthos, pp. 173-209. In: Ross, R. M. and Allmon, W. D. (eds.) Caises of Evolution: A Paleontological Perspective. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London.
Jackson, J. B. C, Cubit, J. D., Keller, B. D., Batista, V., Burns, K., Caffey, H. M., Caldwell, R. L., Garrity, S. D., Getter, C. D., Gonzales, C, Guzman, H. M., Kaufmann, K. W., Knap, A. H., Levings, S. C, Marshall, M. J., Steger, R., Thompson, R. C. and Weil, E. (1989). Ecological effects of a major oil spill on Panamanian coastal marine communities. Science 243: 37-44.
Jahn, T. L., Bovee, E. C. and Jahn, F. F. (1979). How to know the protozoa, (2nd Edition). The Pictured Key Nature Series, Dubuque, Iowa, 279 pp.
Jakarta Post (1994). Sarwono plans local coast guard units to save sea resources. August 2,1994.
James, N. P. (1983). Reef Environment, pp. 346-440. In: Scholle, P. A., Bebout, D. G. and Moore, C. H. (eds.) Carbonate Depositional Environments. The American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma, pp. 345-440.
James, N. P. and Debrenne, F. (1980). Lower Cambrian bioherms: pioneer reefs of the Phanerozoic. Acta Palaeontol. Pol. 25: 655-668.
James, N. P., Wray, J. L. and Ginsburg, R. N. (1988). Calcification of aragonitic algae (Peyssonneliaceae): implications for the origin of late Paleozoic reefs and cements. J. Sed. Petrol. 58: 291-303.
Jaubert, J. (1977). Light, metabolism and growth forms of the hermatypic scleractinian coral Synaraea convexa Verrill in the lagoon of Moorea (French Polynesia). Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami, pp. 483-488.
Jekti, D. S. D., Sumarjan, Julianti, E., Raksum, Suryawati, H., Maswan, M. and Kastoro, W. (1993). Nyale dan Polychaetaintertidal lain di pantain Pulau Lombok. iw:Azkab, M. H. and Soepangat, I. (eds.), Prosiding Lokakarya Pendirian Stasiun Penelitian Oseanologi di Nusa Tenggara Barat, Mataram, 16-18 Februari 1993. pp. 83-99. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta.
Jennings, D. H. (1968). Halophytes succulence and sodium: a unified theory. New Phytologist 67: 899-911. Jerlov, N. G. (1950). Ultra-violet radiation in the sea. Naturel 66: 111-112.
Jerlov, N. G. (1951). Optical studies of ocean waters. Repts. Sweedish Deep Sea Expdn. Vol. 3, Physics and Chemistry No. 1, pp. 1- 59.
Jezek, P. A., Whitford, D. J. and Gill, J. B. (1981). Geochemistry of recent lavas from the Sangihe-Sulawesi Arc. In: Barber, A. J. and Wiryosujono, S. (eds.), The geology and tectonics of eastern Indonesia. Geological Research and Development Center, Bandung, Spec. Publ. 2: 383-389.
Johannes, R. E. (1975). Pollution and degradation of coral reef communities. In: Wood, E. J. F. and Johannes, R. E. (eds.) Tropical Marine Pollution, pp. 13-50. Elsevier Scientific Publishing, Amsterdam.
Johannes, R. E. (1989). Traditional ecological knowledge: A collection of essays. IUCN, Switzerland.
Johannes, R. E., Coles, S. L. and Kuenzel, N. T. (1970). The role of zooplankton in the nutrition of some scleractinian corals. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15: 579-586.
Johannes, R. E., Wiebe, W. J., Crossland, C. J., Rimmer, D. W. and Smith, S. V. (1983). What sets latitudinal limits on coral reef growth? Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 11: 105-111.
Johnson, B. D., Powell, G. M. and Veevers, J. J. (1976). Spreading history of the eastern Indian Ocean and Greater India's northward flight from Antarctica and Australia. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 87: 1560-1566.
Johnson, J. H. (1954). An introduction to the study of rock building algae and algal limestones. Colorado School of Mines Q. 49: 1-117.
Johnson, M. S. and Cumming, R. L. (1995). Genetic distinctness of three widespread and morphologically variable species of Drupella (Gastropoda, Muricidae). Coral Reefs 14:71-78.
Johnson, R. W. and Jaques, A. L. (1980). Continent-arc collision and reversal of arc polarity: new interpretations from a critical area. Tectonophysics 63: 111-124.
Johnston, I. S. (1980). The ultrastructure of skeletogenesis in hermatypic corals. Int. Rev. Cytol. 67: 171-214.
Johnstone, I. M. (1981). Consumption of leaves by herbivores in mixed mangrove stands. Biotropica 13: 252-259.
Johnstone, I. M. (1983). Succession in zoned mangrove communities: where is the climax? In: Teas, H. J. (ed.), Biology and Ecology of Mangroves: Tasks for Vegetation Science 8. Junk, The Hague, pp.131-139.
Jokiel, P. L. (1980). Solar ultraviolet radiation and coral reef epifauna. Science 207: 1069-1071.
Jokiel, P. L. (1984). Long distance dispersal of reef corals by rafting. Coral Reefs 3: 113-116.
Jokiel, P. L. (1985). Lunar periodicity of planula release in the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis in relation to various environmental factors. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti Vol. 4: 307-312.
Jokiel, P. L. (1990). Transport of reef corals into the Great Barrier Reef. Nature 347: 665-667.
Jokiel, P. L., and Coles, S. L. (1974). Effects of heated effluent on hermatypic corals at Kahe Point, Oahu. Pac. Sci. 22: 1-18.
Jokiel, P. L., and Coles, S. L. (1977). Effects of temperature on the mortality and growth of Hawaiian reef corals. Mar. Biol. 43: 201-208.
Jokiel, P. L. and Coles, S. L. (1990). Response of Hawaiian and other Indo- Pacific reef corals to elevated temperature. Coral Reefs 8: 155-162.
Jokiel, P. L., and Guinther, E. B. (1978). Effects of temperature on reproduction in the hermatypic coral Pocillopora damicornis. Bull. Mar. Sci. 28: 786-789.
Jokiel, P. and Martinelli, F. J. (1992). The vortex model of coral reef biogeogrphy. Journal of Biogeography 19: 449-458.
Jones, D. S. and Nicol, D. (1986). Origination, survivorship, and extinction of rudist taxa. Journal of Paleontology, V. 60: 107-115.
Jones, M. R. (1995). The Torres reefs, North Queensland, Australia-strong tidal flows a modern control on their growth. Coral Reefs 14: 63-69.
Jongsma, D. (1970). Eustatic sea level changes in the Arafura Sea. Nature 228: 150-151.
Jongsma, D. (1974). Marine geology of the Arafura Sea. Geology and Geophysics Bulletin 157: 1-73.
Jordan, C. F. (1985). Holocene carbonate facies of Pulau Seribu patch-reef complex, West Java Sea. Bull. AAPG 69: 270-271 (abstract).
Jordan, C. F., Wharton, R. J. and Cook, R. E. (1993). The sedimentology of Kepulauan Seribu: A modern patch reef complex in the west Java Sea, Indonesia. In: Modern Carbonates and their Ancient Counterparts in Indonesia: A Guide to Interpreting and Understanding Carbonate Reservoirs. Indonesian Petroleum Association, Carbonate Seminar 9 May 1993, Jakarta, pp. 2.1-2.60.
Joshi, G. V., Pimplaskar, M. and Bhosale, L. J. (1972). Physiological studies in germination of mangroves. Bot. Mar. 15: 91-95.
Jouannic, C, Hantoro, W. S., Hoang, C. T., Fournier, M., Lafont, R. and Ichram, M. L. (1988). Quaternary raised reef terraces at Cape Laundi, Sumba, Indonesia: Geomorphological analysis and first radiometric (Th/U and 14C) age determinations. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 441-447.
Joubin, M. L. (1912). Carte des bancs et recifs de coraux. Annales de 1'Institute oceanopgraphique Tome VT, Fasc. II., Paris.
Joubin, M. L. (1920). Les coraux de mer profonde nuisables aux chalutiers. Notes et Memoires, Office Scientifique et Technologique des Peches Maritimes, 18, 16 pp.
Judd, J. W. (1910). Critical introduction. In: Darwin, C. R., Coral Reefs, Volcanic Islands, South American Geology. World Library Edition, 3-10.
Kadi, A. (1988). Dominasi dan zonasi Algae berzat kapur di pantai Pulau Lombok. In:Moosa, M. K, Praseno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Perairan Indonesia: Biologi, Budidaya, Kualitas Perairan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 1-10.
Kailola, P. J. (1987). The fishes of Papua New Guinea: a revised and annotated checklist. Res. Bull., Vols. 1-4. PNG Department of Fisheries and Marine Resources.
Kanwisher, J. W. and Wainwright, S. A. (1967). Oxygen balance in some reef corals. Biol Bull 133: 378-390.
Karig, D. E. (1982). Initiation of subduction zones: implications for arc evolution and ophiolite development. Geol Soc. Lond. Spec. Publ. 10: 563-576.
Karig, D. E., Lawrence, M. B., Moore, G. F. and Curray, J. R. (1980). Structural framework of the fore-arc basin, NW Sumatra. Jour. Geol Soc. Lond. 137: 77-91.
Karlson, R. H. and Hurd, L. E. (1993). Disturbance, coral reef communities, and changing ecological paradigms. Coral Reefs 12: 117-125.
Karta, K (1985). Etude geodynamique de la mer de Banda (Indonesie) par interpretation des donnees magnetiques et gravimetriques. Ph.D. diss., Universite de Bretagne Occidentale.
Kartawinata, K. and Walujo, E. B. (1977). A preliminary sudy of the mangrove forest on Pulau Rambut, Jakarta Bay. Mar. Res. Indonesian. 119-129.
Kartawinata, K, Adisoemarto, S., Soemodihardjo, S. and Tantra, I. G. M. (1979). Status pengetahuan hutan bakau di Indonesia. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Prosiding Seminar Ekosistem Hutan Mangrove. Lembaga Oseanology Nasional, Jakarta, pp. 21-39.
Kastoro and Birowo, S. (1974). Seasonal changes in sea surface temperature and salinity around Pulau Ayer. Oseanologi di Indonesia 3: 1-10.
Kastoro and Birowo, S. (1977). Hasil pendahuluan pengamatan arus dari beberapa tempat di Teluk Jakarta dan sekitarnya. In: Hutomo, M., Romimohtarto, K. and Barhanuddin (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Sumber Day a, Sifat-sifat Oseanologis, serta Permasalahannya. Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional LIPI, Jakarta, pp.151-177.
Kastoro, W., Aswandy, I., Al Hakim, I., de Wilde, P. A. J. and Everaarts, J. M. (1989). Soft-bottom benthic community in the estuarine waters of East Java. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23 (4): 463-472.
Kastoro, W. W., Soedibjo, B. S., Aziz, A., Aswandy, I. and Hakim, I. A. (1991). A study of the soft bottom benthic community of a mangrove creek in Grajagan, East Java. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines, pp. 207-221.
Kastoro, W., Moosa, M. K, Sukarno, Romimihtarto, K, Aziz, A., Atmadja, W. S., Sulistijo, Darsono, P. and Sudjoko, B. (1980). Peta Sebaran Geografik Beberapa Biota Laut di Peraian Indonesia. Buku No. IV. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional, Jakarta, pp. 117. Katili, J. A. (1975). Volcanism and plate tectonics in the Indonesian island arc. Tectonophysics 26: 289-322.
Katili, J. A. (1978). Past and present geotectonic position of Sulawesi, Indonesia. Tectonophysics 45: 289-322.
Katili, J. A. (1984). Tectonic framework, resources, occurrences and related problems in Southeast Asia. Southeast Asia: tectonic framework, earth resources and regional geological programs, International Union geological sciences publication 13: 18-68.
Katili, J. A. (1985). Advancement of Geosciences in the Indonesian Region. The Indonesian Association of Geologists, Bandung, Indonesia, p. 1-248.
Katili, J. A. (1989). Review of past and present geotectonic concepts of eastern Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea. Res. 24(2/3): 103-129.
Katili, J. A. (1991). Tectonic evolution of eastern Indonesia and its bearing on the occurrence of hydrocarbons. Marine and Petroleum Geology 8: 70-83.
Kauffman, E. G. and Johnson, G. C. (1988). The morphological and ecological evolution of Middle and Upper Cretaceous reef-building rudists. Palaios 3: 194-216.
Kauffman, E. G. and Sohl, N. F. (1974). Structure and evolution of Antillean Cretaceous rudist frameworks. Verhandluingen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 84: 399-467.
Kawaguti, S. (1941). On the physiology of reef corals. V. Tropisms of coral planulae considered as a factor of distribution on the reefs. Palao Trop. Biol. Stat. Stud. 2: 319-328.
Kawaguti, S. and Nakayama, T. (1973). Population densities of zooxanthellae in reef corals. Biological Journal of Okay ama University 16: 67-71.
Kayanne, H. (1993). Deposition of calcium carbonate into Holocene reefs and its relation to sea-level rise and atmospheric C02. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 50-55
Kayanne, H., Ishii, T., Matsumoto, E. and Yonekura, N. (1993). Late Holocene sea-level change on Rota and Guam, Mariana Islands, and its constraint on geophysical predictions. Quaternary Res. 40: 189-200.
Kazmierczak, J. and Kempe, S. (1990). Modern cyanobacterial analogs of Paleozoic stromatoporoids. Science 250: 1244-1248.
Kazmierczak, J. and Kempe, S. (1992). Recent cyanobacterial counterparts of Paleozoic Wetheredella and related problematic fossils. Palaios 7: 294-304.
Kelleher, G., Bleakley, C. and Wells, S. (1995). A global representative system of marine protected areas. Volume III. Central Indian Ocean, Arabian Seas, East Africa and East Asian seas. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authorithy, The World Bank and The World Conservation Union (IUCN), 147 pp.
Keller, E. A. (1979). Environmental Geology,(2nd. Ed.). Charles E. Merrill Publishing Company, Colombus, 548 pp.
Kemp, E. M. and Harris, W. K (1975). The vegetation of Tertiary islands on the Ninetyeast Ridge. Nature 258: 303-307.
Kemp, M., Murray, L. and McRoy, C. P. (1990). Primary productivity. In: Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Seagrass research methods. Monographs on oceanographic methodology 9, UNESCO, pp. 53-159.
Kempe, S. (1990). Alkalinity: The link between anaerobic basins and shallow water carbonates? Naturwissenschaften 77: 426-427.
Kempe, S. (1991). De oerocean-enn sodazee. Natuuren Techniek 59: 206-215. Kempe, S. and Degens, E. T. (1985). An early soda ocean? Chemical Geology 53: 95-108.
Kempe, S. and Kazmierczak, J. (1990). Chemistry and stromatolites of the sea-linked Satonda Crater Lake, Indonesia: A recent model for the Precambrian sea? Chemical Geology 81: 299-310.
Kempe, S. and Kazmierczak, J. (1990). Calcium carbonate supersaturation and the formation of in situ calcified stromatolites. In: Ittekkot, V. A., Kempe, S, Michaelis, W. and Spitzy, A. (eds.), Facets of Modern Biogeochemistry Festschrift for E.T. Degens on occasion of his 60th birthday, pp. 255-278. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Springer-Verlag.
Kempe, S. and Kazmierczak, J. (1993). Satonda Crater lake, Indonesia: Hydro-geochemistry and biocarbonates. FACIES 28: 1-32.
Kempe, S. and Kazmierczak, J. (1994). The role of alkalinity in the evolution of ocean chemistry, organization of living systems and biocalcification processes. In: Doumenge F. (ed.), Past and Present Biomineralization Processes. Considerations about the Carbonate Cycle. IUCN-COE Workshop, Monaco, 1993, Bull, de l'institut oceanographique, Monaco, no. special 13, 61-117.
Kempe, S., Kazmierczak, J., Landmann, G., Konuk, T., Reimer, A. and Lipp, A. (1991). Largest known microbialites discovered in Lake Van, Turkey. Nature 349: 605-608.
Kennett, J. P. (1976). Phenotypic variation in some Recent and Late Cenozoic planktonic foraminifera. In: Hedley, R. H. and Adams, C. G. (eds.), Foraminifera., Vol. 2, pp. 11-170. Academic Press, London.
Kenyon, C. S. (1977). Distribution and morphology of early Miocene reefs, East Java Sea. Indonesian Petroleum Association, 6th Annual Convention Proceedings, p. 215-238.
Kerr, R. A. (1983). Fading El Nino broadening scientist's view. Science 221: 940-941
Kerr, R. A. (1988). The weather in the wake of El Nino. Science 239:883. Kerr, R. A. (1992). A successful forecast of an El Nino winter. Science 255: 402.
Kiene, W. E. (1988). A model of bioerosion on the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 3: 449-454.
Kieschnick, O. (1896). Silicispongiae von Ternate. Der Zoologische Anzeiger 19: 526-534.
Kieschnick, O. (1900). Kieselschwamme von Amboina. Denkschriften der Medizinischen und Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaftjena 8: 545-582.
Kikuchi, T. (1980). Faunal relationships in temperate seagrass beds. In: Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Handbook of Seagrass Biology-An Ecosystem Approach. Garland Press, New York, pp. 153-172.
King, R. J., Adam, P. and Kuo, J. (1990). Sea-grasses, Mangroves and Saltmarsh Plants. Chapter 10. In: Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Biology of Marine Plants. Longman Cheshire, pp. 213-239.
Kingston, D. R., Dishroon, C. P. and Williams, P. A. (1983). Global basin classification system. AAPGBull. 67: 2175-2193.
Kingston, J. (1988). Longman Illustrated Dictionary of Geography. Longman York Press, Beirut, 256 pp.
Kinsey, D. W. (1985). Metabolism, calcification and carbon production I. System level studies. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr.,Tahiti 4: 505-526.
Kinsey, D. W. and Hopley, D. (1991). The significance of coral reefs as global carbon sinks-response to Greenhouse. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclimat. Palaoecol. 89: 363-377.
Kinzie, R. A. III. (1987). Effects of light quality on photosynthesis of the reef coral Montipora verrucosa. Mar. Biol. 94: 95-109.
Kirkman, H. (1978). Growing Zostera marinain tanks. Aquat. Bot. 4: 367-372.
Kiswara, W. (1991a). The role of seagrass community as nursery ground for fishes resources in Banten Bay, West Java-Indonesia. AsEAN-Australia Living Coastal Resources Cooperation Project Phase II. Technical Report, Unpublished.
Kiswara, W. (1991b). Sebaran jenis, kerapatan dan biomass lamun ("seagrass") di Teluk Lampung. Makalah disampaikan pada Seminar Ilmiah dan Kongres Nasional Biologi X, Bogor 24-26 September 1991.
Kiswara, W. (1992a). Community structure and biomass distribution of seagrasses at Banten Bay, West Java-Indonesia. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore, pp. 241-250.
Kiswara, W. (1992b). Vegetasi lamun (seagrass) di rataan terumbu Pulau Pari, Pulau-pulau Seribu, Jakarta. Oseanologi di Indonesia, 25 : 31-49.
Kiswara, W. (1994a). A review: Seagrass ecosystem studies in Indonesian waters. In: Wilkinson, C. R., Sudara, S. and Chou, L. M. (eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australia Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok 1: 259-281.
Kiswara, W. (1994b). Dampak perluasan kawasan industri terhadap penurunan luas padang lamun di Teluk Banten, Jawa Barat. Makalah disampaikan pada Seminar Nasional Dampak Pembangunan Tergadap Wilayah Pesisir, Serpong 2-3 Feb ruari 1994.
Kiswara, W. and Hutomo, M. (1985). Seagrass, its habitat and geographical distribution. Oseana X(1): 21-30.
Kiswara, W. and Suharsono (1991). Distribution of stony coral on the reef flat of Pari Island, Seribu Islands, Jakarta. Oseanologi di Indonesia 24: 1-14.
Kiswara, W. and Tomascik, T. (1994). The distribution of seagrasses in a dugong (Dugong dugon Muller) habitat in Miskam Bay, Sunda Strait, Indonesia. In: Sudara, S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australia Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok 2: 507-514.
Kiswara, W. and Winardi (1994). Species composition and distribution of seagrasses at Kuta and Gerupuk Bays, South Lombok. In: Kiswara, W., Moosa, M. K. and Hutomo, M. (eds.), StrukturKomunita Biologi Padang Lamun di Pantai Selatan Lombok dan Kondisi Lingkungannya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 15-33.
Kiswara, W., Genisa, A. S. and Purnomo, L. H. (1991). Preliminary study: Species composition, abundance and distribution of fishes in the seagrass beds of Banten Bay, West Java-Indonesia. Proceedings of the Mangrove and Seagrass Fisheries Connection Workshop, 26-30 August 1991, Ipoh-Perak, Malaysia.
Kiswara, W., Mudjiono and Hakim (1992). Distribution of benthic animals in the seagrass beds of Banten Bay, West Java, Indnesia. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. Abstract, p. 315.
Kiswara, W., Nienhuis, P. H., Nieuwenhuize, J. and Azkab, M.H. (1990). Concentration of heavy metals (Cd, Cu, Pb and Zn) in two seagrasses, Cymodocea rotundata and Thalassia hemprichii at Jakarta Bay, Indonesia. Paper presented at the SEAGRAM 2: "Advanced Training Course/Workshop on Seagrass Resources and Management", January 8-26, 1990 University of Philippines, Diliman QC, Philippines.
Kitting, C. L., Fry, B. and Morgan, M. D. (1984). Detection of inconspicuous epiphytic algae supporting food webs in seagrass meadows. Oecologia (Berlin) 62:145-149.
Kleemann, K H. (1980). Korallenbohrende Muschel set dem Mittleren Lias unverandert, Beitrage zur Palaontologie von Osterreich, 7: 239-249.
Kleijne, A., Kroon, D. and Zevenboom, W. (1989). Phytoplankton and foraminiferal sequencies in northern Indian Ocean and Red Sea surface waters. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 531-539.
Klein, R., Patzold, J., Wefer, G. and Loya, Y. (1992). Seasonal variations in the stable isotopic composition and the skeletal density pattern on the coral Porites lobata (Gulf of Eilat, Red Sea). Marine Biology 112: 259-263.
Kleppel, G. S., Dodge, R. E. and Reese, C. J. (1989). Changes in pigmentation associated with the bleaching of stony corals. Limnol Oceanogr. 34: 1331-1335.
KLH (Ministry of State for Population and Environment, Government of Indonesia) (1992). Indonesian Country Study on Biological Diversity. Prepared for UNEP, Jakarta, pp.209.
Klompe, T. H. F. (1956). The structural importance of the Sula Spur. Proc. 8th Pac. Sci. Congr. 2(A): 869-888.
Klootwijk, C. T. and Peirce, J. W. (1979). India's and Australia's pole path since the late Mesozoic and the India-Asia collision. Nature 282: 605-607.
Klumpp, D. W., Salita-Espinosa, J. S. and Fortes, M. D. (1992). The role of epiphytic periphyton and macroinvertebrate grazers in the trophic flux of a tropical seagrass community. Aquatic Bot. 43: 327-349.
Klumpp, D. W., Salita-Espinosa, J. S. and Fortes, M. D. (1993). Feeding ecology and trophic role of sea urchins in a tropical seagrass community. Aquat. Bot. 45: 25-229.
Klunzinger, C. B. (1878). Upper Egypt: Its People and its Products. Blackie and Sons, Glasgow, 408 pp.
Knowlton, N., Weil, E., Weight, L. A. and Guzman, H. (1992). Sibling species in Montastrea annularis,coral bleaching, and the coral climate record. Science 255: 330-333.
Knox, G. A. (1963). The biogeography and intertidal eology of the Australian coasts. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 1: 341-404.
Knox, G. and Miyabara, T. (1984). Coastal zone resources development and conservation in Southeast Asia, with special reference to Indonesia. Jakarta: UNESCO Regional Office for Scienc and Technology and East-West Center Resource Systems Institute, Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A.
Kobluk, D. R. and Risk, M. J. (1977). Rate and nature of infestation of a carbonate substratum by a boring lagae. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 27:107-115.
Kohar, A. (1985). Seismic expressions of late Eocene carbonate build-up features in JS25 and P. Sepanjang trend, Kangean Block. EPA 14th Annual Conv. 1: 437-447.
Kohn, A. J. (1985). Evolutionary ecology of Conus on Indo-Pacific coral reefs. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 4: 139-144.
Kohn, A. J. and Helfrich, P. (1957). Primary organic productivity of a Hawaiian coral reef. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2: 241-251.
Kohn, A. J. and Lloyd, M. C. (1973). Polychaetes of truncated reef limestone substrates on eastern Indian Ocean coral reefs: Diversity, abundance, and taxonomy. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 58: 369-400.
Kohn, A. J. and White, J, K. (1977). Polychaete anellids of an intertidal reef lime-tone platform at Tanguisson, Guam. Micronesica 13(2): 199-215.
Koike, I., Mukai, H. and Nojima, S. (1987). The role of sea urchin, Tripneustes gratilla (Linnaeus), in decomposition and nutrient cycling in a tropical seagrass bed. Ecol. Res., Japan 2: 19-29.
Kolis, B. L. and Quinn, N. J. (1981). Aspects of sexual reproduction and larval development in the shallow water hermatypic coral, Goniastrea australensis (Edwards and Haime, 1857). Bull. Mar. Sci. 31: 558-573.
Kolis, B. L. and Quinn, N. J. (1984). Seasonal and depth variation in fecundity of Acropora palifera at two reefs in Papua new Guinea. Coral Reefs 3: 165-172.
Komar, P. D. (1986). The 1982-83 El Nino and erosion on the coast of Oregon. Shore and Beach 3-12.
Konishi, K. (1981). Alcyonarian spicules: limestone of soft corals. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 1:643-649.
Kott, P. (1981). Algal bearing didemnid ascidians of the Indo-west-Pacific. Mem. Qd. Mus. 20(1): 1-38.
Kott, P. (1982). Didemnid-algal symbioses: host species in the Western Pacific with notes on the symbiosis. Micronesica 18(1): 95-127.
Kott, P. (1995). Anew colonial Styela (Ascidiacea: Styelidae) from an isolated marine habitat, Kakaban Island, East Kalimantan, Indonesia. Raffles Bull. Zool. 43(2): 469-474.
Kottelat, M., Whitten, A. J., Kartikasari, S. N. and Wirjoamodjo, S. (1993). Freshwater Fishes of Western Indonesia and Sulawesi. Periplus Editions Limited, 291 pp.
Koumans, F. P. (1933). On a new genus and species of Apogonidae. Zool. Meded.,Leiden 16(1-2): 78.
Kousky, V. E. (ed.) (1993). Clim. diag. bull. U.S. Dept. of Commerce, NOAA, National Weather Service, National Meteorological Center, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Kraft, G. T. and Woelkerling, W. J. (1990). Rhodophyta. In: Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Biology of Marine Plants. Longman Cheshire, Melbourn, pp. 41-85.
Kremer, B. P., Schmaljohann, R. and Rottger, R. (1980). Features and nutritional significance of photosynthates produced by unicellular algae symbiotic with larger foraminifera. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 2: 225-228.
Krey, J. (1973). Primary production in the Indian Ocean I. In: Zeitschel, B. and Gehrlach, S. A. (eds.), The Biology of the Indian Ocean. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, pp. 115-126.
Kroon, D. and Ganssen, G. (1989). Northern Indian Ocean upwelling cells and the stable isotope composition of living planktonic foraminifers. Deep-Sea Res. 36: 1219-1236.
Krupp, D. A. (1983). Sexual reproduction and early development of the solitary coral Fungia scutaria (Anthozoa: Scleractinia). CoralReefs: 2: 159-164.
Kuenen, Ph. H. (1928). Geologische problemen in verband met de Toekang-Besi eilanden. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2 ed. 45(2): 236-247.
Kuenen, Ph. H. (1933a). Geology of coral reefs. The Snellius Expedition in the eastern part of the Netherlands East Indies 1929-1930. Vol. V, Geological Results, part 2. Kemink En Zoon N.V., Utrecht
Kuenen, Ph. H. (1933b). The formation of the atolls in the Toekang-Besi-group by subsidence. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.,Amsterdam 36(3): 331-336.
Kuenen, Ph. H. (1935). Contribution to the Geology of the East Indies from the Snellius Expedition. Part I. Volcanoes. Leid. geol. Meded. 7: 273-331.
Kuenen, Ph. H. (1947). Two problems of marine geology: atolls and canyons. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., Verh. (Tweede Sectie), Dl. XLIII, No. 3: 5-69.
Kuenen, Ph. H. and Neeb, G. A. (1943). Bottom samples. The Snellius Expedition, Vol. V, Part 3.
Kuhlmann, D. H. H. (1988). The sensitivity of coral reefs to environmental pollution. Ambio 17: 13-21.
Kuiter, R. H. (1992). Tropical reeffishes of the western Pacific. Indonesia and adjacent waters.' Jakarta, Penerbit PT Gramedia Pus-taka Utama.
Kukla, G. J. (1977). Pleistocene land-sea connections I. Europe. Earth Sci. Rev. 13: 307-374.
Kundig, E. (1956). Geology and ophiolite problems of east Celebes. Verh. Konink. Nederlandsch Geol. Mijnbouw genoot. 16: 210-235.
Kuo, J. (1983). Notes on the biology of Australian seagrasses. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 06: 225-245.
Kuo, J. (1993). Root anatomy and rhizosphere ultrastructure in tropical seagrasses. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 75-84.
Kuo, J. and McComb, A. J. (1989). Seagrass Taxonomy, Structure and Development. Chapter 2. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 6-73.
Kuo, J., McComb, A. J. and Cambridge, M. L. (1981). Ultrastructure of the seagrass rhizosphere. New Phytol. 89: 139-143.
Kusumadinata, K. (1979). Data Dasar Gunungapi Indonesia. Volcanological Survey of Indonesia, Bandung: 1-820.
Laborel, J. (1974). West African reef corals: an hypothesis on their origin. Proc. 2nd. Int. Coral Reef Symp., Brisbane 1: 425-443.
Ladd, H. S. (1961). Reef building. Science 134: 703-715.
Ladd, H. S. (1973). Bikini and Eniwetok Atolls, Marshall Islands. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs, Volume 1: Geology 1: 93-112. Academic Press, New York.
Ladd, H. S. (1977). Types of coral reefs and their distribution. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs, Vol. 4, pp. 1-19. Academic Press, New York.
Ladd, H. S. and Hoffmeister, J. E. (1936). A critique of the Glacial-Control theory, four. Geol. 44: 74-92.
Ladd, H. S. and Schlanger, S. O. (1960). Drilling operations on Eniwetok Atoll. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 206-Y: 863-899.
Ladd, H. S., Tracey, J. I. Jr. and Gross, M. G. (1970). Deep drilling on Midway Atoll. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof Paper, 680 A, A: 1-22.
Ladd, H. S., Ingerson, E., Townsend, R. C, Russell, M. and Stephenson, H. K (1953). Drilling on Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Islands. Bull. Am. Assoc. Pet. Geol. 37: 2257-2280.
Lambeck, K. and Nakada, M. (1985). Holocene fluctuations in sea-level: constraints on mantle viscosity and melting-water sources. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 79-84.
Land, L. S. and Lang, J. C. (1975). Preliminary observations on the carbon isotopic composition of some reef coral tissue and symbiotic zooxanthellae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 20 (2): 283-287.
Lane, D. J. W. (1991). Growth of scleractinian corals on sediment-stressed reefs at Singapore. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 97-106. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Institute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Lang, J. (1973). Interspecific aggression by scleractinian corals. 2. Why the race is not always to the swift. Bull. Mar. Sci. 23: 260-279.
Lanyon, J. (1986). Seagrasses of the Great Barrier Reef. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Special Publication Series (3), 54 pp.
Lapointe, B. E., Matzie, W. R. and Clark, M. W. (1993). Phosphorus inputs and eutrophication on the Florida reef track. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 106-112. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Lapouille, A. H., Haryono, H. M., Larue, S., Pramumijoyo and Lardy, M. (1985). Age and origin of the sea floor of the Banda Sea (eastern Indonesia). Oceanologica Acta 8: 279-389.
Larkum, A. W. D. (1977). Recent research on seagrasses in Australia. In: McRoy, C. P. and Helfferich, C. A. (eds.), Seagrass Ecosystems: a Scientific Perspective. M. Dekker, New York, pp. 247-262.
Larkum, A. W. D. and den Hartog, C. (1989). Evolution and Biogeography of Seagrasses. Chapter 4. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 112-156.
Larkum, A. W. D., Roberts, G., Kuo, J. and Strother, S. (1989). Gaseous movement in seagrasses. Chapter 20. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 686-722.
Larson, R. L. (1975). Late Jurassic sea-floor spreading in the eastern Indian Ocean. Geology 3: 69-71.
Latter, J. H. (1981). Tsunamis of volcanic origin: Summary of causes, with particular reference to Krakatau, 1883. Bull. Volcanol. 44: 467.
Lawrence, J. M. (1975). On the relationships between marine plants and sea urchins. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Annu. Rev. 13: 213-286.
Lea, D. W., Martin, P. A. Chan, D. A. and Spero, H. J. (1995). Calcium uptake and calcification rate in the planktonic foraminifer Orbulina universa.f. Foram. Res. 25(1): 14-23.
Leach, G. J. and Burgin, S. (1985). Litter production and seasonality of mangroves in Papua New Guinea. Aquatic Bot. 23: 215-224.
Lee, C. S. and McCabe, R. J. (1986). The Banda-Celebes-Sulu Basin: A trapped piece of Cretaceous-Eocene oceanic crust? Nature 322: 51-54.
Lee, H. D. P. (1952). Aristotle: Meteorologica (English translation). Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 432 pp.
Lee, J. J. (1974). Towards understanding the niche of the foraminifera. In: Hedeley, R. H. and Adams, C. G. (eds.), Foraminifera. Academic Press, London 1, pp. 207-260.
Lee, J. J. (1983). Perspective on algal endosymbionts in larger foraminifera. Int. Rev. Cytol. Supplement 14: 49-78.
Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (1991). Symbiosis in foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 157-220.
Lee, J. J. and Bock, W. D. (1976). The importance of feeding in two species of soritid foraminifera with algal symbionts. Bull. Mar. Sci. 26: 530-537.
Lee, J. J., Hunter, S. H. and Bovee, E. C. (1985). An illustrated guide to the protozoa. Society of Protozoologists, Lawrence, Kansas, 629 pp.
Lee, J. J., McEnery, M. E., Kahn, E. G. and Schuster, F. L. (1979a). Symbiosis and the evolution of larger formaminifera. Micropaleontology 25: 118-140.
Lee, J. J., McEnery, M. E., Shilo, M. and Reiss, Z. (1979). Isolation and cultivation of diatom symbionts from larger Foraminifera (Protozoa). Nature 280: 57-58.
Ladd, H. S., Ingerson, E., Townsend, R. C, Russell, M. and Stephenson, H. K (1953). Drilling on Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Islands. Bull. Am. Assoc. Pet. Geol. 37: 22572280.
Lambeck, K. and Nakada, M. (1985). Holocene fluctuations in sea-level: constraints on mantle viscosity and melting-water sources. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 79-84.
Land, L. S. and Lang, J. C. (1975). Preliminary observations on the carbon isotopic composition of some reef coral tissue and symbiotic zooxanthellae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 20 (2): 283-287.
Lane, D. J. W. (1991). Growth of scleractinian corals on sediment-stressed reefs at Singapore. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 97-106. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Institute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Lang, J. (1973). Interspecific aggression by scleractinian corals. 2. Why the race is not always to the swift. Bull. Mar. Sci. 23: 260 279.
Lanyon, J. (1986). Seagrasses of the Great Barrier Reef. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Special Publication Series (3), 54 pp.
Lapointe, B. E., Matzie, W. R. and Clark, M. W. (1993). Phosphorus inputs and eutrophication on the Florida reef track. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 106-112. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Lapouille, A. H., Haryono, H. M., Larue, S., Pramumijoyo and Lardy, M. (1985). Age and origin of the sea floor of the Banda Sea (eastern Indonesia). Oceanologica Acta 8: 279-389.
Larkum, A. W. D. (1977). Recent research on seagrasses in Australia. In: McRoy, C. P. and Helfferich, C. A. (eds.), Seagrass Ecosystems: a Scientific Perspective. M. Dekker, New York, pp. 247-262.
Larkum, A. W. D. and den Hartog, C. (1989). Evolution and Biogeography of Seagrasses. Chapter 4. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 112-156.
Larkum, A. W. D., Roberts, G., Kuo, J. and Strother, S. (1989). Gaseous movement in seagrasses. Chapter 20. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 686-722.
Larson, R. L. (1975). Late Jurassic sea-floor spreading in the eastern Indian Ocean. Geology 3: 69-71.
Latter, J. H. (1981). Tsunamis of volcanic origin: Summary of causes, with particular reference to Krakatau, 1883. Bull. Volcanol. 44: 467.
Lawrence, J. M. (1975). On the relationships between marine plants and sea urchins. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Annu. Rev. 13: 213 -286.
Lea, D. W., Martin, P. A. Chan, D. A. and Spero, H. J. (1995). Calcium uptake and calcification rate in the planktonic foraminifer Orbulina universa.f. Foram. Res. 25(1): 14-23.
Leach, G. J. and Burgin, S. (1985). Litter production and seasonality of mangroves in Papua New Guinea. Aquatic Bot. 23: 215 224.
Lee, C. S. and McCabe, R. J. (1986). The Banda-Celebes-Sulu Basin: A trapped piece of Cretaceous-Eocene oceanic crust? Nature 322: 51-54.
Lee, H. D. P. (1952). Aristotle: Meteorologica (English translation). Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 432 pp.
Lee, J. J. (1974). Towards understanding the niche of the foraminifera. In: Hedeley, R. H. and Adams, C. G. (eds.), Foraminifera. Academic Press, London 1, pp. 207-260.
Lee, J. J. (1983). Perspective on algal endosymbionts in larger foraminifera. Int. Rev. Cytol. Supplement 14: 49-78.
Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (1991). Symbiosis in foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 157-220.
Lee, J. J. and Bock, W. D. (1976). The importance of feeding in two species of soritid foraminifera with algal symbionts. Bull. Mar. Sci. 26: 530-537.
Lee, J. J., Hunter, S. H. and Bovee, E. C. (1985). An illustrated guide to the protozoa. Society of Protozoologists, Lawrence, Kansas, 629 pp.
Lee, J. J., McEnery, M. E., Kahn, E. G. and Schuster, F. L. (1979a). Symbiosis and the evolution of larger formaminifera. Micropaleontology 25: 118-140.
Lee, J. J., McEnery, M. E., Shilo, M. and Reiss, Z. (1979). Isolation and cultivation of diatom symbionts from larger Foraminifera (Protozoa). Nature 280: 57 58.
Lee, J. J., Reimer, C. W. and McEnery, M. E. (1980a). The identification of diatoms isolated as endosymbionts from larger foraminifera from the Gulf of Eilat (Red Sea) and the description of two new species, Fragilaria shiloi sp. nov. and Navicula reisii sp. nov. Botanica Mar. 23: 41-48.
Lee J. J., McEnery, M. E., Rottger, S. J. and Reimer, C. W. (1980b). The isolation, culture and identification of endosymbiotic diatoms from Heterostegina depressa D'Orbigny and Amphistegina lessonii D'Orbigny (Larger Foraminifera) from Hawaii. Botanica Mar. 23: 297-302.
Lee, J. J., Faber, W. W., Jr., Anderson, O. R. and Pawlowski, J. (1991). Life-cycles of foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 285-334.
Lee, J. J., Faber, W. W., Jr., Nathanson, B., Rottger, R., Nishihara, M. and Kriiger, R. (1992). Endosymbiotic diatoms from large foraminifera collected in Pacific Habitats. Symbiosis 14: 265-281.
Lee, M. A. B. (1984). Biogeography and ecology of atoll plants. Progr. Phys. Geogr. 8(4): 509-522.
Lee, M. S. Y. (1993). The origin of the turtle body plan: bridging a famous morphological gap. Science2bl: 1716-1720.
Leet, L. D. and Judson, S. (1965). Physical Geology (3rd ed.). Prentice-Hall, Inc., Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey, 406 pp.
Leh, C. M. U. and Sasekumar, A. (1985). The food of sesarmid crabs in Malaysian mangrove forests. Malay. Nat.f. 39: 135-145.
Lehman, S. J. and Keigwin, L. D. (1992). Deep-sea sediments reveal the history of the great ocean conveyor. Oceanus 35 (4): 89-92.
Leigh, E. G., Jr. (1990). Community diversity and stability: A re-examination. Trends Ecol. Evol. 5: 340-344.
Lek, L. (1938). Die Ergebnisse der Stromund Serienmessungen. -Snellius Exped. 1929-1930, Vol V, part 3, E. J. Brill, Leiden: 1-169.
Le Pichon, X. (1968). Sea-floor spreading and continental drift. J. Geophys. Res. 73: 3661-3697.
Lepiten, M. V. (1994). Seagrass consumption and detrital production by rabbitfish, Siganus canaliculars, Bais Bay, Philippines. In: Sudara, S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou,
L. M. (eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australia Symposium on Living Coastal Resources,
Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok 2: 355-360.
Lesser, M. P., Stochaj, W. R., Tapley, S. W. and Shick, J. M. (1990). Bleaching in coral reef anthozoans: effects of irradiance, ultraviolet radiation, and temperature on the activities of protective enzymes against active oxygen. Coral Reefs 8: 225-232.
Lessios, H. A., Robertson, D. R. and Cubit, J.D. (1984). Spread of Diadema mass mortality through the Caribbean. Science 226: 335-337.
Levington, J. S. (1980). Marine Ecology. Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 526 pp.
Lewis, J. B. (1974a). The settlement behaviour of planulae larvae of the hermatypic coral Favia fragum (Esper). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 15: 165-172.
Lewis, J. B. (1974b). Settlement and growth factors influencing the contagious distribution of some Atlantic reef corals. Proc. 2nd. Int. Coral Reef Symp., Brisbane 2: 201 206.
Lewis, J. B. (1974c). The importance of light and food upon the early growth of the reef coral Favia fragum (Esper). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 15: 299-304.
Lewis, J. B. (1977a). Processes of organic production on coral reefs. Biol. Rev. 52: 305 -347.
Lewis, J. B. (1977b). Suspension feeding in Atlantic reef corals and the importance of suspended particulate organic material as a food source. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami 1: 405-408.
Lewis, J. B. (1981). Coral reef ecosystems. In:Longhurst, A. R. (ed.) Analysis of Marine Ecosystems. Academic press, N. Y. & London, pp. 127-158.
Lewis, J. B. and Price, W. S. (1975). Feeding mechanisms and feeding strategies of Adantic reef corals. J. Zool, London 176: 527-544.
Lewis, S. M. (1985). Herbivore abundance and grazing intensity on a Caribbean coral reef. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 87: 215-228.
Lighty, R. G., Macintire, I. G., Stuckenrath, R. (1982). Acropora palmata reef framework: a reliable indicator of sea level in the Western Atlantic for the past 10,000 years. Coral Reefs 1: 125-130.
Lim, G. S. Y. and Chou, L. M. (1988). The echinoderm fauna of sediment stressed reef in Singapore. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville 2: 245-250.
Lin, J. L., Fuller, M. and Zhang, W. Y. (1983). Position of South China Block on Cambrian world map. E.O.S. Trans. Amer. Geophysical Union 64: 320.
Lin, J. L., Fuller, M. and Zhang, W. Y. (1985). Preliminary Phanareozoic polar wander paths for the north and south China blocks. Nature 313: 444-449.
Lindeboom, H. J. and Sandee, A. J. J. (1989). Production and consumption of tropical seagrass fields in eastern Indonesia measured with bell jars and micro-electrodes. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23 (2): 181-190.
Linsley, B. K. and Thunell, R. C. (1990). The record of deglaciation in the Sulu Sea: evidence for the Youngr Dryas event in the tropical western Pacific. Paleoceanography 5: 1025-1039.
Linsley, B. K, Thunell, R. C, Morgan, C. and Williams, D. F. (1985). Oxygen minimum expansion in the Sulu Sea, western equatorial Pacific, during the last glacial low stand of sea level.
Lipkin, Y. (1975). Food of the Red Sea dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia) from Sinai. Isr. J. Zool. 24: 81-98.
Listiwati, J. D. T. and Thayib, S. S. (1980). Sebaran bakteri heterotrofik di perairan Teluk Jakarta, 1975-1979. In: A. Nontji and A. Djamali, eds. Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologi dan Geologi, Tahun 1975-1979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp 87-97.
Littler, M. M. (1973). The population and community structure of Hawaiian fringing-reef crustose Corallinaceae (Rhodophyta, Cryptonemiales). J. Exp. mar. Biol. Ecol. 11: 103-120.
Littler, M. M. (1976). Calcification and its role among the macroalgae. Micronesica 12: 29-41.
Litder, M. M. and Doty, M. S. (1975). Ecological components structuring the seaweed edges of tropical Pacific reefs: the distribution, communities and productivity of Porolithon. J. Ecol. 63: 117-129.
Littler, M. M. and Littler, D. S. (1984). Models of tropical reef biogenesis: the contribution of macroalgae. In: Round, F.E. and Chapman, D. J. (eds.) Progress in Phycological Research, 3. Biopress, Bristol, England, pp. 232-364.
Lloyd, C. R. (1982). The Mid-Cretaceous earth: paleogeography, ocean circulation and temperature; atmospheric circulation. J. Geol. 90: 393-413.
Lobel, P. S. (1981). Trophic biology of herbivorous reef fishes: Alimentary pH and digestive capabilities. J. Fish Biol. 19: 365-397.
Logan, A. (1988). Sediment-shifting capability in the recent solitary coral Scolymiacubensis (Milne-Edwards and Haime) from Bermuda. Bull. mar. Sci. 43: 241-248.
Logan, A., and Tomascik, T. (1991). Extension growth rates in two coral species from high-latitude reefs of Bermuda. Coral Reefs 10: 155-160.
Long, S. P. and Mason, C. F. (1983). Salt-marsh Ecology. Tertiary Level Biology, Blackie, Chapman, New York, pp. 160.
Longhurst, A. R., and Pauly, D. (1987). Ecology of Tropical Oceans. ICLARM Contribution No. 389, Academic Press, INC. 407 pp. 407.
Longman, M. W. (1981). A process approach to recognizing facies of reef complexes. Soc. Econ. Paleontol. Mineral. Spec. Publ. 30: 9-40.
Longman, M. W. (1993). Reef types in the rock record: a comparison with the Kepulauan Seribu reefs. In: Modern Carbonates and their Ancient Counterparts in Indonesia: A Guide to Interpreting and Understanding Carbonate Reservoirs. Indonesian Petroleum Association, Carbonate Seminar 9 May 1993, Jakarta, pp. 4.1-4.12.
Longman, M. W. and Siemers, C. T. (1993). Carbonate rocks and reservoirs of Indonesia: Core workshop introduction and overview. In: Modern Carbonates and their Ancient Counterparts in Indonesia: A Guide to Interpreting and Understanding Carbonate Reservoirs. Indonesian Petroleum Association, Carbonate Seminar 9 May 1993, Jakarta, pp. 1.1-1.10.
Lorian, D., Erez, J. and Lazar, B. (1993). Stable carbon isotopes in the reef ecosystem of the Gulf of Elat, Red Sea. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 364.
Loser, H. and Rosen, B. (1994). International working group on scleractinian corals: first meeting. Reef Encounter lb: 13.
Lowry, K. (1989). Issues in designing a coastal management program. In: Chua, T.E. and Pauly, D. (eds.) Coastal area management in Southeast Asia: policies, management strategies and case studies. ICLARM, Philippines, pp. 191-204.
Loya, Y (1975). Possible effects of water pollution on the community structure of Red Sea corals. Mar. Biol. 29: 177-185.
Loya, Y (1976). Recolonization of Red Sea corals affected by natural catastrophes and man-made perturbations. Ecology 57(2): 278-289.
Loya, Y and Rinkevich, B. (1987). Effects of petroleum hydrocarbons on corals. In: Salvat, B. (ed.), Human impacts on coral reefs: facts and recommendations. Antenne Museum E.P.H.E., French Polynesia: 91-102
Lucas, J. S., Ledua, E. and Braley, R. D. (1991). A new species of giant clam (Tridacnidae) from Fiji and Tonga. ACIAR Working Paper No. 23. Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research, Canberra ACT. 8 pp.
Ludwig, W. J., Kumar, N. and Houtz, R. E. (1979). Profiler-sonobuoy measurements in the South China Sea Basin. J. Geophys. Res. 84: 3505-3518.
Lugo, A. E. and Snedaker, S. C. (1974). The ecology of mangroves. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 5: 39-64. Lyell, C. (1832). Principles of Geology, 2. J. Murray, London, 330 pp.
MacArthur, R. H. and Wilson, E. O. (1967). The Theory of Island Biogeography. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 203 pp.
MacGeachy. J. K (1977). Factors controlling sponge boring in Barbados reef corals. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Miami, pp. 447-483.
Macintyre, I. G. and Smith, S. V. (1974). X-radiographic studies of skeletal development in coral colonies. Proc. 2nd Int. Coral Reef Symp. 2: 277-287.
MacKinnon, K., Hatta, G., Halim, H. and Mangalik, A. (1996). The Ecology of Kalimantan. Periplus Editions, Singapore.
MacNae, W. (1968). A general account of the fauna and flora of mangrove swamps and forests in the Indo West Pacific region. Adv. Mar. Biol. 6: 73-270.
MacNae, W. (1974). Mangrove Forests and Fisheries. IOFC/DEV/74/34, UNDP/FAO, Rome, 35 pp.
MacNeil, F. S. (1954). The shape of atolls: an inheritance from subaerial erosion forms. Am. J. Sci. 252: 402-427.
Mah, A. J. and Stearn, C. W. (1986). The effect of Hurricane Allen on Bellairs fringing reef, Barbados. Coral Reefs 4: 169 -176.
Mann, K. H. (1982). Ecology of Coastal Waters: A Systems Approach. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 322 pp.
Mann, K. H. (1988). Production and use of detritus in various freshwater, estuarine, and coastal marine ecosystems. Limnol. Oceanogr. 33: 910-930.
Manuputty, A. E. W. (1989a). Kondisi terumbu karang di Lombok Barat dan permasalahannya. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Penelitian Oseanologi Perairan Indonesia, Buku I: Biologi, Geologi, Lingkungan danOseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 12-21.
Manuputty, A. E. W. (1989b). Spikula pada karang lunak marga Sinularia (Octocorallia, Alcyonacea). Oseana XIV( 1): 11-18.
Manuputty, A. E. W. (1990a). Karang lunak di mulut Teluk Tering. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Pulau Batam. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp.20-26.
Manuputty, A. E. W. (1990b). Sebaran, keanekaragaman dan komposisi jenis karang batu di perairan Kabil. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Pulau Batam. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp.27-33.
Manuputty, A. E. W. (1992). The soft coral cover in the Seribu Islands. In: Chou, L.
M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. pp. 87-94.
Mao, S. -H. and Chen, B. -Y, Yin, F. -Y and Guo, Y -W. (1983). Immunotaxonomic relationships of sea snakes to terrestrial elapids. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 74A (4): '869-872.
Mapstone, G. M. (1990). Reef corals and sponges of Indonesia: a video-based learning module. Results of the Indonesian-Dutch Snellius-II Expedition. UNESCO, Paris, 65 pp.
Maragos, J. E., Soegiarto, A., Gomez, E. D. and Dow, M. A. (1983). Development planning for tropical coastal ecosystems, Chapter 5. In: Carpenter, R. A. (ed.) Natural Systems for Development: What Planners Need to Know. Mcmillan, New York.
Margosian, A., Tan, F. C, Cai, D. and Mann, K. M. (1987). Seawater temperature records from stable isotopic profiles in the shell of Modiolus modiolus. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 25: 81-89.
Margulis, L. (1991). Symbiogenesis and symbionticism, pp. 1-14. In: Margulis, L. and Fester, R. (eds.), Symbiosis as a Source of Evolutionary Innovation: Speciation and Morphogenesis. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Marsh, J. A., Jr. and Smith, S. V. (1978). Productivity measurements of coral reefs in flowing water. In: Stoddart, D. R. and Johannes, R. E. (Eds.), Coral reefs: research methods. Monographs on oceanographic methodology. UNESCO, Paris, pp. 361 377.
Marshall, J. F. and Davies, P. J. (1982). Internal structure and Holocene evolution of One Tree Reef, southern Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 1: 21-28.
Marshall, N. (1968). Observations on organic aggregates in the vicinity of coral reefs. Mar. Biol. 2: 50-53.
Marshall, N., Durbin, A. G., Gerber, R. and Telek, G. (1975). Observation on particulate and dissolved organic matter in coral reef areas. Int. Rev. Gesamten Hydrobiol. 60: 335-345.
Marshall, S. M. and Orr, A. P. (1931). Sedimentation in Low Isles reef and its relationship to coral growth. British Museum (Natural History). Great Barrier Reef Expedition 1928-1929. Scientific Reports, Vol. 1, pat 5, pp. 93-133.
Marshall, S. M. and Stephenson, T. A. (1933). The breeding of reef animals. I. The corals. Great Barrier Reef Expedition 1928-1929, Sci. Rep. 3: 219-245.
Marszalek, D. S. (1987). Sewage and Eutrophication. In: Salvat, B. (ed.), Human impacts on coral reefs: facts and recommendations. Antenne Museum E.P.H.E., French Polynesia: 77-90.
Martin, K (1896). Zur Frage nach der Entstehung des Ost-und West-Indischen Archipels, Geol. Zeitschr., Vol 2.
Martin, K. (1903). Reisen in den Molukken II. Geol. Theil. Ed. E. J. Brill, Leiden.
Martin, K (1911). Bemerkungen iiber sogen. Korallenkalk oder Karang. Centralbl. Mineral. pp. 282-285.
Martin, K. (1914). Wann loste sich das Gebiet des Indischen Archipels von der Tethys? Samm;. Geol. Reichs Museums Leiden, ser 1. Bd. 9.
Martin, K. (1919). Unsere palaeontologische Kenntnis von Java, mit einleitenden Bemerkungen iiber die Geologie der Insel. Samml. Reichsmus, Ed. Brill, Leiden, Suppl. 1919.
Martosewojo, S., Burhanuddin, Djamali, A. and Sianipar, P. (1983). Ikab beronang: biologi, potensi, dan pengelolaan. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, 43 pp.
Martosubroto, P. and Naamin, N. (1977). Relationship between tidal forests (mangroves) and commercial shrimp production in Indonesia. Mar. Res. Indonesia 18: 81-86.
Mascle, A. and Biscarrat, P. A. (1979). The Sulu Sea: A marginal basin in Southeast Asia. Geological and geophysical investigations of continental margins. AAPG Memoirs 29: 373-381.
Mass, O. (1903). Die Scyphomedusen der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie XL E. J. Brill, Leiden, pp. 1-91, pi. XII.
Massin, C. (1988). Boring Coraliophilidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda): coral host relationship. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp.,Townsville 3: 177-183.
Massin, CI. and Tomascik, T. (1996). Two new holothurians (Echinodermata, Holothurioidea) from an anchialine lagoon of an uplifted atoll, Kakaban Island, East Kalimantan, Indonesia. Raffles Bull. Zool. 44(1): 157-172.
Masuda, K, Goto, M., Maruyama, T. and Miyachi, S. (1993). Photoadaptation of solitary corals, Fungia repanda, F. echinata, and their zooxanthellae. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 373-378.
Mather, P. and Bennett, I. (eds.). (1993). A Coral Reef Handbook. (3rd Ed.) Surrey Beatty & Sons Pty Limited Limited, Chipping Norton, NSW.
Mathias J. A. and Langham, d, Chipping Norton, NSW. N. (1978). Coral reefs. In: Chua, T. E. and Mathias, J. A. (eds.) Coastal resources of West Sabah, an investigation into the impact of oil spill. Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia, Penang.
Maxwell, W. G. H. (1968). Adas of the Great Barrier Reef. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 258 pp.
Maxwell, W. G. H. (1970). Deltaic patterns in reefs. Deep Sea Res. 17: 1005-1018.
Maxwell, W. G. H. (1973). Sediments of the Great Barrier Reef province. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.) Biology and geology of coral reefs. Vol. I, Geology 1. Academic Press, New York, pp. 299-345.
May, R. M. (1973). Stability and complexity in model ecosystems. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
Mayor, A. G. (1917). Is death from high temperature due to accumulation of acid in the tissue? Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. Wash. 3: 626-627.
Mayor, A. G. (1918). Toxic effects due to high temperature. Carnegie Inst. Wash. pap. mar. Biol. 12: 175-178.
McAllister, D. E. (1986). Environmental, economic and social costs of coral reef destruction in the Philippines. Galaxea 7: 161-178.
McCabe, R. (1984). Paleomagnetism of the Central Philippines and of Late Neogene Rocks from Luzon. Ph.D. diss., University of Tokyo.
McCabe, R. and Cole, J. (1989). Speculations on the late Mesozoic and Cenozoic evolution of the Southeast Asian margin. In: Ben-Avraham, Z. (ed.), The Evolution of the Pacific Ocean Margins, pp. 143-160. Oxford Monographs in Geology and Geophysics Vol. 8. Oxford University Press, New York.
McCaffrey, R. and Nabalek, J. (1984). The geometry of backarc thrusting along the eastern Sunda arc, Indonesia: constraints from earthquake and gravity data. J. Geophys. Res. 89: 6171-6179.
McCaffrey, R., Silver, E. A. and Raitt, R. W. (1981). Seismic refraction studies in the eastern arm, Sulawesi-Banggai Islands region of eastern Indonesia. In: Barber, A. J. and Wiryosujono, S. (eds.), The geology and tectonics of eastern Indonesia. Geological Research and Development Center, Bandung, Spec. Publ. 2: 321-325.
McCaffrey, R, Molnar, P. Roecker, S. W. and Joyodiwiryo, Y. S. (1985). Microearthquake seismicity and fault plane solution related to arc-continent collision in the eastern Sunda Arc. J. Geophys. Res. 90: 4511-4528.
McCarthy, C. J. (1985). Monophyly of elapid snakes (Serpentes: Elapidae). An assessment of the evidence. Zool. J. Linn. Soc. London 83: 79-93.
McCarthy, C. J. (1986). Relationships of the laticaudine sea snakes (Serpentes: Elapidae: Laticaudinae). Bull. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50(2): 127-161.
McCarthy, C. J. and Warrell, D. A. (1991). A collection of sea snakes from Thailand with new records of Hydrophis belcheri (Gray). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.)57(2): 161-166.
McCloskey, L. R. (1970). The dynamics of a community associated with a marine scleractinian coral. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 55: 13-81.
McConchie, C. A. and Knox, R. B. (1989). Pollination and reproductive biology of seagrasses. Chapter 3. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 74-111.
McConnaughey, T. (1989a).13C and 18O isotopic disequilibrium in biological carbonates: I. Patterns. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 53: 151-162.
McConnaughey, T. (1989b). 13C and 18O isotopic disequilibrium in biological carbonates: II. In vitro simulation of kinetic isotope effects. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 53: 163-171.
McCoy, E. D. and Heck, K. L., Jr. (1976). Biogeography of corals, seagrasses, and mangroves: an alternative to the center of origin concept. Systematic Zoology 25: 201 -210.
McDowell, S. B. (1967). Aispidomorphus, a. genus of New Guinea snakes of the family Elapidae, with notes on related genera. J. Zool, London 151:497-543.
McDowell, S. B. (1969). Notes on the Australian sea snake Ephalophis greyi M. Smith (Serpentes: Elapidae, Hydrophiinae) and the origin and classification of sea snakes. Zool J. Linn. Soc. 48: 333-349.
McDowell, S. B. (1972). The genera of sea-snakes of the Hydrophis group (Serpentes: Elapidae). Trans. Zool. Soc, London 32: 189-247.
McDowell, S. B. (1974). Additional notes on the rare and primitive sea-snake, Ephalophis greyi. f. Herpetol. 8(2): 123-128.
McElhinny, M. W., Haile, N. S. and Crawford, A. R. (1974). Paleomagnetic evidence shows Malay Peninsula was not a part of Gondwanaland. Nature 252: 641-645.
McEnery, M. E., and Lee, J. J. (1981). Cytological and fine structural studies of three species of symbiont-bearing larger foraminifera from the Red Sea. Micropaleontology 27: 71-83.
McGowran, B. (1978). Stratigraphic record of Early Tertiary oceanic and continental events in the Indian Ocean. Mar. Geol. 26: 1-39.
McKay, G., A. and Hengeveld, H. (1990). The changing atmosphere. In: Mungall, C. and McLaren, D. J. (eds.), Planet under stress: the challange of global change. Oxford University Press, Toronto, pp. 46-79.
McKenna, M. C. (1973). Sweepstakes, filters, corridors, Noah's Ark's and beached viking funeral ships and palaeogeography. In: Tarling, D. H. and Runcorn, S. K. (eds.), Implications of Continental Drift to the Earth Sciences. Academic Press, London, pp. 293-308.
McLaren, C. (1842). The glacial theory of Professor Agassiz of Neuchatel. Am. f. Sci. 42: 346-365.
McLaren, I. A. (1963). Effects of temperature and growth of zooplankton and the adaptive value of vertical migration. J. Fish. Res. Board of Canada 20: 685-727.
McLean, R. F. (1974). Geologic significance of bioerosion of beachrock. Proc. 2nd Int. Coral Reef Symp., 2: 401-408.
McLeren, D. J. (1983). Bolides and biostratigraphy. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 94: 313 -324.
McManus, J. W. (1985). Marine speciation, tectonics and sea-level changes in South east Asia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr.,Tahiti, 4:133-138.
McManus, J. W. (1988). Coral reefs of the ASEAN region: Status and management. Ambio 17(3): 189-193.
McManus, J. W. and Wenno, J. J. (1981). Coral communities of outer Ambon Bay: a general assessment survey. Bull. Mar. Sci. 31(3): 574-580.
McMillan, J. and Miller, D. J. (1988). Restriction analysis and DNA hybridization applied to the resolution of Acropora nobilis and Acropora formosa. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville, Vol. 2: 775-777.
McMillan, W. O. and Palumbi, S. R. (1993). Genetic relationships within species complexes of Indo-Pacific butterflyfishes. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 2: 658.
McRoy, C. P. and Barsdake, R. J. (1970). Phosphate absorption in eelgrass. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15: 6-13.
McRoy, C. P. and Helfferich, C. (1980). Applied aspects of seagrasses. In: Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Handbook of Seagrass Biology-An Ecosystem Approach. Garland Press, New York, pp. 297-342.
Meijerink, A. M. J. (1977). A hydrological reconnaissance survey of the Serayu River basin, Central Java. ITC Journal 4: 646-674.
Mellors, J. E. and Marsh, H. (1993). Relationship between seagrass standing crop and the spatial distribution and abundance of the natantian fauna at Green Island, northern Queensland. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 183-191.
Menard, H. W. and Smith, S. M. (1966). Hypsometry of ocean basin provinces. J. Geophys. Res. 71: 4305-4325.
Mercer, J. H. (1978). West Antarctic ice sheet and C02 greenhouse effect: a threat of disaster. Nature 271: 321-325.
Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, 10th ed. (1993). Springfield: Merriam-Webster, Inc. 1559 p.
Mertens, R. (1934). Uber die Verbreitung und das Verbraitunggszentrum der Seeschlagen (Hydrophidae). Zoogeographica 2: 305-319.
Mesolella, K J., Matthews, R. K, Broeker, W. S. and Thurber, D.L. (1969). The astronomical theory of climate change: Barbados data. J. Geol. 77: 250-274.
Metcalfe, I. (1988). Origin and assembly of south-east Asian continetal terranes. In: Audley-Charles, M. G. and Hallam, A. (eds.), Gondwana and Tethys. Geological Society Special Publication No. 37. Oxford University Press, New York, pp. 101-118.
Michaux, M. (1991). Distributional patterns and tectonic development in Indonesia: Wallace reinterpreted. Aust. Syst. Botany 4: 25-36.
Micheli, F. (1993). Effect of mangrove litter species and availability on survival, moulting, and reproduction of the mangrove crab Sesarma messa. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol 171: 149-163.
Micheli, F. (1993). Feeding ecology of mangrove crabs in North Eastern Australia: mangrove litter consumption by Sesarma messa and Sesarma smithii J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 171: 165-186.
Middleburg, J. J., de Lange, G. J., Van der Weijden, C. H. (1989). Sediment chemistry of Kau Bay, Halmahera (Eastern Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res 24 (4): 607-613.
Milankovitch, M. (1938). Handbuch der Geophysik, v. 9, Koppen and Geiger, eds., pp. 593-689.
Milliman, J. D. (1973). Caribbean coral reefs. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Volume I: Geology 1, pp. 1-50. Academic Press, New York.
Milliman, J. D. (1974). Marine Carbonates. Recent Sedimentary Carbonates, 1. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 375 pp.
Milliman, J. D. and Emery, K O. (1968). Sea levels during the past 35,000 years. Science 162: 1121-1123.
Millis, N. F. (1981). Marine microbiology. In:Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Marine Botany: An Australian Perspective. Longman Cheshire, Melbourne, pp. 35.60.
Minagawa, M. and Wada, E. (1984). Stepwise enrichmnet of 15N along the food chains: further evidence and the relation between 15N and animal age. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 48: 1135-1140.
Miyama, T., Awaji, T., Akitomo, K. and Imasato, N. (in press). Seasonal transport variations in the Indonesian Seas. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOCUNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
MNLH (Menteri Negara Lingkungan Hidup) (1995). An Atlas of Biodiversity in Indonesia. The Ministry of Environment Republic of Indonesia and KONPHALINDO, Jakarta, 101 pp.
Moberly, R., Jr. (1968). Composition of magnesian calcites of algae and pelcypods by electron microscope analysis. Sedimentology 11: 61-82.
Mobius, K. (1866). Ueber den Bau, den Mechanismus und die Entwicklung der Nesselkapseln einiger Polypen und Quallen. Mit zwei Tafeln. Gustav Eduard Nolte, Hamburg.
Mohamed, M. I. H. and Badaruddin, Z. (1988). Coral reef morphology and ecology of the Malaysian east coast Island. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Townsville, 3: 349-353.
Mohamed, M. I. H. and Badaruddin, Z. (1991). The morphology and ecology of the west coast island groups of Peninsular" Malaysia. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 33-40. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Molcard, R., Banjarnahor, J., Fieux, M. and Ilahude, A. G. (in press). Current measurements in the Timor Passage: Preliminary results. WESTPAC, November 22-26 1994, IOC-UNESCO, Bali, Indonesia.
Molengraaff, G. A. F. (1922). De koraalriffen in den Oost Indischen Archipel, hun verspreiding en hun ontwikkeling, De Zeeen van Nederl. Oost Indie. E. J. Brill, Leiden,-pp. 309-338.
Molengraaff, G. A. F. (1929). The coral reefs in the East Indian Archipelago, their distribution and mode of development. Proc. 4th Pan Pac. Sci. Congr., Java 1929, Vol. 2: 55-89.
Molengraaff, G. A. F. and Weber, M. (1919). Het verband tusschen den plistoceenen ijstijd en het onstaan der Soenda-Zee en de invloed daarvan op de verspreiding der koraalriffen en op de land- en zoewater fauna. Versl gew. verg Wis-en Nat. Afd. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 29 Nov. 1919, 28: 497-544.
Molfino, B., Kipp, N. G. and Morley, J. J. (1982). Comparison of foraminiferal, coccolithoporid and radiolarian paleotemperature equations: assemblage coherency and estimate concordancy. Quat. Res. 17: 279-313.
Moll, H. (1983). Zonation and diversity of reefs off SW. Sulawesi, Indonesia. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Leiden, 102 pp.
Moll, H. (1986). The coral community structure on the reefs visited during the Snellius-II expedition in eastern Indonesia. Zool. Meded., Leiden 60(1): 1-25.
Moll, H. and Suharsono. (1986). Distribution, diversity and abundance of reef corals in Jakarta Bay and Kepulauan Seribu, pp. 112-125. In: Brown, B. E (ed.) Human induced damage to coral reefs: Results of a regional UNESCO (COMAR) workshop with advanced training, Diponegoro University, Jepara and National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta, Indonesia, May 1985. UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40: 112-125.
Monteiro, P. M. S. James, A. G., Sholto-Douglas A. D. and Field, J. G. (1991). The ∂13C trophic position isotope spectrum as a tool to define and quantify carbon pathways in marine food webs. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 78: 33-40.
Moore, C. H. and Shedd, W. W. (1977). Effective rates of sponge bioerosion as a function of carbonate production. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp. 2: 499-505.
Moore, G. F. and Karig, D. E. (1980). Structural geology of Nias island, Indonesia: implications for subduction and tectonics. Am. J. Sci. 280: 193-223.
Moore, G. F., Curray, J. R. and Emmel, F. J. (1982). Sedimentation in the Sunda Trench and fore-arc region. Geol. Soc. Lond. Spec. Publ. 10: 245-258.
Moore, G. F., Billman, H. G., Hehanussa, P.E. and Karig, D. E. (1980). Sedimentology and paleobathymetry of Neogene trench-slope, Nias island, Indonesia, four. Geol. 88: 161-180.
Moore, G. F., Curray, J. R., Moore, D. J. and Karig, D. E. (1980). Variations in geologic structure along the Sunda fore-arc, northern Indian Ocean. In: Hays, D. E. (ed.), The tectonics and geological evolution of the Southeast Asian seas and basins. Geophys. Monogr. 23: 145-160. Am. Geophys. Union, Washington, D.C.
Moore, H. B. (1972). Aspects of stress in the tropical marine environment. Adv. Mar. Biol. 10: 217-269.
Moore, R. C. (1952). Coelenterates, pp. 99 155. In: Moore, R. C, Lalicker, C. G. and Fischer, A. G. (eds.) Invertebrate Fossils. McGraw Hill, New York.
Moosa, M. K. (1995a). Status pengetahuan tentang keanekarangaman hayati laut Indonesia dalam upaya pengelolaan dan pemanfataannya. Orasi Pengukuhan Ahli Peneliti Utama Bidang Biologi Laut. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, LIPI, Jakarta, 23 pp.
Moosa, M. K (1995b). COREMAP: an effort toward the sustainable use of of the coral reef resources. Penyajian Makalah Sumbangan I. Seminar Nasional Pengelolaan Terumbu Karang di Indonesia. Jakarta, 10-12 Oktober 1995.
Moosa, M. K. and Aswandy, I. (1983). The distribution of ocypodid crabs of the genus Uca in the Sunda Strait (Crustacea, Decapoda, Ocypodidae). Symposium 100th Krakatau, 1883-1983, 23-27 August 1983, Jakarta.
Moosa, M. K and Aswandy, I. (1994). Krustasea dari padang lamun di perairan Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W., Moosa, M. K. and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp: 42-51.
Moran, P. J. (1986). The Acanthasterphenomenon. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 24: 379-480.
Moriarty, D. J. W. and Boon, P. I. (1989). Interactions of seagrasses with sediment and water. Chapter 15. In: Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 500-535.
Morley, R. J. and Flenley, J. R. (1987). Late Cainozoic vegetational and environmental changes in the Malay archipelago. In:Whitmore, T. C. (ed,), Biogeographical Evolution of the Malay Archipelago. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 50-59..
Moro, D. S. (1988). Pertumbuhan dan produksi jenis lamun di Pulau Panjang, Teluk Banten. Master Thesis, Universitas Nasional, 75 pp.
Morton, B. S. and Scott, P. J. B. (1980). Morphological and functional specializations of the shell, musculature and pallial glands in the Lithophaginae (Mollusca: Bivalvia). J Zool. Lond. 192: 179-204.
Morton, J. (1990). The shore ecology of the tropical Pacific. (1st edition), UNESCO, Jakarta, 282 pp.
Mortosewojo, S. (1989). Comparison offish communities of the reef flat, the reef edge and the pelagic system in Flores Sea reef environment. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(2): 191195.
Moseley, H. N. (1880). Report on certain hydroid, alcyonarian, and madreporarian corals procured during the voyage of H.M. S. Challenger, in the years 1873-1876. Repts., Zool., vol. 2.
Motoda, S. (1939). Observation of period of extrusion of planulae of Goniastrea asperai Verrill. Kagaku Nanyo 1: 5-7.
Moyer, J. T., Emerson, W. K. and Ross, M. (1982). Massive destruction of scleractinian corals by the muricid gastropod, Drupella, in Japan and the Philippines. Drupella, in Japan and the Philippines.Nautilus 96: 69-82.
Mudjiono and Sudjoko, B. (1994). Fauna Maluska padang lamun dari pantai Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W., Moosa, M.K. and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta: 71-78.
Mudjiono, W., Kastoro, W. and Kiswara, W. (1992). Molluscan communities of sea-grass beds of Banten Bay, West Java. In:Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. pp. 241-250.
Mukai, H. (1993). Biogeography of the tropical seagrasses in the western Pacific. Aust. J.Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 1-17.
Mullan, D. P. (1931). Observations on the water storing devices in the leaves of some Indian halophytes. J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 10: 126 -133.
Muller, J. (1970). Palynological evidence on early differentiation of angiosperms. Biol. Rev. 45: 417-450.
Muller, P. Hallock (1974). Sediment production and population biology of the benthic foraminifer Amphistegina madagascariensis. Limnol. Oceanogr. 19(5): 802-809.
Muller, P. Hallock (1976). Sediment production by shallow-water, benthic foraminifera at selected sites on Oahu, Hawaii. Maritime Sediments Special Publication 1:263-265.
Mullins, H. T., Newton, C. R., Heath, K and VanBurn, H. M. (1981). Modern deepwater coral mounds north of Little Bahama Bank: criteria for recognition of deep-water coral biohherms in the rock record. J. Sediment. Petrol. 51: 999-1013.
Mullins, H. T., Keller, G. H., Kofoed, J. W., Lambert, D. N., Stubblefield, W. L. and WarmeJ. E. (1982). Geology of the Great Abaco submarine canyon (Blake Plateau) : observations from the research submarine 'Alvin'. Mar. Geol. 48: 239-257.
Munro, I. S. R. (1967). The Fishes of New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Port Morseby, New Guinea.
Munro, J. L. and Williams, D. McB. (1985). Assessment and management of coral reef fisheries: biological, environmental and socio-economic aspects. Proc. 5th Int. Coral ReefCongr., Tahiti, 4: 545-578.
Murdy, E. and Ferraris, L. (1980). The contribution of coral reef fisheries to Philippine fisheries production. ICLARM Newsl. 6(1): 3-4.
Murphy, R. C. and Kremer, J. N. (1992). Benthic community metabolism and the role of deposit-feeding callianassid shrimp. Journal of Marine Research 50: 321-340.
Murray, J. (1880). On the structure and origin of coral reefs and islands. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 10: 505-518.
Murray, J. (1889). Structure, origin and distribution of coral reefs and islands. Nature 39: 424-428.
Murray, J. W. (1991a). Ecology and distribution of benthic foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 221-253.
Murray, J. W. (1991b). Ecology and distribution of planktonic foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 255-284.
Muscatine, L. (1990). The role of symbiotic algae in carbon and energy flux in reef corals, pp. 75-87. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Muscatine, L. and D'Elia, C. F. (1978). The uptake, retention, and release of ammonium by reef corals. Limnol. Oceanogr. 23(4): 725-734.
Muscatine, L. and Kaplan, I. R. (1994). Resource partitioning by reef corals as determined from stable isotope composition. II. 815N of zooxanthellae and animal tissue versus depth. Pacific Science 48: 302-312.
Muscatine, L. and Porter, J. W. (1977). Reef corals: mutualistic symbiosis adapted to nutrient poor environments. Bio. Sci. 27: 454-460.
Muscatine, L., Gates, R. and Baghdasarian,G. (1993). Temperature shock causes host cell detachment in symbiotic cnidarians: implications for coral bleaching. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 72-73.
Muscatine, L., McCloskey, L. R. and Marian, R. (1981). Estimating the daily contribution of carbon from zooxanthellae to coral animal respiration. Limnol. Oceanogr. 26: 601-611.
Muscatine, L., Porter, J. W. and Kaplan, I. R. (1989). Resource partitioning by reef corals as determined from stable isotope composition. I. 8 C of zooxanthellae and animal tissue vs depth. Marine Biology 100:185-193.
Muscatine, L., Falkowski, P., and Porter, J., Dubinsky, Z. (1984). Fate of photo synthetically fixed carbon in light and shade adapted colonies of the symbiotic coral Stylophora pistillata. Proc. R. Soc. London B 222:181-202.
Musper, K A. (1938). Over het voorkomen van Halysites wallichi Reed op Nieuw-Guinea. De Ingenier in Ned.-Ind., TV (10): 156-157.
Mustafa, M., Nurkin, Soegondo, H., Sutika, N. and Sanusi, H. (1979). Penelitian komunitas lingkungan dan regenerasi serta pengambangan hutan mangrove di Sulawesi Selatan. Universitas Hasanuddin, Ujung Pandang, South Sulawesi (Unpublished report).
Naamin, N. (1987). Conservation of mangrove areas to tambak aquaculture in Indonesia. Proceedings of the Workshop on the Conservation of Mangrove Areas to Aquaculture. Iloilo City, Visayas, Philippines: 21 26.
National Institute of Oceanology. (1982). Hydrological, plankton and pigment observations in the Sulawesi Sea, the Gulf of Tomini and Maluku (Molucca) Sea. Snellius Expedition II. by R.V. Samudra, January 11-February 14, 1982. Oceanographical Cruise Report No. 36. National Institute of Oceanology, Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Jakarta.
National Research Council. (1990). Decline of Sea Turtles: Causes and Prevention. Washington, National Academy Press, 259 pp.
Nauck, E. G. (1929). Untersuchungen uber das gift einer seeschlange (Hydrus platurus) des Pazifischen Ozeans. Arch. Schijfs-Tropenhyg 33: 167.
Navin, K. (1994). Coral Base. Reef Encounter 15: 17-18.
Nayoan, G. A. S. and Siregar, M. (1981). Carbonate reservoirs in Indonesia. In: Halbouty, M. T. (ed.), Energy resources of the Pacific region. AAPG Studies in Geology 12: 133-145.
Netherwood, R. and Wight, A. (1993). Structurally-controlled, linear reefs in a Pliocene delta-front setting, Tarakan Basin, northeast Kalimantan. In: Siemers, C. T., Longman, M. W., Park, R. K and Kaldi, J. G. (eds.), Carbonate Rocks and Reservoirs of Indonesia: A Core Workshop. Indonesian Petroleum Association, pp. 3-1 to 3-16.
Neudecker, S. (1987). Environmental effects of power plants on coal reefs and ways to minimize them. In: Salvant, B. (ed.), Human Impacts on Coral Reefs: Facts and Recommendations, pp. 103-118. Antenne Museum E.P.H.E., French Polynesia.
Neumann, A. G. (1971). Quaternary sea level data from Bermuda. Quaternaria 15: 41 43.
Neumann, A. C. and Macintyre, I. (1985). Reef response to sea level rise: Keep-up, catch-up or give-up. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 3: 105-110.
Neumann, A. C, Kofoed, J. W., and Keller, G. H. (1977). Lithoherms in the Straits of Florida. Geology 5(1): 4-10.
Neumann van Padang, M. (1951). Catalogue of the Active Volcanoes of the World including Solfatara Fields, part 1, Indonesia. Naples: International Volcanology Association.
Newcomb, K. R. and McCann, W. R. (1987). Seismic history and seismotectonics of the Sunda Arc. J. Geophys. Res. 92: 421-439.
Newell, N. D. (1956). Geological reconnaissance of the Raroia (Kon Tiki) Atoll, Tuamotu Archipelago. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 109: 315-372.
Newman, W. A. (1991). Origins of southern hemisphere endemism, especially among marine Crustacea. Mem. Queensland Mus. 21:51-76.
Neymann, A. A., Sokolova, M. V., Vinogradova, N. G. and Pasternak, F. A. (1973). Some patterns of the distribution of bottom fauna in the Indian Ocean. In The Biology of the Indian Ocean (eds. B. Zeitschel and S. A. Gerlach): 467-473. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Ng, P. K. L. and Tomascik, T. (1994). Orcovita saltatrix, a new genus and species of anchialine varunine crab (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura: Grapsidae) from Kakaban Island, Indonesia. Raffles Bull. Zool. 42(4): 937-948.
Nicholls, N. (1987). The El Niño/Southern Oscillation phenomenon. In: Glantz, M., Katz, R. and Krenz, M. (eds.), Impact Climate Crisis. The societal impacts associated with the 1982-83 worldwide climate anomalies. United Nations Publication Room, NY, U.S.A.
Nicoll, R. S. and Bladon, G. M. (1991). Silurian and Late Carboniferous conodonts from the Charles Louis Range and central Birds Head, Irian Java, Indonesia. J. Aust. Geol. Geophysics 12: 279-286.
Nienhuis, P. H. (1986). Background levels of heavy metals in nine tropical seagrass species in Indonesia. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 17: 508-511.
Nienhuis, P. H. (1993). Structure and functioning of Indonesian seagrass ecosystems. In: Moosa, M. K., de long, H.H., Blaauw, H. J. A. and Norinarma, M. K. J. (eds.), Coastal Zone Management of Small Island Ecosystems. Proceedings International Seminar, Ambon, Indonesia, pp. 82-86.
Nienhuis, P. H. and van Ierland, E. T. (1978). Consumption of eelgrass, Zostera marina, by birds and invertebrates during the growing season in Lake Grevelingen (SWNetherlands). Neth. J. Sea Res. 12:180194.
Nienhuis, P. H., Coosen, J. and Kiswara, W. (1989). Community structure and biomass distribution of seagrass and macrofauna in the Flores Sea, Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(3) : 197-214.
Niermeyer, J. F. (1911). Barriere riffen en atollen in de Oost-Indiese Archipel. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2(27): 877-894.
Nishimura, S. and Suparka, S. (1986). Tectonic development of east Indonesia. Journal of Southeast Asian Earth Sciences 1: 45-57.
Nishimura, S. and Suparka, S. (1990). Tectonics of East Indonesia. Tectonophysics 181: 257-266.
Nontji, A. (1975). Distribution of chlorophyll-a in the Banda Sea by the end of upwelling season. Mar. Res. (Jakarta) Indonesia 14: 49-59.
Nontji, A. (1978). Variasi musiman beberapa factor ekologi di perairan Teluk Jakarta. Oseanologi di Indonesia 11: 27-36.
Nontji, A. (1984). Biomassa dan produktivitas fitoplankton di perairan Teluk Jakarta serta kaitannya dengan faktor-faktor lingkungan. Thesis, Fakultas Pasca Sarjana, Universitas Pertanian Bogor, Bogor.
Nontji, A. (1986). Coral reef pollution and degradation by LNG plant in south Botang Bay (East Kalimantan), Indonesia. pp 92-98. In: Soemodihardjo, S. (ed.), Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR and LIPI, Jakarta.
Nontji, A. (1993). Laut Nusantara. Penerbit Djambatan, Jakarta, p. 367.
Nontji, A. and Supangat, I. (1977). Seston di Teluk Jakarta. In: Teluk Jakarta: Sumber Daya, Sifat-Sifat Oseanologis, serta Permasalahannya. Hutomo, M. K. Romimohtarto, K and Burhanuddin (eds.), pp. 219-231. Proyek Penelitian Sumber Daya Ekonomi, Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional-LIPI, Jakarta.
Norvick, M. S. (1979). The tectonic history of the Banda Arcs, eastern Indonesia: A review. J. Geol. Soc. London 136: 519-527.
Nugent, L. E., Jr. (1946). Coral reefs in the Gilbert, Marshall, and Caroline Islands. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 57: 735-779.
Nuitja, I. N. S. (1976). Studi habitat dan pembiakan penyu laut di pantai Pangumbahan, Kabupaten Sukabumi. Institut Pertanian Bogor, Bogor, 54 pp.
Nurhayati. (1993). Kondisi abiotik di sekitar padang lamun Pulau Pari, Kepulauan Seribu. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Laporan Tekhnis.
Nutting, C. C. (1911). The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition. VIII. The Scleroxonia. Siboga Expedition. 13 (b5): 1-62.
Oba, T., Kai, M. and Tanabe, K (1992). Early life history and habitat of Nautilus pompilius inferred from oxygen isotope examinations. Marine Biology 113: 211-217.
O'Dor, R. K., Forsythe, J., Webber, D. M., Wells, J. and Wells, M. J. (1993). Activity levels of Nautilus in the wild. Nature 362: 626-628.
Odum, E. P. (1971). Fundamentals of Ecology. W. B. Saunders, London, 3rd. ed., 574 pp.
Odum, H. T. and Hoskin, C. M. (1958). Comparative studies on the metabolites of marine waters. Publ. Inst. Mar. ScL, Univ. Texas 5: 16-46.
Odum, H. T. and Odum, E. P. (1955). Trophic structure and productivity of a windward coral reef community on Eniwetok Atoll. Ecol. Monogr. 25: 291-320.
Odum, W. E. (1971). Pathways of energy flow in South Florida estuary. Sea Grant Tech. Bull Miami Univ. 7: 1-162.
Odum, W. E. and Heald, E. J. (1972). Trophic analysis of an estuarine mangrove community. Bull. Mar. Sci. 22: 671-738.
Odum, W. E. and Heald, E. J. (1975). The detritus based mangrove community. In: Estuarine Research, Vol. 1, Academic Press, New York.
Ogden, J. C. (1976). Some aspects of herbovore-plant relationships on Caribbean reefs and seagrass beds. Aquatic Bot. 2: 103-116.
Ogden, J. C. (1980). Faunal relationships in Caribbean seagrass beds. In: Phillips, R.C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Handbook of 42: 273-298.
Ogden, J. C. and Ehrlich, P. R. (1977). The behavior of heterotypic resting schools of juvenile grunts (Pomadayidae). Mar. Biol. 42: 273-280.
Ogden, J. C. and Gladfelter, E. H. (eds.) (1983). Coral reefs, seagrass beds and mangroves: Their interaction in the coastal zone of the Caribbean. UNESCO reports in marine science 23: 6-16.
Ogden, J. C. and Lobel, P. S. (1978). The role of herbivorous fishes and urchins in coral reef communities. Env. Biol. Fish. 3: (1): 49-63.
Ogden, J. C, Brown, R. and Salesky, N. (1973). Grazing by echinoid Diadema antillarum Philippi: Formation of halos around West Indian patch reefs. Science 182: 715 -717.
Ohigaski, H., Katsumata, H., Kawazu, K., Koshimizu, K and Mitsui, T. (1974). A piscicidal constituent of Excoecaria agallocha. Agr. Biol. Chem. 38: 1093-1095.
Okal, E. A. (1993). Predicting large tsunamis. Nature 361: 686-687.
Okamura, B. (1987). Particle size and flow velocity induce an inferred switch in bryozoan suspension-feeding behaviour. Biol. Bull. 173: 222-229.
Oliver, J. (1985). Recurrent seasonal bleaching and mortality of corals on the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 4: 201-206.
Oliver, W. A. (1980). The relationship of the scleractinian corals to the rugose corals. Paleobiology 6: 146-160.
Oliver, W. A. and Coates, A. G. (1987). Phylum Cnidaria, pp. 140-193. In:Boardman, R. S., Cheetham, A. H. and Rowell, A. J. (eds.) Fossil Invertebrates. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. (1984). Evolution et effects des amengements dans 1'environment cotier de la Baie de Jakarta, Indonesie. Doct. Thesis Univ. Bordeaux, 411 pp.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. (1986). Some harmful stresses to the Seribu coral reefs, Indonesia. In: S. Soemodihardjo (ed.) Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR and LIPI, Jakarta, pp 133-142.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. (1989). Background information for the field trip to the Seribu Reefs, Indonesia. Short Course on Carbonate Sedimentology and Stratigraphy, 4-8 September 1989, Jakarta. Indonesian Petroleum Association.
O. S. R. (1992). Human activities, environmental problems and management of the north coast of West Java, Indonesia: with emphasis on Jakarta Bay. In: Coastal systems studies and sustainable development. UNESCO technical papers in marine science 64: 99-124.
Ongkosongko, O. S. R. (1995). Kerusaka pulau koral: Contoh kasus de Kepulauan Seribu. Semiar Nasional Pengelolaan Terumbu Karang di Indonesia, 12-12 Oktober 1995, Jakarta, Kumpulan Abstrak.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. and Natsir, S. M. (1994). Stresses to the Seribu coral reefs, Indonesia. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C.R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 93-101.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. and Sukarno (1986). Background to the study sites in the Bay of Jakarta and Kepulauan Seribu. In: Brown, B. E. (ed.), Human induced damage to coral reefs. UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40: 56-79.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R. and Supriharyono. (1986). Background to the field site at Bandengan, Jepara, North Java. In: B.E. Brown (ed.) Human induced damage to coral reefs: Results of a regional UNESCO (COMAR) workshop with advanced training. UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40, pp 38-48.
Ongkosongo, O. S. R., Subardi, Susmiati, Effendi, L. Suswardi, A. and Hamidjojo, P. (1980). Sedimen dasar Teluk Jakarta. In: Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologidan Geologi, Tahun 1975-1979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp. 395-407.
Onuf, C. P., Teal, J. Mvand Valiela, I. (1977). Interactions of nutrients, plant growth and herbivory in a mangrove ecosystem. Ecology 58: 514-526.
Oosterbaan, A. F. F. (1985). Neogene corals from Nias. MSc Thesis, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Opdyke, B. N. and Walker, J. C. G. (1992). Return of the coral reef hypothesis: basin to shelf partitioning of CaCOs, and its effect on atmopsheric C02. Geology 20: 733-736.
Open University (1989). The Ocean Basins: Their Structure and Evolution. Pergamon Press in association with The Open University, Walton Hall, England, 171 pp.
Open University (1991a). Seawater: Its Composition, Properties and Behaviour. Pergamon Press in association with The Open University, Walton Hall, England, 165 pp.
Open University (1991b). Ocean Circulation. Pergamon Press in association with The Open University, Walton Hall, England, 238 pp.
Opurt, P. A. and Boral, L. (1964). The flowers, fruits and seeds of Thalassia testudinum Konig. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 14: 296-302.
Orme, G. R. (1985). The sedimentological importance of Halimeda in the development of back reef lithofacies, northern Great Barrier Reef (Australia). Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 5: 31-37.
Orr, R. T. (1976). Vertebrate Biology. 4th Ed. Toronto, W.B. Saunders Company, 472 pp.
Osberger, R. (1956). Korallen als Hilfsmittel der Tertiar und Quartar Stratigraphie Indonesiens. Publikasi Keilmuan 32, seri Paleontologi, Bandung.
Othman, B. H. R., Greenwood, J. G. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1990). The copepod fauna of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and its Indo- West Pacific affinities. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25 (4): 561-572.
Otofuji, Y., Sasajima, S., Nishimura, S., Dharma, A. and Hehuwat, F. (1981). Paleomagnetic evidence for clockwise rotation of the northern arm of Sulawesi, Indonesia. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 54: 272-280.
Pajaro, M. G., Alino, P. M., Beemas, N. A. and Atrigenio, M. P. (1993). The impact of Mt. Pinatubo's eruption on the coral reef bethic communities in Zambales. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 309.
Palumbi, S. R. (1993). Strong differences between populations of Indo-Pacific urchins revealed by mtDNA sequencing. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 2: 658.
Pandolfi, J. M. (1992). Successive isolation rather than evolutionary centres for the origination of Indo-Pacific reef corals. J. Biogeogr. 92: 593-609.
Pandolfi, J. M. (1993). A review of the tectonic history of New Guinea and its significance for marine biogeography. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam, 2: 718-728.
Panggabean, M. G. L. (1987). The status of tridacnid clam and its preliminary culture stock on Pari Island. Biotrop. Spec. Publ. 30: 53-62. (Conservation and Management of Endangered Plants and Animals).
Pardyanto, L., Suratman and Tulus (1991). Banda Api. Bulletin of Volcanic EruptionsNo. 28:30-31.
Park, R. K, Siemers, C. T. and Brown, A. (1992). Holocene carbonate sedimentation, Pulau Seribu, the third dimension. In: Siemers, C. T., Longman, M. W., Park, R. K and Kaldi, J. G. (eds.), Carbonate Rocks and Reservoirs of Indonesia: A Core Workshop. IPA Core Workshop Notes No. 1,(2): 1-15.
Parker, E. S. and Gealey, W. K. (1985). Plate tectonic evolution of the western Pacific- Indian Ocean region. Energy 10: 249-261.
Parsons, B. and Sclater, J. G. (1977). An analysis of the variation of ocean floor bathymetry and heat flow with age. J. Geophys. Res. 82: 803-827.
Parsons, T. R., Takahashi, M. and Hargrave, B. (1984). Biological Oceanographic Processes (3rd Ed.). Pergamon Press, Oxford, 330 pp.
Pastorok, R. A. and Bilyard, G. R. (1985). Effects of sewage pollution on coral reef communities. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 21: 175- 189..
Patmosukismo, S., Polunggono, A., Mulhadiono and Samuel, L. (1989). Hydrocarbon potential of eastern Indonesia and required research direction. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(2J3): 153-164.
Patriquin, D. G. (1972). The origin of nitrogen and phosphorus for growth of the marine angiosperm Thalassia testudinum. Mar. Biol. 15: 35-46.
Patriquin, D. G. and Knowles, R. (1972). Excretion of dissolved organic carbon by eelgrass (Zostera marina) and its epiphytes. Limnol. oceanogr. 22: 400-407.
Patzold, J. (1984). Growth rhythms recorded in stable isotopes and density bands in the reef coral Porites lobata (Cebu, Philippines). Coral Reefs 3: 87-90.
Pauly, D. (1979). Theory and management of tropical multispecies stocks: a review, with emphasis on the Southeast Asia demersal fisheries. ICLARM Studies and Reviews 1: 1-35.
Pauly, D. (1989). Fisheries management in Southeast Asia: Why bother? In: Chua, T.E. and Pauly, D. (eds.) Coastal area management in Southeast Asia: policies, management strategies and case studies. ICLARM, Philippines, pp. 1-9.
Pauly, D. and Ingles, J. (1986). The relationship between shrimp yields and intertidal vegetation (mangrove) areas: a reassessment. In: Yafiez-Arancbia, A. and Pauly, D. (eds.), IOC/FAO Workshop on Recruitment in Tropical Coastal Demersal Communities. IOC Workshop Report No. 44-Supplement, pp. 277-282.
Pauly, G. (1991). Late Cenozoic sea level fluctuations and the diversity and species composition of insular shallow water marine faunas. In: Dudley, E. C. (ed.), The Unity of Evolutionary Biology. Proc. 4th Int. Congress of Systematics and Evolutionary Biology. Discorides Press, Portland, Oregon
Pautot, G. (1986). Spreading direction in the central South China Sea. Nature 321: 150- 154.
Pearce, R. J. (1991). Management of the marine environment in Western Australia: An ecosystem approach. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 23: 567-572.
Pearse, V. B. and Muscatine, L. (1971). Role of symbiotic algae (zooxanthellae) in coral calcification. Biol. Bull 141: 350-363.
Pearson, R. G. (1981). Recovery and recolonization of coral reefs. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 4: 105-122.
Pellant, C. and Phillips, R (1990). Rocks, Minerals & Fossils of the World. Little, Brown and Company, Boston, Toronto, London. 175 pp.
Pemerintah Kabupaten Dati II. (1992). Rencana Umum Tata Ruang Daerah Kabupaten Daerah Tingkat II, Flores Timur. Pemerintah Kabupaten Dati II and P.T. Multicipta Rancana Selaras, Bandung. Unpublished Report.
Penck, A. (1894). Morphologie der Erdoberflache. J. Engelhorn, Stuttgart, 2 vols.
Penck, A. (1896). Das grosse Australische Wallriffe. Vortage Verein z. Verbr. Naturw. Kenntnisse in Wien, 36, Np. 13.
Penhale, P. A. and Wetzel, R. G. (1983). Structural and functional adaptations of eelgrass (Zostera marina) to the anaerobe sediment environment. Can. J. Bot. 61: 1421-1428.
Peristiwady, T. (1991). Peuplement ichthyologique de l'herbier domine par Enhalus acoroides, Seram Quest, Archipel des Moluques, Indonesie: Biologie, regime alimentaire et reseaux trophique. Desertasi, Universite Paris VI, Paris, 264p.
Peristiwady, T. (1992). Studi pendahuluan struktur komunitas ikan di padang lamun Pulau Osi dan Pulau Marsegu, Seram Barat, maluku Tengah. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 27-38.
Peristiwady, T. (1994a). Ichthyofauna of the seagrass beds at the Osi and Marsegu Islands, West Ceram: I. Community structure. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya. Balai Penelitian dan Pengambangan Sumberdaya Laut, Pusat Penelitian dan Pengambangan Oseanologi, Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, Volume 7: 35-53.
Peristiwady, T. (1994b). Makanan ikan-ikan utama di padang lamun Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W. Moosa, M.K and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 112-125.
Pernetta, J. C. (1977). Observations on the habits and morphology of the sea snake Laticauda colubrina (Schneider) in Fiji. Can. J. Zool 55(10): 1612-1619.
Perron, F. E. and Kohn, A. J. (1985). Larval dispersal and geographic distribution in coral reef gastropods of the genus Conus. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 4: 95-100.
Petersen, B. (1991). Meeting on Conservation and management of tropical inland waters, Hong Kong, 1-9 Sept. 1991.
Peterson, B. J. and Fry, B. (1987). Stable isotopes in ecosystem studies. Annual Reviews in Ecology and Systematics 18: 293-320.
Peterson, B. J., Howarth, R. W. and Garritt, R. H. (1985). Multiple stable isotopes used to trace the flow of organic matter in estuarine food webs. Science 227: 1361-1363.
Petroconsultants Australasia Pty Ltd. (1991). Southeast Asian Tectonics. Multiclient Study Report, 6 chapters plus enclosures.
Pettitt, J. M. (1984). Aspects of flowering and pollination in marine angiosperms. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 22: 315-342.
Philip, J. M. and Airaud-Crumiere, C. (1991). The demise of the rudist-bearing carbonate platforms at the Cenomanian/Turonian boundary: a global control. Coral Reefs 10: 115-125.
Phillips, J. A. (1990). Chlorophyta and Euglenophyta. In: Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J. (eds.), Biology of Marine Plants. Longman Cheshire, Melbourne, pp. 184-212.
Phillips, R. C. (1984). The ecology of eelgrass meadows in the Pacific Northwest: A community profile. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Report FWS/BS-84/24.
Phillips, R. C. and Menez, E. G. (1988). Sea-grasses. Smithsonian Contr. Mar. Sci. No. 34: 104 pp.
Phipps, C. V. G. and Roberts, H. H. (1988). Seismic characteristics and accretion history of Halimeda bioherms on Kalukalukuang Bank, eastern Java Sea (Indonesia). Coral Reefs 6: 149-159.
Pigram, C. J. and Davies, H. L. (1987). Terranes and the accretion history of the New Guinea Orogen. BMRJ. Aust. Geol. Geophys. 10: 193-211.
Pigram, C. J. and Panggabean, H. (1983). Age of the Banda Sea, eastern Indonesia. Nature 301: 231-233.
Pigram, C. J. and Panggabean, H.' (1984). Rifting of the northeastern margin of the Australian continent and the origin of some microcontinents in eastern Indonesia. Tectonophysics 107: 331-353.
Pigram, C. J., Surono and Supandjono, J. B. (1985). Origin of the Sula Platform, eastern Indonesia. Geology 13: 246-248.
Pimm, S. L. (1991). The balance of nature'?University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois.
Pinna, G. (1980). Les Fossiles Invertebres. Editions Atlas, Paris.
Piola, A. R. and Gordon, A. R. (1984). Pacific and Indian Ocean upper-layer salinity budget. J. Phys. Ocean. 14, 747-753.
Pirazzoli, P. A., Radtke, U., Hantoro, W. S., Jouannic, C, Hoang, C. T., Causse, C. and Borel Best, M. (1991). Quaternary raised coral-reef terraces on Sumba Island, Indonesia. Science 252: 1834-1836.
Pirazzoli, P. A., Radtke, U., Hantoro, W. S., Jouannic, C, Hoang, C. T., Causse, C. and Borel Best, M. (1993). A one million-yearold sequence of marine terraces on Sumba island, Indonesia. Mar. Geol. 109: 221-236.
Pitman, W. C. I. and Talwani, M. (1972). Sea floor spreading in the North Atlantic. Bulletin of the Geological Society 83: 619-646.
Piyakarnchana, T. (1981). Some ecological factors limiting the distribution of Acanthaster plana (L.) in the Gulf of Thailand. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp. 2: 613-617.
Plank, T. and Langmuir, C. H. (1993). Tracing trace elements from sediment input to volcanic output at subduction zones. Nature 362: 739-743.
Pointer, I. R., Walker, D. I. and Coles, R. G. (1989). Regional studies-seagrasses of tropical Australia. Chapter 10. 7h:Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 279-303.
Policansky, D. (1982). Sex change in plants and animals. Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 13: 471-495.
Pollard, D. A. (1984). A review of ecological studies on seagrass fish communities, with particular reference to recent studies in Australia. Aquat. Bot. 18: 3-42.
Pollard, P. C. and Kogure, K. (1993). The role of epiphytic and epibenthic algal productivity in a tropical seagrass, Syringodium isoetifolium (Aschers.) Dandy, community. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 141-154.
Polunin, N. V. G. (1983). The marine resources of Indonesia. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 21: 455-531.
Pond, S. and Pickard, A. R. (1978). Introductory Dynamic Oceanography. Pergamon Press, Toronto.
Poorter, R. P. E., Varekamp, J. C, Sriwana, T., Van Bergen, M. J., Erfan, R. D., Suharyono, L., Wirakusumah, A. D. and Vroon, P. Z. (1989). Geochemistry of hot springs and fumarolic gases from the Banda Arc. -Neth.f. Sea Res. 24(2/3): 323-331.
Poovachifanon, S., Boto, K. and Duke, N. (1986). Food preference studies and ingestion rate measurements of the mangrove amphipod parhyale hawaiensis(Dana). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 98:129-140.
Porcher, M. (1993). Intertropical Coastal and Coral Reef Areas and theirDevelopment: Practical Guide, Study Methodologies, Technical Recommendations. Ministere de l'Environmement Francais, 238 pp.
Porter, J. W. (1972a). Predation by Acanthasterand its effect on coral species diversity. Am. Nat. 106: 487-492.
Porter, J. W. (1972b). Patterns of species diversity in Caribbean reef corals. Ecology 53: 745-748.
Porter, J. W. (1974). Community structure of coral reefs on opposite sides of the Isthmus of Panama. Science 186: 543-545.
Porter, J. W. (1976). Autotrophy, heterotrophy and resource partitioning in Caribbean reef-building corals. Am. Nat. 110: 731-742.
Potts, D. C. (1981). Evolutionary disequilibrium among Indo-Pacific corals. Bull. Mar. Sci. 33(3): 619-632.
Potts, D. C. (1983). Evolutionary disequilibrium among Indo-Pacific corals. Bull. Mar. Sci. 33(3): 619-632.
Potts, D. C. (1985). Sea-level fluctuations and speciation in Scleractinia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 4: 127-132.
Pourtales, L. F. (1863). Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at great depths. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard, Vol. I.
Pourtales, L. F. (1879). Reports on the dredging operations of the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake: Corals. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard, Vol. V.
Prahl, H. von. (1983). Blanqueo masivo y muerte de corales en la Isla de Gorgona, Pacofoco Colombiano. Cespedesia 12: 125-129.
Pramudji (1989). Telaah ekologi mangrove di daerah Tawiri, Teluk Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K. (eds.), Teluk Ambon II: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 45-52.
Praseno, D. P. and Amdan, Q. (1978). Noctiluca miliaris SURIRAY perairan Teluk Jakarta. Oseanologi di Indonesia 11: 1-25.
Praseno, D. P. and Arinardi, O. H. (1971). Volue plankton dan penyebarannya de perairan Pulau-Pulau Seribu pada musimmusim Timur dan Barat. Oseanologi di Indonesia 2: 27-40.
Pratiwi, R. I., Al-Hakim, Aswandy, I., Genisa, A. S. and Mudjiono. (1993). Komunitas fauna epibentik di perairan padang lamun goba besar, Pulau Pari, Kepulauan Seribu. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Laporan Tekhnis.
Pratt, B. R. (1982). Stromatolite decline: a reconsideration. Geology 10: 512-515.
Prawiroatmodjo, S., Sapulete, D., Pratignyo, S. E. and Budiman, A. (1984). Structural analysis of mangrove vegetation at Elpapithih and Wailale, Ceram, Indonesia. Paper presented at the Conference on Tidal Wetlands of the Australian Monsoonal Region Darwin, 5-11 November 1984, 8 pp.
Prawoto, D., Suharsono, Adrim, M., Hadikusumah, Kiswara, W., Subardi, Sriyono and Ibrahim, A. (1992). Wisata Bahari Teluk Lampung. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Proyek Penelitian dan Pengembangan Sumberdaya Laut, Jakarta.
Primack, R. B., Duke, N. C. and Tomlinson, P. B. (1981). Floral morphology in relation to pollination ecology in five Queensland coastal plants. Austrobaileya 4: 346-355.
Pringle, C. M., Rowe, G. L., Triska, F. J., Fernandez, J. F. and West, J. (1993).- Landscape linkages between geothermal activity and solute composition and ecological response in surface waters draining the Atlantic slope of Costa Rica. Limnol. Oceanogr. 38: 753-774.
Purdy, E. G. (1974a). Reef configuration: cause and effect. In: Laporte, L. F. (ed.), Reefs in Time and Space. S.E.M.P., Spec. PubL, 18: 9-76.
Purdy, E. G. (1974b). Karst-determined fades patterns in British Honduras: Holocene carbonate sedimentation model. Amer. Assoc. Petrol Geol Bull. 58: 825-855.
Purdy, G. M. and Derrick. (1978). A seismic refraction experiment in the Central Banda Sea. J. Geophys. Res. 83 (B5): 22472257.
Pyke, G. H. (1984). Optimal foraging theory: a critical review. Annu. Rev. Ecol Syst. 15: 523-575.
Qasim, S. Z. and Bhattathiri, P. M. A. (1971). Primary production of a seagrass bed on Kavaratti Atoll (Laccadives). Hydrobiol 381: 29-38.
Quoy, J. R. and Gaimard, J. P. (1825). Memoir sur l'accroissement des polypes lithophytes considere geologiquement. Annls. Sci. Nat. 6: 373-390.
Rabanal, M. R. (1982). The resources in inland waters, their utilizations and management. Proceedings of the Seminar of Inland Waters. Research and Development Centre of Agriculture, Jakarta : 221-227.
Rabinowitz, D. (1978). Early growth of mangrove seedlings in Panama, and a hypothesis concerning the realtionship of dispersal and zonation. J Biogeogr. 5: 113-133.
Radinsky, L. B. (1987). TheEvolution of Vertebrate Design. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 188 pp.
Radjab, A. W., Dody, S. and Hukom, F. D. (1992). Komunitas ikan di padang lamun perairan Passo, Teluk Baguala. In:Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 39-46.
Rahayu, D. L. (1984). Keanekaragamanjenis dan biomassa rumput laut di beberapa daerah Maluku Tengah. Oseanologi di Indonesia, 18: 21-34.
Rahayu, D. L. (1994). Hermit crabs (Decapoda: Diagenidae, Paguridae) of Kotania Bay, Seram Island, Indonesia. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya, 7: 73-90.
Randall, R. H. and Eldredge, L. G. (1983). A marine survey of the shoalwater habitats of Ambon, Pulau Pombo, Pulau Kasa, and Pulau Babi, Indonesia. University of Guam Marine Laboratory, 99 pp.
Ranson, G. (1955). La consolidation des sediments calcaires dans les regions tropicales. C. R. Acad. Sci. Pans. 240: 640-642.
Rasmussen, A. R. (1987). Persian Gulf sea snake Hydrophis lapemoides (Gray): new records from Phuket Island, Andaman Sea, and the southern part of the Strait of Malacca. Nat. Hist. Bull Siam Soc. 35: 57-58.
Rasmussen, C. E., Cuff, C. and Hopley, D. (1993). Evidence of anthropogenic disturbances retained in the skeleton of massive corals from Australia's Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp. 1: 201-210.
Rasmussen, E. (1977). The wasting disease of eelgrass (Zostera marina) and its effects on environmental factors and fauna. In:McRoy, C. P. and Helfferich, C. A. (eds.), Seagrass Ecosystems: a Scientific Perspective. M. Dekker, New York, pp. 1-51.
Rau, M. T. and Murphy, D. H. (1990). Herbivore attack on mangrove plants at Ranong. Mangrove Ecosystems Occasional Papers 7: 25-36.
Raup, D. M. (1988). Diversity crisis in the geological past. In: Wilson, E. O. and Peter, F. M. (eds.), Biodiversity. National Academy Press, Washington, D.C., pp. 51-57.
Raven, J. A. (1977). Th evolution of vascular land plants in relation to supracellular transport processes. Adv. Bot. Res, 5: 153-219.
Raven, J. A. and Axelrod, D. I. (1974). Angiosperm biogeography and past continental movements. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gdn. 61: 539-674.
Ray, G. C. (1988). Ecological diversity in coastal zones and oceans, pp. 36-50. In:Wilson, E. O. (ed.) Biodiversity. National Academic Press, Washington, D.C.
Raymond, A. and Phillips, T. L. (1983). Evidence of an Upper Carboniferous mangrove community. Chapter 2. In: Teas, H. J. (ed.), The biology and ecology of mangroves. Tasks for Vegetation Science 8. Junk, The Hague.
Raymont, J. E. G. (1963). Plankton and Productivity in the Oceans. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 660 pp.
Rayner, R. F. and Drew, E. A. (1984). Nutrient concentrations and primary productivity at the Peros Banhos and Salomon Atolls in the Chagos Archipelago. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 18(2): 121-132.
Renault, J. P., Malod, J. A., Larue, M., Burhanuddin, S. and Sarmili, L. (1991). A new sketch of the central North Banda Sea, Eastern Indonesia. J, of Southeast Asian Earth Sci. 6 (3-4): 329-334.
Renault, J. P., Auzende, J. M., Malod, J. A., Villeneau, M., Clermonte, J., Burhanuddin, S., Gilg-Gapar, L. and Sarmili, L. (1993). Recent polyphased evolution of the Banda Sea. Preliminary results of French-Indonesian Joint Project. In: 10th Anniversary of French Indonesian Cooperation in Oceanography, Jakarta, pp. 89-101.
Reimer, A. A. (1971). Observations on the relationship between several species of tropical zoanthids (Zoanthidae, Coelenterata) and their zooxanthellae. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 7: 207-217.
Reiswig, H. M. (1974). Water transport, respiration and energetics of three tropical marine sponges. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 14: 231-249.
Renne, P. R. and Basu, A. R. (1991). Rapid eruption of the Siberian traps flood basalts at the Permo-Triassic boundary. Science 253:176-179.
Renon, J. P. (1977). Zooplankton du lagon et des abords exterieurs de l'atoll de Moruroa. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr., Paris, 53(2): 217-236.
Renvoize, S. A. (1979). The origins of Indian Ocean floras. In: Bramwell, D. (ed.), Plants and Islands, pp. 107-129. Academic Press, London.
RePPProT (1985-1989) (Regional Physical Planning Programme for Transmigration). Review of Phase I Results. West Kalimantan (1985); South and Central Kalimantan (1986); Irian Jaya (1986); Sumatra (1988); Java and Bali (1989); and Maluku and Nusa Tenggara (1989). Each consists of 2 volumes, plus 3 sets of maps. ODA, U.K., with Ministry of Transmigration, Government of Indonesia.
Retllack, G. and Dilcher, D. L. (1981). A coastal hypothesis for the dispersal and rise to dominance of flowering plants. In:Niklas, K J. (ed.), Paleobotany, paleoecology and evolution. Praeger, New York, pp. 27-77.
Rheinheimer, G. (1980). Aquatic Microbiology. 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, New York, Brisbane, Toronto.
Rhodes, F. H. T. (1991). Geology. (Revised ed.). Western Publishing Company, New York, 160 pp.
Rice, M. K. (1969). Possible boring structure of sipunculids. Amer. Zool. 9: 803-812.
Richard, G. (1985). Fauna and flora, a first compendium of French Polynesian dwellers: Mollusca. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti 1: 412-445.
Richmond, R. H. (1993). Coral reefs: present problems and future concerns resulting from anthropogenic disturbance. Amer. Zool. 33: 524-536.
Rieppel, O. (1980). The perilymphatic system of the skull of Typhlos and Acrochordus, with comments on the origin of snakes. Journal of Herpetology 14(1): 105-108.
Riopelle, M. J. (1995). The economic valuation of coral reefs: a case study of West Lombok, Indonesia. M.Sc. Thesis, Dalhousie University, Canada, 90 pp.
Rippka, R. and Cohen-Bazier, G. (1983). The Cyanbacteriales: a legitimate order based on the type strain Cyanobacterium stanieri? Ann. Microbiol. (Inst. Pasteur), 134(B): 83-86.
Rippka, R., Waterbury, J. B. and Stanier, R. Y. (1981). Provisional generic assignments for cyanobacteria in pure culture. In:Starr, M. P., Stolp, H., Truper, H. G., Baldos, A. and Schlegal, H. G. (1981). The Prokaryotes, I. Springer, Berlin, pp. 247-256.
Rippka, R., Deruelles, J., Waterbury, J. B., Herdman, M. and Stanier, R. Y. (1979). Generic assignments, strain histories and properties of pure cultures of cyanobacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 111: 1-61.
Risk, M. J. (1992). Musings on monitoring. Reef Encounter 12: 7-9.
Risk, M. J. and Kramer, J. R. (1981). Water chemistry inside coral heads: determination of pH, Ca and Mg. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila, Abstracts: p. 54:
Risk, M. J. and Muller, H. R. (1983). Pore-water in coral heads: evidence for nutrient regeneration. Limnol. Oceanogr. 28: 1004-1008.
Risk, M. J., Pagani, S. E. and Elias, R. J. (1987). Another internal clock: Preliminary estimates of growth rates based on cycles of algal boring activity. Palaios 2: 323-331.
Risk, M. J., Sammarco, P. W. and Edinger, E. N. (1995). Bioerosion in Acropora across the continental shelf of the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 14: 79-86.
Risk, M. J., Dunn, J. J., Allison, W. R. and Horrill, C. (1993). Reef monitoring in Maldives and Zanzibar: low-tech and high-tech science. In : Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 66-72. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Robert, H. (1985). Project Summary: Java Sea. Carbonate Platfroms. In: Cook, R. E. (compiler), Guide Book to Pulau Seribu West Java Sea, Indonesia. BESSINDO Agung P.T., Jakarta. Roberts, D., Soemodihardjo, S. and Kastoro, W. (1982). Shallow Water Marine Molluscs of north-west Java. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional, Jakarta, pp. 143.
Roberts, D. G. (1993). Root-hair structure and development in the seagrass Halophila ovalis (R. Br.) Hook. f. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 85-100.
Roberts, H. H., Aharon, P. and Phipps, C. V. (1988). Morphology and sedimentology of Halimeda bioherms from the eastern Java Sea (Indonesia). Coral Reefs 6: 161-172.
Roberts, H. H., Phipps, C. V. and Effendi, L. (1987a). Halimeda bioherms of the eastern Java Sea, Indonesia. Geology 15: 371-374.
Roberts, H. H., Phipps, G. V. and Effendi, L.L. (1987b). Morphology of large Halimeda bioherms, eastern Java Sea (Indonesia). Geo-Marine Letters 7: 7-14.
Roberts, J. L. (1989). The Macmillan Field Guide to Geological Structures. The Macmillan Press, London, 250 pp.
Roberts, M. (1980). Endolithic algae in Barbados reef corals. M.Sc. Thesis, McGill University. 42 pp.
Roberts, T. R. (1978). An ichthyological survey of the Fly River in Papua New Guinea with descriptions of new species. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. No. 281: 72 pp.
Robertson, A. I. (1986). Leaf-burying crabs: their influence on energy flow and export from mixed mangrove forests (Rhizopora spp.) in northeastern Australia. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 102: 237-248.
Robertson, A. I. (1986). Decomposition of mangrove leaf litter in tropical Australia. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 116: 235-247.
Robertson, A. I. (1987). The determination of trophic relationships in mangrove-dominated systems: areas of darkness. In: Field, CD. (ed.), Mangrove Ecosystems of Asia and the Pacific: status, exploitation and management. AIMS and Australian Committee for Mangrove Research, Townsville, Australia, pp. 292-304.
Robertson, A. I. (1988a). Decomposition of mangrove leaf litter in tropical Australia. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 116: 235-247.
Robertson, A. I. (1988b). Abundance, diet and predators of juvenile banana prawns, Penaeus merguiensis, in a tropical mangrove estuary. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 39: 467-478.
Robertson, A. I. (1991). Plant-animal interactions and the structure and function of mangrove forest ecosystems. Aust. J. Ecol. 16: 433-443.
Robertson, A. I. and Daniel, P. A. (1989a). The influence of crabs on litter processing in high intertidal mangrove forests in tropical Australia. Oecologia 78: 191-198.
Robertson, A. I. and Daniel, P. A. (1989b). Decomposition and the annual flux of detritus from fallen timber in tropical mangrove forests. Limnol. Oceanogr. 34(3): 650-646.
Robertson, A. I. and Duke, N. C. (1987a). Insect herbivory on mangrove leaves in North Queensland. Aust. J. Ecol. 12: 1-7.
Robertson, A. I. and Duke, N. C. (1987b). Mangroves as nursery sites: comparsions of abundance and species composition of fish and crustaceans in mangroves and other nearshore habitats in tropical Australia. Mar. Biol. 96: 193-205.
Robertson, A. I., Dixon, P. and Daniel, P. A. (1988). Zooplankton dynamics in mangrove and other nearshore habitats in tropical Australia. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 43: 139-150.
Robertson, E. L., McComb, A. J. and Kuo, J. (1985). Root development in the seagrass Halophila ovalis (R. Br.) Hook. f. (Hydrocharitaceae), with particular reference to root lacunae. New Phytol. 100: 25-36.
Robinson, G. (1985). The influence of the 1982-83 El Nino on Galapagos marine life. In: Robinson, G. and del Pino, E. M. (eds.), El Nino in the Galapagos Islands: the 1982-1983 Event. Fundacion Charles Darwin para las Islas Galapagos, Quito, Ecuador, pp. 153-190.
Rodelli, M. R., Gearing, J. N., Gearing, P. J., Marshall, N. and Sasekumar, A. (1984). Stable isotope ratio as a tracer of mangrove carbon in Malaysian ecosystems. Oecologia 61: 326-333.
Rogers, C. S. (1979). The effects of shading on coral reef structure and function. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 41: 269-288.
Rogers, C. S. (1983). Sublethal and lethal effects of sediments applied to common Caribbean reef corals in the field. Mar. Pollution Bull. 14: 378-382.
Rogers, C. S. (1990). Responses of coral reefs and reef organisms to sedimentation. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 62: 185-202.
Rollon, R. N. and Fortes, M. D. (1991). Structural affinities of seagrass communities in the Philippines. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 333-346. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Romanek, G. S., Jones, D. S., Williams, D. F., Krantz, D. E. and Radtke, R. (1987). Stable isotopic investigation of physiological and environmental changes recorded in shell carbonate from the giant clam Tridacna maxima. Marine Biology 94: 385-393.
Romimohtarto, K. and Hindarti, D. (1990). Abundance of planktonic crustacean larvae, especially decapods, in the northern Arafura Sea in relation to the monsoon. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25 (4): 585-589.
Romimohtarto, K. and Sutomo. (1988). A note on the stocks of giant clams in Pari Islands and Helen Reef, Indonesia. In:Copland, J. W. and Lucas, J. S. (eds.), Giant Clams in Asia and the Pacific. Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research, Canberra, p. 258.
Rooney, W. S. and Perkins, R. D. (1972). Distribution and geologic significance of microboring organisms within sediments of the Arlington Reef complex, Australia. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 83: 1139-1150.
Rose, C. S. and Risk, M. J. (1985). Increase in Cliona delitrix infestation of Montastrea cavernosa on an organically polluted portion of the Grand Cayman fringing reef. Mar. Ecol. 6(4): 345-363.
Rosen, B. R. (1971a). Principal fatures of reef coral ecology in shallow water environments of Mahe, Seychelles. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lonf. 28: 163-183.
Rosen, B. R. (1971b). The distribution of reef corals. Rep. Underwater Ass. 1: 1-16.
Rosen, B. R. (1975). The distribution of reef corals. Rep. Underwater Assoc. 1: 2-16.
Rosen, B. R. (1981). The tropical high diversity enigma-the corals'-eye view. In: Forey, P. L. (ed.) Chance, change and challenge. British Museum (Natural History), and Cambridge University Press, pp. 103-129.
Rosen, B. R. (1984). Reef coral biogeography and climate through the late Cainozoic: Just islands in the sun or a critical pattern of islands. In: Brenchley, P. (ed.) Fossils and Climate. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, pp. 201-264.
Rosen, B. R. (1988). Progress, problems and patterns in the biogeography of reef corals and other tropical marine organisms. Helgolander Meeresunters 42: 269-301.
Rosen, B. R. (1992). Origin of the 'Conventional Coral Reef: Who are the guilty men? Reef Encounter 11: 12-15.
Rosen, B. R. and Taylor, J. D. (1969). Reef corals from Aldabra: new mode of reproduction. Science 166: 119-121.
Rosidi, H. M. D., Suwitodirdjo, K., and Tjokrosapoetro, S. (1981). Geologic map of the Kupang-Atambua quadrangles, Timor. 1:250,000. Indonesian Geological Research and Development Centre.
Ross, D. A. (1977). Introduction to Oceanography. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 438 pp.
Rougerie, F. and Wauhty, B. (1993). The endo-upwelling concept: from geothermal convection to reef construction. Coral Reefs 12: 19-30.
Roughgarden, J. (1989). The structure and assembly of communities. In: Rough-garden, J., May, R. M. and Levin, S. A. (eds.), Perspectives in ecological theory, pp. 203-226. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
Rounick, J. S. and Winterbourn, M. J. (1986). Stable carbon isotopes and carbon flow in ecosystems: measuring 13C to 12C ratios can help trace carbon pathways. BioScience36(3): 171-177.
Ru, K. and Pigott, J. D. (1986). Episodic rifting and subsidence in the South China Sea. AAPG Bull. 70: 1136-1155.
Ruitenbeek, H. J. (1991). Mangrove Management: An Economic Analysis of Management Options with a Focus on Bintuni Bay, Irian Java. EMDI/KLH, Jakarta, 90 pp.
Russell, B. C. and Houston, W. (1989). Offshore fishes of the Arafura Sea. The Beagle 6(1): 69-84.
Russell, D. J. (1990). Epiphytes: biomass and abundance. In: Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Seagrass research methods. UNESCO, Paris, pp. 113-114.
Russo, A. R. (1980). Bioerosion by two rock boring echinoids (Echinometra mathaei and Echinostrophus aciculatus) on Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands. J. Mar. Res. 38: 99 -110.
Rutten, L. M. R. (1927). Voordrachten over de geologie van Nederlandsch Oost-Indie, pp. 635-649.
Rutten, M. G. (1940). On Devonian limestones with Clathrodictyon cf. spatiosum and Heliolites porosus from eastern Borneo. Nederlanssche Akademie van wetenschappen Proceedings 43: 3-6.
Riitzler, K and Macintyre, I. G. (1982). The habitat distribution and community structure of the barrier reef complex at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. In: Riitzler, K and Macintyre, I. G. (eds.), The Atlantic Barrier ReefEcosystem at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. I. Structure and Communities, pp.9-45. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.
Rutzler, K and Rieger, G. (1973). Sponge burrowing: Fine structure of Cliona lampa penetrating calcareous substrata. Mar. Biol. 21: 144-162.
Ruzie, G. and Gachon, A. (1985). Contribution of geophysical techniques in carbonate studies of the atolls. Application to the investigation of the structure of Mururoa Atoll, French Polynesia. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 6: 381-388.
Sabar, F., Djajasasmita, M. and Budiman, A. (1979). Susunan dan penyebaran moluska dan krustacea pada beberapa hutan rawa payau: suata studi pendahuluan, In: Soemodihardjo, S., Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Prosiding Seminar Ekosistem Hutan Mangrove. Lembaga Oseanology Nasional, Jakarta, pp. 120-125.
Sachet, M. H., Stoddart, D. R. and Fosberg, F.R. (eds.) (1983). Floristics and ecology of western Indian Ocean islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 273: 1-253.
Saenger, P. (1982). Morphological, anatomical and reproductive adaptations of Australian mangroves. In: Clough, B. F. (ed.), Mangrove Ecosystems in Australia: Structure, function and management. Australian Institute of Marine Science and Australian National University Press, Canberra, pp. 153-191.
Saenger, P., Hegerl, E. J. and Davie, J. D. S. (eds.) (1983). Global Status of Mangrove Ecosystems, pp. 3-88. IUCN, Reprinted from The Environmentalist, Vol. 3 (1983) Suppl. No. 3.
Saenger, P., Specht, M. M., Specht, R. L. and Chapman, V. J. (1977). Mangal and coastal salt-marsh communities in Australasia. In: Chapman, V. J. (ed.), Ecosystems of the World. 1. Wet Coastal Ecosystems.
Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 293-345.
Sakai, K. and Nishihara, M. (1981). Population study of the benthic foraminifer Baculogipsina sphaerulata on the Okinawa reef flat and preliminary estimation of its annual production. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 763-766.
Sale, P. F. (1988). What coral reefs can teach us about ecology? Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp. Townsville 1: 19-27.
Salim, E. (1988). Towards sustainable development of aquatic resources, pp. 3-7. In: Coastal Zone Management in the Strait of Malacca. Symposium on Environmental Research and Coastal Zone Management in the Strait of Malacca, Medan, Indonesia, 11-13 November 1985. DESC/EMDI, Dalhousie University, Canada.
Salm, R. V. (1984). Conservation of Marine and Littoral Habitats in Indonesia, IUCN/WWF Report, Volume 4, 78 pp.
Salm,, R.'V. (1984). Conservation of marine species in Indonesia. Vol. 5. IUCN/WWF Report, Bogor, 76 pp.
Salm, R. V. and Clark, J. R. (1984). Marine and Coastal Protected Areas: A guide for planners and managers. IUCN, 302 pp.
Salm, R. V. and Halim, M. (1984). Marine Conservation Atlas. IUCN/WWF Project 3108, Marine Conservation.
Salm, R. V., Sukotjo and Genolagani, J. (1982). Krakatau: survey of coastal habitats(Marine Conservation in Indonesia) Direktorat Perlindungan dan Pengawetan Alam, Bogor, Indonesia, 11 pp.
Salomons, W. and Mook, W. G. (1987). Natural tracers for sediment transport studies. Continental Shelf Research 1 (11/12): 1333-1343.
Salvant, B. (1987). Dredging in coral reefs. In: Salvat, B. (ed.), Human Impacts on Coral Reefs: Facts and Recommendations. Antenne Museum E.P.H.E., French Polynesia: 103-118.
Salvant, B. (1993). The 1991 bleaching event in the Society Islands, French Polynesia. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 73.
Salvant, B. and Venec-Peyre, M.-T. (1981). The living foraminifera in the Scilly Atoll lagoon (Society Island). Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 767 -774
Sammarco, P. W. (1982). Polyp bail-out: an escape response to environmental stress and a new means or reproduction in corals. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 10: 57-65.
Sammarco, P. W. (1982b). Echinoid grazing as a structuring force in coral communities: whole reef manipulations. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 61: 31-55.
Sammarco, P. W. and Risk, M. J. (1990). Large scale patterns in internal bioerosion of Pontes', cross continental shelf trends on the Great Barrier Reef. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 59: 145-156.
Sammarco, P. W., Levin ton, J. S. and Ogden, J. C. (1974). Grazing and control of coral reef community structure by Diadema antillarum Philippi (Echinodermata: Echinoidea): a preliminary study. J. Mar. Res. 32: 47-53.
Sammarco, P. W., Risk, M. J. and Rose, C. (1987). Effects of grazing and damselfish territoriality on internal bioerosion of dead coral: indirect effects. J, Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 112:185-199. Sand-Jensen, K., Prahl. C. and Stockholm, H. (1982). Oxygen release from the roots of submerged macrophytes. Oikos 38: 349-354.
Sander, N. J. and Humphrey, W. G. (1975). Tectonic framework of southeast Asia and Australasia: its significance in the occurrence of petroleum. World Petroleum Congress, Tokyo PD 7:1-25.
Sanders, H. L. (1968). Marine benthic diversity: A comparative study. Am. Nat. 102: 243-282.
Sanders, H. L. (1969). Benthic marine diversity and the stability-time hypothesis. Brook. Symp. Biol. 22: 71-80.
Santoso, H. (1993). Studi habitat peneluran dan tempat mencari makanan penyu hijau (Chelonia mudash.) di Pangumbahan dan Citirem, Kabupaten Sukabumi, Jawa Barat. Institut Pertanian Bogor, Bogor, 61 pp.
Sargent, M. G. and Austin, T. S. (1949). Organic productivity of an atoll. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union. 30: 245-249.
Sasajima, S., Nishimura, S., Hirooka, K, Otofuji, Y, Van Leeuwen, T. and Hehuwat, F. (1980). Paleomagnetic studies combined with fission-track datings on the western arc of Sulawesi, East Indonesia. Tectonophysics 64: 163-172.
Sasekumar, A. and Chong, V. C. (1987). Mangroves and prawns: further perspectives. Proc. 10th Annual Seminar of the Malaysian Society of Marine Science, pp. 10-21.
Sasekumar, A. and Loi, J. J. (1983). Litter production in three mangrove forest zones in the Malay Peninsula. Aquat. Bot. 17: 283-290.
Saunders, A. D. and Tarney, J. (1984). Geochemical characteristics of basaltic volcanism within back-arc basins. Marginal basin geology. Geol. Soc. London Spec. Publ. 16: 59-76.
Saunders, W. B. (1987). The species of Nautilus. In: Saunders, W. and Landman, N. (eds.), Nautilus, the Biology and Paleontology of a Living Fossil. Plenum Press, New York, pp. 563-578.
Savina, G. C. and White, A. T. (1986). Reef fish yields and nonreef catch of Pamilacan Island, Bohol, Philippines. In: Maclean, J. L., Dizon, L. B. and Hosillos, L. V. (eds.) Proceedings of the First Asian Fisheries Forum. Asian Fisheries Society, Manila, Philippines, pp. 497-500.
Savin, S. M., Abel, L., Barrera, E., Hodell, D., Kennett, J. P., Murphy, M., Keller, G., Killingley, J. and Vincent, E. (1985). The evolution of Miocene surface amd near-surface marine temperatures-oxygen isotope evidence. In: Kennett, J. P. (ed.), The Miocene ocean: paleoceanography and biogeography. GSA Memoir 163: 49-82.
Schalk, P. H. (1987). Monsoon-related changes in zooplankton biomass in the eastern Banda Sea and Aru Basin. Biol. Oceanogr. 5: 1-12.
Schalk, P. H. (1988a). On the zooplankton and micronecton from the Banda Sea region: seasonal variability. In: Schalk, P.H. (ed.), Monsoon influences on Biogeography and Ecology of Zooplankton and Micronekton of the Indo-Malayan Region. Academisch Proefschrift, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands, pp. 129-144
Schalk, P. H. (1988b). Respiratory electron transport system (ETS) activity in zooplankton and micronekton of the Indo-Pacific region. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 44: 25-35.
Schalk, P. H. (1990). Spatial and seasonal variation in pteropods (Mollusca) of the Indo-Malayan waters related to watermass distribution. Mar. Biol. 105: 59-71.
Schalk, P. H., Zijlstra, J. J. and Witte, J. I. J. (1990). Spatial and seasonal differences in acoustic recordings of the Banda Sea (Indonesia), obtained with a 30 kHz echosounder. Neth.f. Sea Res. 25(4): 611-620.
Schalk, P. H., Witte, J. I. J., Budihardjo, S. and Hatta, A. M. (1990). Monsoon influence on micronecton of the Banda Sea (Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 601-610.
Schlager, W. (1981). The.paradox of drowned reefs and carbonate platforms. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 92: 197-211.
Schlanger, S. O. (1986). High-frequency sea-level fluctuations in Cretaceous time: an emerging geophysical problem. In: Hsu, K. J. (ed.), Mesozoic and Cenozoic oceans. Am. Geophysical Union Geodynamics Ser. 15: 61-74.
Schmidt, F. H. and Ferguson, J. H. A. (1951). Rainfall types based on wet and dry period ratios for Indonesia and western new Guinea. Verh. Djawatan Mety. dan Geofisik, Jakarta 42.
Schmidtke, E., Dunn, J. R., Fuller, M. D. and Haston, R. (1985). Preliminary paleomagnetic results from Sabah and Sarawak, East Malaysia. EOS Trans. Am. Geophys. Union 66: 864.
Schneider, R. J. and Jones, V. (1992). Accelerator mass spectroscopy: Tracking carbon in the marine environment. Oceanus 35 (4): 93-95.
Scholander, P. F. (1968). How mangrove desalinate seawater. Physiol. Plantarum 21: 251-261.
Scholander, P. F., Bradstreet, E. D., Hammel, H. T. and Hemmingsenm, E. A. (1966). Sap concentrations in halophytes and some other plants. Plant Physiol 41: 529-532.
Scholander, P. F., Hammell, E. A., Hemmingsen, E. A. and Garey, W. (1962). Salt balance in mangroves. Plant Physiol 37: 722-729.
Schroeder, G. L. (1983). Stable isotope ratios as naturally occuring tracers in the aquatic food web. Aquaculture 30: 203-210.
Schuhmacher, H. and Zibrowius, H. (1985). What is hermatypic? A redefinition of ecological groups of corals and other organisms. Coral Reefs 4: 1-9.
Schulz, J. P. (1984). Turtle Conservation Strategy in Indonesia. IUCN/WW, Report No. 6, Bogor, 99 pp.
Schulz, J. P. (1987). Observations on sea turtles in Indonesia. IUCN Report, 56 pp.
Schulz, J. P. (1989). Observations on sea turtles in East Indonesia (with notes on nature conservation in general). IUCN Report, 85 pp.
Schulz, J. P. (1992). Marine turtle conservation and management program for the Aru Tengarra Marine Reserve Indonesia. Project 9873/JS/Mar. Turties.
Schwab, D. and Hofer, H. W. (1979). metabolism in the protozoan Allogromia laticollaris Arnold. Z. Mikosk. Anat. Forsch., Leipzig 93: 715-727.
Sclater, J. G. and Fisher, R. L. (1974). Evolution of the east central Indian Ocean, with emphasis on the tectonic setting of the Ninetyeast Ridge. Geol Soc. Amer. Bull 85: 683-702.
Scoffin, T. P. (1986). Banding in coral skeletons from Pulau Seribu as revealed by x-rays and U/V light values. In: Brown, B. E (ed.) Human induced damage to coral reefs: Results of a regional UNESCO (COMAR) workshop with advanced training, Diponegoro University, Jepara and National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta, Indonesia, May 1985. UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40: 126-134.
Scoffin, T. P. (1993). The geological effects of hurricanes on coral reefs arid the interpretation of storm deposits. Coral Reefs 12(3/4): 203-221.
Scoffin, T. P. and Stoddart, D. R (1978). The nature and significance of micro atolls. Phil Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 284: 99-122.
Scoffin, T. P. and Tudhope, A. W. (1985). Sedimentary environments of the central region of the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Coral Reefs 4: 81-93.
Scoffin, T. P., Stearn, C. W., Boucher, D., Frydl, P., Hawkins, C. M., Hunter, I. G. and MacGeachy, J. K (1980). Calcium carbonate budget of a fringing reef on the west coast of Barbados. Part II-erosion, sediments, and internal structure. Bull Mar. Sci. 30: 475-508.
SCORRAD (1990). Papers presented to the 6th Session of the Standing Committee on Resources Research and Development. FAOFish. Rep. (463) Suppl. 215 p.
Scott, G. A. J. and Rotondo, G. M. (1983). A model for the development of types of atolls and volcanic islands on the Pacific lithospheric plate. Atoll Res. Bull. 260: 1-33.
Scott, P. J. B. (1988). Distribution, habitat and morphology of the Caribban coral-and rock-boring bivalve, Lithophaga bisculata (d'Orbigny) (Mytilidae: Lithophaginae). J. Moll. Stud. 54: 83-95.
Scott, P. J. B. (1991). Rapid destruction of PVC piping by boring bivalves. Int. Biodet. 27: 87-92.
Scott, P. J. B., Moser, K A. and Risk, M. J. (1988). Bioerosion of concrete and limestone by marine organisms: A 13 year experiment from Jamaica. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 19(5): 219-222.
Scrutton, C. T. (1964). Periodicity in Devonian coral growth. Palaeontology 7: 552-558.
Scrutton, C. T. (1979). Early fossil cnidarians, pp. 161-207. In: House, M. R. (ed.) The Origins of Major Invertebrates Groups. Academic Press, London, New York.
Scrutton, C. T. and Clarkson, E. (1988). A new Palaeozoic scleractinianmorph coral. Fossil Cnidaria 18(2): 21-22.
Scrutton, M. E. (1976). Aspects of carbonate sedimentation in Indonesia. Proc. Indo. Petrol. Assoc. 5th Annual Conference, pp. 179-193.
Scrutton, M. E. (1978). Modern reefs in the West Java Sea. Proceedings of the carbonate seminar. Special Volume of the Indo. Petrol. Assoc, pp. 14-36.
Sculthrope, C. D. (1967). The Biology of Aquatic Vascular Plants, Edward Arnold, London, 610 pp.
Sedwick, P. N., McMurtry, G. M. and Tribble, G. W. (1991). Chemical alteration of seawater by lava from Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii. Mar. Geol. 96: 151-158.
Seibold, E. and Berger, W. H. (1982). The Sea Floor: An Introduction to Marine Geology. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 288 pp.
Semper, C. (1863). Reisebericht (Palau-Inseln). Zeits. f. Wiss. Zool. 13: 558-570.
Sengor, A. M. C. (1984). The Cimmeride orogenic system and the tectonics of Eurasia. Geological Society of America Special Paper 195.
Sengor, A. M. G. and Hsu, K J. (1984). The Cimmerides of eastern Asia: history of the eastern end of the Paleo-Tethys. Memoire de la societe geologique de France 147: 139-167.
Serene, R. and Moosa, M. K. (1971). New and few known species of Brachyura from Ambon. Mar. Res. Indonesia 11: 3-18.
Setchell, W. A. (1915). The law of temperature connected with the distribution of the marine algae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 2: 287-305.
Setchell, W. A. (1920). Geographical distribution of the marine spermatophytes. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 47: 563-579.
Setchell, W. A. (1926a). Nullipore versus* coral in reef-fromation. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 65:136-140.
Setchell, W. A. (1926b). A botanical view of coral reefs, especially those of the Indo-Pacific region. Proc. 3rd Pan Pacific Sci. Congr., Tokyo, 2: 1837-1843.
Setchell, W. A. (1935). Geographic elements of the marine flora of the North Pacific Ocean. Amer. Nat. 69: 560-577.
Setiapermana, D., Nontji, A. and Sudibyo, B.S. (1980a). Klorofil fitoplankton di Teluk Jakarta. In: Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologi dan Geologi, Tahun 19751979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp. 99-106.
Setiapermana, D., Nontji, A. and Sudibyo, B. S. (1980b). Pengaruh musim terhadap kandungan seston di Teluk Jakarta. In:Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologi dan Geologi, Tahun 1975-1979. LIPI, Jakarta, pp. 107-117.
Setyawan, W. B. (1991). Geomorphology pesisir Teluk Ambon dan pengaruhanya terhadap pola penyerbaran mangrove. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarny 1991: 81-87.
Setyawan, W. B. (1992). Faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi pola sedimentasi di pantai Teluk Ambon. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarny 1992: 75-81.
Setyono, D. E., Wouthuyzen, S. and Peristiwady, T. (1991). Komunitas ikan di daerah padang lamun dan terumbu karang perairan Tanimbar, Maluku Tenggara. In:Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku Tenggara. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 17-27.
Sewell, R. B. S. (1932). The coral coasts of India. Geogr. Journ. 79: 449-465.
Seyfried, W. E. and Bischoff, J. L. (1977). Hydrothermal transport of heavy metals by seawater: the role of the seawater/basalt ratio. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 34:71-77.
Seyfried, W. E. and Mottl, M. J. (1982). Hydrothermal alteration of basalt by seawater under seawater-dominated conditions. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 46: 9851002.
Shackleton, N. (1987). Oxygen isotopes, ice volume and sea level. QSci Rev 6:183-190.
Shanks, A. L. and Trent, J. D. (1979). Marine snow: microscale nutrient patches. Limnol. Oceanogr. 24: 850-854.
Shepherd, S. A., McComb, A. J., Bulthuis, D. A., Neverauskas, V., Steffensen, D. A. and West, R. (1989). Decline of seagrasses. In:Larkum, A. W. D., McComb, A. J. and Shepherd, S. A. (eds.), Biology of Seagrasses. Aquatic Plant Studies 2, Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 346-393.
Sheppard, C. R. C. (1980). Coral cover, zonation and diversity on reefs slopes of Chagos Atolls, and population structures of the major species. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 2: 193-205.
Sheppard, C. R. C. (1982). Coral populations on reef slopes and their major controls. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 7: 83-115.
Sheppard, C. R. C. (1983). A Natural History of the Coral Reef. Blandford Press, Poole, Dorset, pp. 152.
Sheppard, C. R. C. (1988). Similar trends, different causes; responses of corals to stressed environments in Arabian seas. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp. 3: 297-302.
Sheppard, C, Price, A. and Roberts, C. (1992). Marine Ecology of the Arabian Region: Patterns and Processes in Extreme Tropical Environments. Academic Press, London, 359 pp.
Shibata, K. (1969). Pigments and a UV-absorbing substance in corals and a blue-green alga living in the Great Barrier Reef. Plant Cell Physiol. 10: 325-335.
Shlesinger, Y. and Loya, Y. (1985). Coral community reproductive patterns: Red Sea versus the Great Barrier Reef. Science 228: 1333-1335.
Short, F. T. (1987). Effects of sediment nutrients on seagrasses: Literature review and mesocosm experiment. Aquat. Bot. 27: 41-57.
Shuntov, V. P. (1972). Sea snakes of the North Australian Shelf (translation). Ekologiya 4: 65-72.
Siebeck, O. (1988). Experimental investigation on UV tolerance in hermatypic corals (Scleractinia). Mar. Ecol Prog. Ser. 43: 95-103.
Siegrist, H. G. J. and Randall, R. H. (1989). Sampling implications of stable isotopes in Holocene reef corals from the Mariana Islands. Micronesica 22(2): 173-189.
Sigurdsson, H., Carey, S., Mandeville, C. and Bronto, S. (1991). Pyroclastic flows of the 1883 Krakatau eruption. EOS 72 (36): 377-381.
Silver, E. A. and Smith, R. B. (1983). A comparison of terrane accretion in modern Southeast Asia and the Mesozoic North American Cordillera. Geology 11: 198-202.
Silver, E. A., Reed, D., McCaffrey, R., and Joyodiwiryo, J. (1983). Back arc thrusting in the eastern Sunda arc, Indonesia: a consequence of arc-continent collision. J. Geophys. Res. 88 (B9): 7429-7448.
Silver, E. A., Gill, J. B., Schwarz, D., Prasetyo, H. and Duncan, R. (1985). Evidence for a submerged and displaced borderland, north Banda Sea, Indonesia. Geology 13: 687-691.
Silvius, M. J. (1986). Survey of coastal wetlands in Sumatra Selatan and Jambi, Indonesia. March-April 1986. PHPAINTERWADER Report No. 1. Bogor, Indonesia.
Silvius, M. J., Djuharsa, E., Taufik, A. W., Steeman, A. P. J. M. and Berczy, E. T. (1987). The Indonesian Wetland Inventory. A preliminary compilation of information on wetlands of Indonesia. PHPA-AWB/INTERWADER, EDWIN, Bogor, Indonesia.
Silvius, M. J., Steeman, A. P. J. M., Berczy, E. T., Djuharsa, E. and Taufik, A. W. (1987). The Indonesian Wetland Inventory. A preliminary compilation of existing information on wetlands of Indonesia. PHPA, AWB/INTERWADER, EDWIN, Bogor, Indonesia.
Simberloff, D. S. and Wilson, E. O. (1969). Experimental zoogeography of islands: The colonization of empty islands. Ecology 50: 278-296.
Simberloff, D. S. and Wilson, E. O. (1970). Experimental zoogeography of islands: A two-year record of colonization. Ecology 51: 934-937.
Simkin, T. and Fiske, R. S. (eds.) (1983). Krakatau 1883: The volcanic eruption and its effects. Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, D.C., 464 pp.
Simkis, K. (1964). Phosphates as crystal poisons of calcification. Biol. Rev. 39: 487-505. Simpson, E. H. (1949). Measurement of diversity. Nature 163: 688.
Singh, H. R., Chong, V. C, Sasekumar, A. and Lim, K. H. (1994). Value of mangroves as nursery and feeding grounds. In:Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 1: 105-122.
Siregar, M. S. and Hadiwisastra, S. (1980). Penyelidikan sedimen Teluk Jakarta. In:Nontji, A. and Djamali, A. (eds.), Teluk Jakarta: Pengkajian Fisika, Kimia, Biologidan Geologi, Tahun 1975-1979. UPI, Jakarta, pp. 409.
Sirenko, B. I. and Scarlato, O. A. (1991). Tridacna rosewateri sp. n., a new species of giant clam from Indian Ocean (Bivalvia, Tridacnidae). La Conchiglia261: 4-9.
Sirocko, F., Sarnthein, M., Erlenkeuser, H., Lange, H., Arnold, M. and Duplessy, J. C. 1993. Century-scale events in monsoonal climate over the past 24,000 years. Nature 364: 322-324.
Sisco, A. P. and Pramesjwari, M. (1995). Komdidi terumbu karang dan ikan di sebelah barat Pulau Pramuka, Kepulauan Seribu. Semiar nasional Pengelolaan Terumbu Karang di Indonesia. 12-12 Oktober 1995, Jakarta, Kumpulan Abstrak.
Siswandono (1994). The microBRIAN image processing system for planning aquaculture development. In: Sudaram, S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 621-627.
Siswandono, Suharsono, Azkab, M. H., Suryarso, Suroyo, Wouthouzen, S., Hutahaean, W. and Peristiwady, T. (1993). In:Azkab, M. H. and Soepangat, I. (eds.) Pro-siding Lokakarya Pendirian Stasiun Penelitian Oseanologi di Nusa Tenggara Barat, Mataram, 16-18 Februari, 1993. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 145-178.
Siswanto, E. (1992). Kadar nitrat, fosfat, oksigen terlaryt dan struktur komunitas fitoplankton di perairan teluk Jakarta bagian barat. Fakultas Perikanan, Institute Pertanian Bogor. 72 pp.
Situmorang, M. (1989). Lithofacies and depositional pattern of sea floor sediments in the north Banda Sea, Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 404-413.
Sivasothi, N., Murphy, D. H. and Ng, P. K L. (1993). Tree-climbing and herbivorous crabs in the Singapore mangroves. In: Sasekumar, A. (ed.), MangroveFisheries and Connectios. ASEAN-Australian Marine Science Project: Living Coastal Resources (Malaysia), pp. 220-237.
Skeleton, P. W. (1979). Preserved ligament in a radiolitid rudist bivalve arid its implication of mantle marginal feeding in the group. Paleobiology 5: 90-106.
Sloan, N. A. (1993a). Science and management review of tropical seagrass ecosystems in support of integrated coastal zone management in Indonesia. Environmental Management Development in Indonesia Environment Report No. 39. Halifax: School for Resource and Environmental Studies, Dalhousie University.
Sloan, N. A. (1993b). Effects of oil on marine resources: A worldwide literature review relevant to Indonesia. EMDI Environment Report, Halifax, Canada and Jakarta, Indonesia, 70 pp.
Sloan, N. A. and Sugandhy, A. (1994). An overview of Indonesian coastal environmental management. Coastal Management 22: 215-233.
Sloan, N. A., Wicaksono, A., Tomascik, T. and Uktolseya, H. (1994). Pangumbahan sea turtle rookery, Java, Indonesia: Toward protection in a complex regulatory regime. Coastal Management 22: 251-264.
Sluiter, C. Ph. (1890). Einiges iiber die Enstehung der Korallen-riffen in der Javasee und Brantweinsbai, und iiber neue Korallenbildung bei Krakatau. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie 49: 360-380.
Sluiter, C. Ph. (1903). Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Expedition. I. Die Socialen und Holosomen Ascidien. Siboga-Expeditie LVIa, E. J. Brill, Leiden.
Smayda, T. J. (1966). A quantitative analysis of the phytoplankton in the Gulf of Panama. Bull. Int. Am. Trop. Tuna Comm. 11: 355-612.
Smith, A. G. and Briden, J. C. (1977). Mesozoic and Cenozoic palaeocontinental maps. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Smith, C. S. and Baker, K. S. (1979). Penetration of UV-B and biologically effective dose-rates in natural waters. Photochem. Photobiol. 29:311-323.
Smith, D. C. and Douglas, A. E. (1987). The Biology of Symbiosis. Edward Arnold, London.
Smith, G. J. (1988). The influences of host ontogeny and nutritional status on zooxanthellae population density of symbiotic algae. Endocytosis Cell Res. 3: 213-238.
Smith, G. W., Hayasaka, S. S. and Thayer, G. W. (1979). Root hair surface area measurements of Zostera marina and Halodule wrightii. Botanica Marina 22: 347-358.
Smith, J. P. (1927). Permian ammonoids of " Timor. Jaarb. Minjnw. Ned. Ind. 1926, Verh. 1-58.
Smith, M. A. (1926). Monograph of the sea snakes (Hydrophiidae). British Museum of Natural History, London XIX: 130pp.
Smith, R. C. and Baker, K S. (1981). Optical properties of the clearest natural waters (200-800 run). Appl. Opt. 20: 177-184.
Smith, S. V. (1978). Coral reef area and the contributions of reefs to processes and resources of the world's oceans. Nature273(2): 225-228.
Smith, S. V. (1984). Phosphorus versus nitrogen limitation in the marine environment. Limnol. Oceanogr. 29(6): 11491160.
Smith, S. V. and Atkinson, M. J. (1984). Phosphorus limitation of net production in a confined aquatic ecosystem. Nature307(5952): 626-627.
Smith, S. V. and Buddemeier, R. W. (1992). Global change and coral reef ecosystems. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 23: 89-118.
Smith, S. V. and Kinsey, D. W. (1976). Calcium carbonate production, coral reef growth, and sea level change. Science 194: 937-939.
Smith, S. V., Hollibaugh, J. T., Dollar, S. J. and Vink, S. (1989). Tomales Bay, California: A case for carbon-controlled nitrogen cycling. Limnol. Oceanogr. 34(1): 37-52.
Smith, T. J. and Duke, N. C. (1987). Physical determinants of inter-estuary variation in mangrove species richness around the tropical coastline of Australia. J. Biogeog. 14: 9-19.
Smith, T. J. III. (1987a). Seed predation in relation to tree dominance and distribution in mangrove forests. Ecology 68: 266-273.
Smith, T. J. III. (1987b). Effects of light and intertidal position on seeding survival and growth in tropical tidal forests. J. Exp. Mar. Biol Ecol 110:133-146.
Smith, T. J. III. (1987v). Effects of seed predators and light level on the distribution of Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh. in tropical tidal forests. Est. Coast. Shelf. Sci. 25: 43-81.
Smitfi, T. J. III. (1988). The influence of seed predators on structure and succession in tropical tidal forests. Proc. Ecol. Soc. Aust. 15:203-211.
Smith, T. J. Ill, Chan, H. T., Mclvor, C. C. and Robblee, M. B. (1989). Comparison of seed predation in tropical tidal forests from three continents. Ecology 70:146-151.
Snedaker, S. C. and Getter, C. D. (1985). Coastal resources Management Guidelines. COASTS. Coastal Publication No. 2. Renewable Resources Information Series.
Soegiarto, A. (1981). The development of a marine park system in Indonesia. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila, 1: 287-291.
Soegiarto, A. (1983). The problems and efforts of protecting coral reefs in Bali, Indonesia. 15th Pacific Science Congress, 1-11 February 1983. Dunedin, New Zealand.
Soegiarto, A. (1986). The Indonesian marine environment: problems and prospects for national development. PRISMA -The Indonesian Indicator No. 39: 14-26.
Soegiarto, A. and Polunin, N. V. C. (1981). The marine environment of Indonesia. Bogor, Indonesia: International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural ResourcesJWorld Wide Fund for Nature Indonesia Programme (IUCN/WWF), 257 pp.
Soekarno, R. (1989). Comparative studies on the status of Indonesian coral reefs. Neth.f. Sea Res. 23(2): 215-222.
Soekarno, Y. T. (1991). A visual survey of the Seribu Island marine park, the Seribu Islands, Jakarta, Indonesia. In: Alcala, A. C. (ed.), Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas, pp. 61-68. ASEAN-Australian Cooperative Program in Marine Sciences, Australian Insttute of Marine Science and University of the Philippines.
Soemodihardjo, S. (1987). Indonesia Country Report. In: Mangroves of Asia and the Pacific: Status and Management. UNDP/UNESCO Technical Report (RAS/79/002), UNESCO, COMAR, UNDP, Quezon City, Philippines, pp. 89-129.
Soemodihardjo, S. and Kastoro, W. (1977). Notes on the Terebralia palustris (Gastropoda) from the coral islands in the Jakarta Bay area. Mar. Res. Indonesia 18: 131-148.
Soemodihardjo, S., Kartawinata, K. and Prawiroatmodjo, S. (1977). Kondisi hutan payau di Teluk Jakarta dan pulau-pulau sekitarnya. Oseanologi di Indonesia 7: 1-23.
Soemodihardjo, S., Burhanudin, Djamali, A., Toro, V., Azaz, A., Sulistijo, Sumadhiharga, O. K, Horridge, G. A., Cals, P., Dunn, D. F. and Schochet, J. (1980). Laporan Ekspedisi Rumphius III (3 October-15 November 1977). Oseanologi di Indonesia13:1-60.
Soeparjadi, R. A., Nayoan, G. A. S., Beddoes,
L. R. and James, W. V. (1975). Exploration play concepts in Indonesia. Ninth world petroleum congress proceedings 3, exploration and transportation 51-64.
Soeroyo and Atmadja, W. S. (1994). Studies on mangrove litter fall and nutrient content of litter in Handeuleuem, West Java. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 399-403.
Soewito and Schalk, P. H. (1990). Spatial and seasonal patterns in fish larvae distribution in the Banda Sea (Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 25(4): 591-600.
Sopher, D. E. (1977). The Sea Nomads: A study of the Maritime Boat People of Southeast Asia. National Museum Publications, Singapore.
Sorensen, J. C, McCreary, S. T. and Hershman, M. J. (1984). Institutional arrangement for management of coastal resources. International Affairs Office, United States National Park Service and the United States Agency for International Development.
Sorokin, Yu. I. (1973). Microbiological aspects of productivity of coral reefs. In:Jones, O. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs, 2. Biology 1. Academic Press, New York pp. 17-45.
Sorokin, Yu. I. (1978). Microbial production in the coral reef community. Arch. Hydrobiol. 83: 281-323.
Sorokin, Yu. I. (1981). Aspects of the biomass, feeding and metabolism of common corals of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Proc. 4th. Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 26-32.
Sorokin, Yu. I. (1990). Aspects of trophic relations, productivity and energy balance in coral-reef ecosystems. In: Dubinsky, Z. (ed.) Ecosystems of the World 25: Coral Reefs. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 401-410.
Sorokin. Yu. I. (1991). Biomass, metabolic rates and feeding of some common reef zoantharians and octocorals. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 42: 729-741.
Specht, R. L. (1970). Vegetation. In: Leeper, G. W. (ed.), The Australian environment, 4th ed. CSIRO and Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, pp. 44-67.
Specht, R. L. (1981). Biogeography of halophitic angiosperms (saltmarsh, mangrove and seagrasses). In: Keast, A. (ed.), Ecological biogeography of Australia. Junk, The Hague, pp. 577-589.
Spenceley, A. P. (1976). Unvegetated saline tidal flats in North Queensland. J. Trop. Geog. 42: 78-85.
Spencer, E. W. (1972). The Dynamics of the Earth: An Introduction to Physical Geology. Thomas Y. Crowell Company, New York, 649 pp.
Spero, H. J. (1987). Symbiosis in the planktonic foraminifer Orbulina universa, and the isolation of its symbiotic dinoflagellate, Gymnodinium beii sp. now. J. Phycol. 23: 307-317.
Spero, H. J. and Lea, D. W. (1993). Intraspecific stable isotope variability in the planktonic foraminifera Globigerinoides sacculifer. Results from laboratory experiments. Mar. Micropaleont22: 221-234.
Spero, H. J. and Parker, S. L. (1985). Photosynthesis in the symbiotic planktonic foraminifer Orbulina universa, and its potential contribution to oceanic primary productivity. J. Foram. Res. 15: 273-281.
Spindler, M., Hemleben, C, Salomons, J. B. and Smit, L. P. (1984). Feeding behaviour of some planktonic foraminifers in laboratory cultures. J. Foram. Res. 14: 237-249.
Spivack, A. J., You, C. -F. and Smith, H. J. (1993). Foraminiferal boron isotopes ratios as a proxy for surface ocean pH over the past 21 Myr. Nature 363: 149-151.
Springer, V. G. (1982). Pacific plate biogeography, with special reference to shore fishes. Smith. Contr. Zool. 367: 1-182.
Springer, V. G. and Williams, J. T. (1990). Widely distributed Pacific plate endemics and lowered sea level. Bull. Mar. Sci. 47: 631-640.
Squires, D. F. (1962). Corals at the mouth of the Rewa River, Viti Levu, Fiji. Nature 195: 361-362.
Stafford-Smith, M. G. (1990). The effects of sediments on Australian scleractinian corals. Ph.D. Thesis, University of York, UK, 383 pp.
Stafford-Smith, M. G. (1993). Mortality of the hard coral Leptoria phrygia under persistent sediment influx. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 289-299.
Stafford-Smith, M. G. and Ormond, R. F. G. (1992). Sediment-rejection mechanism of 42 species of Australian scleractinian corals. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 43: 683-705.
Stambler, N. and Dubinsky, Z. (1993). Effects of light and eutrophication on coral-algae association. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp.,Guam 1: 347.
Stanley, G. D., Jr. (1980). Triassic carbonate builders of Western North America: comparison with the Alpine Triassic of Europe. Rev. Ital Paleontol. 85: 877-894.
Stanley, G. D., Jr. (1981). Early history of scleractinian corals and its geological consequences. Geology 9: 507-511.
Stanley, S. M. (1987). Periodic mass extinctions of the Earth's species. Bull. Am. Academy Art Sci. 40(8): 29-48.
Staples, D. J., Vance, D. J. and Heales, D. S. (1985). Habitat requirements of juvenile penaid prawns and their relationship to offshore fisheries. In: Rothlisberg, P. C, Hill, B. J. and Staples, D. J. (eds.), Second Australian National Prawn Seminar. NPS2, Cleveland, Australia, pp. 47-54.
Starr, M. P. (1975). A generalized scheme for classifying organismic associations. In:Jennings, D. H. and Lee, D. L. (eds.) Symbiosis: Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology. Cambridge University Press.
Start, A. N. and Marshall, A. G. (1976). Nectarivorous bats as pollinators of trees in West Malaysia. In: Burley, J. and Styles, B. T. (eds.), Tropical trees, variation breeding and conservation. Acadmic Press, New York, pp. 141-150.
Stearn, C. W. (1975). The stromatoporoid animal. Lethaia 8: 89-100.
Steen, R. G. and Muscatine, L. (1987). Low temperature evokes rapid exocytosis of symbiotic algae by a sea anemone. Biol. Bull. 172: 246-263.
Steene, R. (1990). Coral Reefs: Nature's Richest Realm. Mallard Press, New York, 336 pp.
Stehli, F. G. and Wells, J. W. (1971). Diversity and age patterns in hermatypic corals. Systematic Zoology 20: 115-126.
Stevens, S. H. and Moore, G. F. (1985). Deformational and sedimentary processes in trench slope basins of the Western Sunda Arc, Indonesia. Mar. Geol. 69: 93-112.
Stewart, R. W., Kjarfe, B., Milliman, J. and Dwivedi, S. N. (1990). Relative sea-level change: a critical evaluation. UNESCO reports in marine science 54, 22 pp.
Stiasny, G. (1935). Die Gorgonacea der Siboga-Expedition. Supplement I. revidion der Plexauridae. Siboga-Expeditie Xlllb. E. J. Brill, Leiden 106 pp.
Stimson, J. S. (1978). Reproduction of some common Hawaiian reef corals. In: Mackie, G. O. (ed.), Coelenterate Ecology and Behaviour. Plenum Press, New York, pp. 271-279.
Stimson, J. S. (1978). Mode and timing of reproduction in some common hermatypic corals from Hawaii and Enewetak. Mar. Biol 48: 173-184.
Stoddart, D. R. (1962). Three Caribbean Atolls: Turnaffe Islands, Lighthouse Reef and Glover's Reef, British Honduras. Atoll Res. Bull. 87: 1-151.
Stoddart, D. R. (1962b). Coral Islands by Charles Darwin. Atoll Res. Bull. 88: 1-20. Stoddart, D. R. (1965). The shape of atolls.
Mar. Geol. 3: 369-383. Stoddart, D. R. (1966). Ecology and morphology of Recent coral reefs. Biol. Rev. 44: 433-498.
Stoddart, D. R. (1969). Ecology and morphology of recent coral reefs. Biol. Rev. 44: 433-498.
Stoddart, D. R. (1973). Coral reefs of the Indian Ocean. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Volume I: Geology 1, pp. 51-92. Academic Press, New York.
Stoddart, D. R. (1975). Almost-atoll of Aitutaki: geomorphology of reefs and islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 190: 31-57.
Stoddart, D. R. (1978). Descriptive reef terminology. In: Stoddart, D. R. and Johannes, R. E. (Eds.), Coral reefs: research methods. Monographs on oceanographic methodology. UNESCO, Paris.
Stoddart, D. R. (1986). Umbgrove's islands revisited. In: Brown, E. (ed.), Human induced damage to coral reefs. UNESCO reports in marine science 40: 80-98.
Stoddart, D. R. and Cann, J. R. (1965). Nature and origin of beach rock. J. Sed. Petrol. 35: 243-247.
Stoddart, D. R. and Fosberg, F. R. (1994). The hoa of Hull Atoll and the problem of hoa. Atoll Res. Bull. 394: 1-26.
Stoddart, D. R. and Steers, J. A. (1977). The nature and origin of coral reef islands. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. IV, Geology II: 59-105.
Stoddart, D. R., Coe, M. J. and Fosberg, F. R. (1979). D'Arros and St. Joseph, Amirante Islands, Western Indian Ocean. Atoll Res. Bull. 223: 1-48.
Stoddart, D. R., McLean, R. F. and Hopley, D. (1978). Geomorphology of reef islands, northern Great Barrier Reef. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 284: 39-61.
Stoddart, J. A. (1983). Asexual production of planulae in the coral Pocillopora damicornis. Mar. Biol. 76: 279-284.
Stokes, W. L., Judson, S. and Picard, M. D. (1978). Introduction to Geology. 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc., Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Strong, D. R., Simberloff, D., Abele, L. G. and Thistle, A. B. (eds.) (1984). Ecological communities: conceptual issues and the evidence. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New jersy.
Subani, W. and Wahyono, M. M. (1987). Kerusakan ekosistem perairan pantai dan dampaknya terhadap sumberdaya perikanan di pantai selatan Bali, barat dan timur Lombok dan Teluk Jakarta. Diurnal Pen. Perikanan Laut 42: 53-70.
Subardi and Natsir, S. M. (1989). Sebaran dan komposisi sedimen di Segara Anakan. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Penelitian Oseanologi Perairan Indonesia, Buku I: Biologi, Geologi, Lingkungan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 49-61.
Subardi and Rubiman (1993). Wisata bahari ditinjau dari geomorphologi, sedimen serta air tanah di Tanjung Kelayang dan sekitarnya, Pulau Belitung. Wisata Bahari Pulau Belitung, Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 11-30.
Sudara, S., Satumanatpan and Nateekarnjanalarp, S. (1992). Seagrass fish fauna in the Gulf of Thailand. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore. Abstract, p. 301-307.
Sudradjat, A. (1983). Brief review on the latest investigations and research regarding the geology and volcanism of Krakatau in the Sunda Strait region (19791983). In: Symposium on the 100th Year (1883-1983) Development of Krakatau and its Surroundings. Jakarta 23-27 August 1983.
Suess, E. (1888). Das Antlitz der Erde. Tempsky, Vienna.
Sugama, K and Eda, H. (1986). Feasibility survey on collection of natural seeds of some promising fish for floating net-cage culture in Banten Bay. Scientific Report
Suharsono. (1990). Ecological and physiological implication of coral bleaching at Pari Island, Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Newcastle upon Tyne. 279 pp.
Suharsono. (1991). Bulu seribu (Acanthaster plana). OseanaXVl(3): 1-7.
Suharsono. (1992). Coral assemblages around Pulau Genteng Besar, Seribu Islands, Indonesia. In: Chou, L. M. and Wilkinson, C. R. (eds.), 3rd ASEAN Science and Technology Week Conference Proceedings, Vol. 6, Marine Science: Living Coastal Resources, 21-23 Sept. 1992, Singapore, National University of Singapore, pp. 41-54.
Suharsono. (1993). Potensi wisata bahari wilayah Belitung dilihat dari kondisi, profil dan keragaman karang batu. Wisata Bahari Pulau Belitung, Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 49-63.
Suharsono. (1994). Monitoring coral community changes in Pari and Lancang Island, Pulau Seribu off Jakarta, Indonesia. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rdASEANAustralian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 21-33.
Suharsono and Kiswara, W. (1988). Kematian alami karang di Laut Jawa. Osana IX(1): 31-40.
Suharsono and Soekarno. (1983). Kandungan zooxanthella pada karang batu di terumbuk karang Pulau Pari. Oseanologi di Indonesia 16: 1-7.
Suharsono and Tuti, M. I. H. (1994). Perbandingan kondisi terumbuk karang di Pulau Nyamuk Besar dan Pulau Onrust tahun 1929, 1985 dan 1993 dan hubungannya dengan perubahan perairan Teluk
Jakarta. Seminar Pemantauan Pencemaran Laut, Jakarta 07-09 Februari 1994, Puslitbang Oseanology-LIPI, Jakarta, pp. 81-91.
Suharsono, Sukarno and Siswandono. (1985). Distribution, diversity and species richness of scleractinian corals around Kotok Kecil, Seribu Islands. Oseanologi di Indonesia 19: 1-16.
Suharsono, Adrim, M., Mudjiono, Atmadja, W. S., Aziz, A. and Arief, D. (1993). Potensi sumberdaya laut Gili Terawangan, Gili Meno dan Gili Air. In: Azkab, M. H. and Soepangat, I. (eds.) Prosiding Lokakarya Pendirian Stasiun Penelitian Oseanologi di Nusa Tenggara Bar at, Mataram, 16-18 Februari, 1993. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 179-193.
Suharsono, Adrim, M., Budiyanto, A., Giyanto, Inrahim, A., Yahmantoro and Telambanua, Z. A. (1995). Wisata Bahari Pulau Nias. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 44.
Suharsono, Sukarno, R., Adrim, M., Arief, D., Budiyanto, A., Giyanto, Ibrahim, A. and Yahmantoro. (1995). Wisata bahari Kepulauan Banggai. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, 44 p.
Suhartati, M. N. (1993). Foraminifera bentonik di padang lamun dekat goba besar P. Pari. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Laporan Teknis.
Suhartati, M. N. (1994). Benthic foraminifera in the seagrass beds of Pari Island, Seribu Islands, Jakarta. In: Sudaram S., Wilkinson, C. R. and Chou, L. M. (Eds.), Proceedings, 3rd ASEAN-Australian Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Bangkok. Vol. 2: 323-329.
Suhartati and Subardi. (1990). Kelimpahan jenis dan sebaran foraminifera bentonik di perairan Teluk Tering. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Pulau Batam. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 91-96.
Sukamto, R. (1975). Geologic map of Indonesia. Sheet Ujung Pandang. 1:100,000. Geological Survey of Indonesia.
Sukardjo, S. (1988). The litter fall production of the mangrove forest in Tris Indramayu, West Java, Indonesia.
Sukardjo, S. (1989). Litter fall production and turnover in the mangrove forests in Muara Angke-Kapuk, Jakarta. Biotrop Spec. Publ. No. 37: 129-143.
Sukardjo, S. (1990). Structure, litter fall and the net primary productions in the mangrove forests in East Kalimantan, Indonesia. Paper presented at the 5th Int. Congr. of Ecology, Aug. 23-30 1990, Yokohama, Japan, Mimeograph, 29 pp.
Sukardjo, S. (1992). Biomass and productivity of a Rhizophora mucronata Lamark plantation in Triih, Central Java, Indonesia. Forest Ecology and Management 49: 195-209.
Sukardjo, S. (1994). Conservation strategy of the mangrove forest in Indonesia: A functional consideration. In: Wells, P. G. and Ricketts, P. J. (eds.), Coastal Zone Canada '94, Cooperation in the Coastal Zone: Conference Proceedings., Vol. 3: 1062-1095.
Sukardjo, S. (1995). Structure, litterfall and net primary production in the mangrove forests in East Kalimantan. In: Fujiwara, T. and Box, E. O. (eds.), Vegetation Science in Forestry. Kluwer Academic Publishers. The Netherlands, pp. 585-611.
Sukardjo, S. and Akhmad, S. (1982). The mangrove forests of Java and Bali (Indonesia). BIOTROP Spec. Publ. No. 17. pp. 113-126.
Sukardjo, S. and Toro, A. V. (1986). Guidelines for the protection and management of mangrove and estuarine wetlands in Indonesia. In: Field, C. D. and Vannucci, M. (eds.), Symposium on New Perspectives in Research and Management of Mangrove Ecosystems. Report of the Proceeedings of the Symposium, 11-14 November 1986, Colombo, Sri Lanka, pp. 203-225.
Sukardjo, S., Kartawinata, K. and Yamada, I. (1985). The mangrove forest in Bungin River, Banyuasin, South Sumatra. In:Soepadmo, E., Rao, A. N. and Macintosh, D. J. (eds.), Proceedings of the Asian Symposium on Mangrove Environment: Research and Management. University of Malaya and UNESCO, pp. 121-141.
Sukarno. (1976). The shallow water stony corals of the Rumphius Expedition II. Oseanologi di Indonesia 6: 9-12.
Sukarno and Suharsono. (1983). The condition of stony coral communities in the vicinity of Sunda Strait. Symposium 100th Krakatau, 1883-1983, 23-27 August 1983, Jakarta.
Sukarno, Naamin, N. and Hutomo, M. (1986). The status of coral reef in Indonesia. In: S. Soemodihardjo ed. Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR, LIPI, Jakarta, pp 24-33.
Sukarno, Hutomo, M., Moosa, K. M. and Darsono, P. (1981). Terumbu karang di Indonesia: Sumber daya, permasalahan dan pengelolaannya. Lembaga Oseanologi nasional-LIPI, SDE-100, 112 pp.
Sullivan, B., Faulkner, D. J. and Webb, L. (1983). Siphonodictidine, a metabolite of the burrowing sponge, Siphonodictyon sp. that inhibits coral growth. Science 221: 1175-1176.
Sumosusastro, P. A., Tjia, H. D., Fortuin, A. R. and Van Der Plicht, J. (1989). Quaternary reef record of differential uplift at Luwuk, Sulawesi east arm, Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(2J3): 277-285.
Suprapto, S. (1987). Komposisi jenis gas tropoda di hutan mangrove Teluk Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon I:Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanograpfi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 47-50.
Supriharyono. (1986). The effects of sedimentation on a fringing reef in North Java. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Newcastle upon Tyne.
Susetiono. (1989). Studi sebaran kepiting marga Ilea (Decapoda: Ocypodidae) di hutan mangrove Passo, Teluk Ambon. Dalam. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon II:Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanograpfi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 1-7.
Susetiono. (1994). Struktur dan kelimpahan meiofauna diantara vegetasi lamun Enhalus acoroides di pantai Kuta, Lombok Selatan. In: Kiswara, W., Moosa, M.K and Hutomo, M. (eds.), Struktur komunitas biologi padang lamun di pantai Selatan Lombok dan kondisi lingkungannya. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta. 79-95.
Susie, M., Boto, K and Isdale, P. (1991). Fluorescent humic acid bands in coral skeletons originate from terrestrial runoff. Mar. Chem. 33: 91-104.
Sutarna, I. N. (1987). Keanekaragaman dan kekayaan jenis karang batu (stony coral) di Teluk Ambon bagian luar, Pulau Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon I: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geology. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 1-9.
Sutarna, I. N. (1988). Sebaran dan komposisi jenis karang hidup di perairan Ihamahu dan Tanusang Pia, Saparua, Maluku Tengah. In: Moosa, M. K, Praseno, D. P. and Sukarno (eds.), Perairan Indonesia: Biologi, Budidaya, Kualitas Perairan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, pp. 74-82.
Sutarna, I. N. (1989). Kondisi karang di Teluk Ambon bagian dalam, Pulau Ambon. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K (eds.), Teluk Ambon II: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 18-25.
Sutarna, I. N. (1990). Bentuk koloni dan kondisi karang hidup di perairan Kepulauan Banda, Maluku Tengah. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 135-147.
Sutarna, I. N. (1991a). Kondisi dan produo tivitas karang batu di Tanjung Setan, Pulau Ambon. In: Praseno, D. J. (ed.), Peraran Maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta, 23-29.
Sutarna, I. N. (1991b). Komunitas karang batu di Kepulauan Kai Kecil, Maluku Tenggara. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku Tenggara. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 61-69.
Sutarna, I. N. and Sumadiharga, O. K. (1989). Keanekaragaman jenis dan kondisi karang batu di Teluk Kotania, Seram Barat. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya: Biologi Budidaya, Geologi, Lingkungan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp.24-31.
Sutomo, A. B. (1978). Penelitian pendahuluan tentang sebaran vertikal zooplankton dalam 24 jam di Laut Banda. Oseanol. Indonesia. 11: 55-71.
Suwartana, A. (1986). Stock assessment of the penaeid shrimp in the trawl fishing ground at Arafura Sea (south of Aru Islands). Jurnal Pen. Perikanan Laut 36: 7-14.
Suwelo, I. S. and Kuntjoro. (1977). Penyu laut perlu segara deselamatkan. Oseana3(4): 7-23.
Syahailatua, A., Manik, N. and Sumadiharga, K. (1989). Komunitas ikan di padang lamun (Sea Grass) pantai Suli, Teluk Baguala. In: Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku dan Setitarnya: Biologi, Budidaya, Geologi, Lingkungan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 32-38.
Szmant, A. M. and Gassman, N. J. (1990). The effects of prolong "bleaching" on the tissue biomass and the reproduction of the reef coral Montastrea annularis. Coral Reefs 8: 217-224.
Szmant-Froelich, A. M., Yevich, P. and Pilson, M. E. Q. (1980). Gametogenesis and early development of the temperate coral Astrangia danae (Anthozoa: Scleractinia). Biol. Bull. 158: 257-269.
Szmant-Froelich, A. M., Reutter, M., and Riggs, L. (1985). Sexual reproduction of Favia fragum (Esper): lunar patterns of gametogenesis, embryogenesis and planulation in Puerto Rico. Bull. Mar. Sci. 37: 880-892.
Sya'rani, L. (1986). The exploration of giant clam fossils on the fringing reef areas of Karimun Jawa Islands. Paper presented at Symposium on Coral Reef Management in Southeast Asia, 22-24 April 1986. SEAMEO-BIOTROP.
Sya'rani, L. and Willoughby, N. G. (1985). The traditional management of marine resources in Indonesia, with particular reference to Central Java. In: Ruddle, K and Johannes, R. E. (eds.), The Traditional Knowledge and Management of Coastal Systems in Asia and the Pacific. UNESCO, Jakarta, pp. 255-264.
Tamiya, N. and Puffer, H. (1974), Lethality of sea snake venoms. Toxicon 12: 85-87.
Tan, F. C: and Strain, P. M. (1980). The distribution of sea ice meltwater in the Eastern Canadian Arctic. J. Geoph. Res. 85: 1925-1932.
Tayama, R. (1952). Coral reefs in the South Seas. Bull. Hydrograph. Office (Japan), 11: 1-292.
Taylor, B. (ed.) (1992). Northern prawn fishery information notes. Special Collated Issue No. 16. NPF Publishing, Cleveland, Queensland, Australia. 136 pp.
Taylor, B. and Hays, D. E. (1980). Tectonic evolution of the South China Sea Basin. In: Hays, D. E. (ed.), The tectonic and geologic evolution of Southeast Asian seas and islands. Geophysical monograph 23: 89 104. American Geophysical Union, Washington.
Taylor, B. and Hays, D. E. (1983). Origin and history of the South China Sea Basin. In:Hays, D. E. (ed.), The tectonic and geologic evolution of Southeast Asian seas and islands, part 2, Geophysical monograph 27: 23-56. American Geophysical Union, Washington.
Taylor, E. H. (1965). The serpents of Thailand and adjacent waters. University of Kansas Science Bulletin XLV(9): 609-1096.
Taylor, F. W., Jouannic, C. and Bloom, A. L. (1985). Quaternary uplift of the Torres Islands, northern New Hebrides frontal arc: comparison with Santo and Malekula islands, central New Hebrides frontal arc.
J. Geol. 93: 419-438.
Teichert, C. (1928). Nachweis palaeozoischer Schichten von Sudwest-Neu-Guinea. Nova Guinea 6, Geol. Livr., Leiden 3: 71-92.
Teichert, C. (1958). Cold- and deep-water coral banks. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. Bull. 42: 1065-1082.
Ter Kuile, B. (1991). Mechanisms for calcification and carbon cycling in algal symbiont-bearing foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J.and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 73-89.
Ter Kuile, B. and Erez, J. (1987). Uptake of inorganic carbon and internal carbon cycling in symbiont-bearing benthonic foraminifera. Mar. Biol. 94: 499-509.
Thayer, G. W., Bjorndal, K. A., Ogden, J. C, Willimas, S. L. and Zieman, J. C. (1984). Role of large herbivores in seagrass communities. Estuaries 7: 351-376.
Thayib, S. S. and Soehadi, F. (1977). Preliminary study on the distribution of aerobic heterotrophic bacteria and microbial indicators in Jakarta Bay. Mar. Res. Indonesia 20: 87-97.
Thiele, M. E. (1899). Studien uber Pazifische spongien, II. Uber einige spongien von Celebes. Zoologica, Stuttgart, 24: 1-33.
Thiele, M. E. (1903). Kieselschwamme von Ternate, I, II. Abhandl. Senckenb. naturforsch. Ges. 25: 19-80. 933-968.
Thoha, H. (1993). Komposisi fitoplankton di kolom air, perairan padang lamun, goba besar, Pulau Pari, Kepulauan Seribu. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia. Jakarta. Laporan Tehnis.
Thorn, B. G. (1982). Mangrove ecology-A geomorphological perspective. In: Clough, B. F. (ed.), Mangrove Ecosystems in Australia: Structure, function and management. Australian Institute of Marine Science and Australian National University Press, Canberra, Australia, pp. 3-17.
Thomas, B. A. and Spicer, R. A. (1986). The Evolution and Paleobiology of Land Plants. Croom Helm, Beckenham, 309 pp.
Thompson, J. E. (1967). A geological history of eastern New Guinea. Australasian Petroleum Exploration Association fournal 7: 83-93.
Thompson, R. O. R. Y. and Golding, T. J. (1984). Tidally-induced upwelling by the Great Barrier Reef. J. Geophys. Res. 86: 6517-6521.
Thomson, J. A. and Dean, L. M. (1931). The Alcyonacea of the Siboga Expedition with an addendum to the Gorgonacea. Siboga Expedit. Monogr. 13d: 1-227.
Thomson, R. E. and Wolanski, E. J. (1984). Tidal period upwelling within Raine Island Entrance, Great Barrier Reef. J. Mar. Res. 42: 787-808.
Thorpe, R. S. and Brown, G. C. (1985). The Field Description of Igneous Rocks. Great Britain: Open University Press. 154 pp.
Thresher, R. E., Colin, P. L. and Bell, L. J. (1989). Planktonic duration and population structure of western and central Pacific damselfishes (Pomacentridae). Copeia 1989: 420-434.
Tijssen, S. B., Mulder, M. and Wetsteyn, F. J. (1990). Production and consumption rates of oxygen, and vertical oxygen structure in the upper 300 m in the eastern Banda Sea during and after the upwelling season, August 1984 and February/ March 1985. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25 (4): 485-499.
Tiquio, J. P. and Fortes, M. D. (1994). Distribution of algae epiphytic on seagrasses at Pislatan, Cape Bolinao, Northern Philippines. In: Wilkinson, C. R., Sudara, S. and Chou, L. M. (eds.), Proceedings, 3rdASEANAustralia Symposium on Living Coastal Resources, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok 1:317-321.
Titlyanov, E. A. (1987). Morphological differences of colonies of reef-building branching corals living in different light regimes. Mar. Biol. (Vladivostok) 1: 28-32.
Tjia, H. D. (1966). Arafura Sea. In: The Enciclopedia of Oceanography. Rheinold, New York, pp. 44-47.
Tjia, H. D. (1981). Examples of young tectonism in eastern Indonesia. The Geology and Tectonics of Eastern Indonesia, Geological Research and Development Center, Bandung, Spec. Publ. No. 2 pp. 89-104.
Tjutju, S. (1988). Pengaruh PLTU Muara Karang terhadap kadar fosfat dan nitrat di perairan Muara Karang. Pages 112-118 In: M.K. Moosa, D.P. Praseno and Sukarno, eds. Teluk Jakarta. Biologi, Budidaya, Oseanografi, Geologi dan Kondisi Perairan. LIPI, Jakarta.
Tomascik, T. (1990). Growth rates of two morphotypes of Montastrea annularis alonga eutrophication gradient, Barbados, WI. Marine Pollution Bulletin 21(8): 376-381.
Tomascik, T. (1991). Settlement patterns of Caribbean scleractinian corals on artificial substrata along a eutrophication gradient, Barbados, West Indies. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 77: 261-269.
Tomascik, T., and Logan, A. (1990). A comparison of peripheral growth rates in the recent solitary coral Scolymia cubensis(Milne-Edwards and Haime) from Barbados and Bermuda. Bull. Mar. Sci. 46(3): 799-806.
Tomascik, T. and Mah, A. J. (1994). The ecology of "Halimeda Lagoon": An anchialine lagoon of a raised atoll, Kakaban Island, East Kalimantan, Indonesia. Tropical Biodiversity 2(3): 385-399.
Tomascik, T. and Sander, F. (1985). Effects of eutrophication on reef-building corals. I. Growth rate of the reef-building coral Montastrea annularis. Mar. Biol. 87:143-155.
Tomascik, T. and Sander, F. (1987a). Effects of eutrophication on reef-building corals. II. Structure of scleractinian coral communities on fringing reefs, Barbados, West Indines. Mar. Biol. 94: 53-75.
Tomascik, T. and Sander, F. (1987b). Effects of eutrophication on reef-building corals. III. Reproduction of the reef-building coral Poritespontes. Mar. Biol. 94: 77-94.
Tomascik, T., Suharsono and Mah, A. J. (1993). A historical perspective of the natural and anthropogenic impacts in the Indonesian Archipelago with a focus on the Kepulauan Seribu, Java Sea. In: Gins-burg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 304 310. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Tomascik, T., Van Woesik, R. and Mah, A. J. (1996). Rapid coral colonization of a recent lava flow following a volcanic eruption, Banda Islands, Indonesia. Coral Reefs. 15(3): 169-175.
Tomasko, D. A. and Lapointe, B. E. (1991). Productivity and biomass of Thalassia testudinum as related to water column nutrient availability and epiphyte levels: field observations and experimental studies. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 75: 9-17.
Tomlinson, P. B. (1969). On the morphology and anatomy of turtle grass Thalassia testudinum (Hydrocharitaceae). H.'Anatomy and development of the root in relation to function. Bull. Mar. Sci. 19: 57-71.
Tomlinson, P. B. (1974). Vegetative morphology and meristem dependence. The foundation of productivity in seagrasses. Aquaculture 4: 107-130.
Tomlinson, P. B. (1980). Leaf morphology and anatomy in seagrasses. In: Phillips, R.C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), A Handbook of Seagrass Biology. Garland STPM Press, New York, pp. 7-28.
Tomlinson, P. B. (1982). Helobiae (Alismaidae). In: Metcalfe, C. R. (ed.), Anatomy of the Monocotyledons. Vol. VII. Vlarendon Press, Oxford.
Tomlinson, P. B. (1986). The botany of mangroves. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 413 pp.
Tomlinson, P. B., Primack, R. B. and Bunt, J. S. (1979). Preliminary observations in floral biology in mangrove Rhizophoraceae. Biotropica 11: 256-177.
Topsent, E. (1897). Spongiaires de la baie d'Amboine. Rev. Suisse Zool. 4: 421-487.
Tracey, J. I., Ladd, H. S., Hoffmeister, J. E. (1948). Reefs of Bikini, Marshall Islands. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 59: 861-878.
Trager, G. and Genin, A. (1993). Flow velocity induces a switch from active to passive suspension feeding in the porcelain crab Petrolisthes leptocheles (Heller). Biol Bull. 185: 20-27.
Travis, J. L. and Bowser, S. S. (1991). The motility of foraminifera. In: Lee, J. J. and Anderson, O. R. (eds.), Biology of Foraminifera. Academic Press, London, pp. 91-155.
Trench, R. K, Wethey, D. S. and Porter, J. W. (1981). Observations on the symbiosis with zooxanthellae among the Tridacnidae (Mollusca, Bivalvia). Biol. Bull. 161: 180-198.
Troelstra, S. R. and Kroon, D. (1989). Note on extant planktonic foraminifera from the Banda Sea, Indonesia (Snellius-II Expedition, Cruise G5). Neth. f. Sea Res. 24(4): 459-463.
Trono, G. V. and Ganzon-Fortes, E. T. (1988). Philippine Seaweeds. National Book Store, Inc., Metro Manila, Philippines, 330 pp.
Trudgill, S. T. (1976). The marine erosion of limestone on Aldabra Atoll, Indian Ocean. Zeits. Geomorph., n. f. Suppl. Bd., 26:164-200.
Tsuchiya, M., Yanagiya, K and Nishihara, M. (1987). Mass mortality of the sea urchin Echinometra mathaei (Blainville) caused by high water temperature on the reef flats in Okinawa, Japan. Galaxea 6: 375-385.
Tsuchiya, M., Yamauchi, Y, Moretzsohn, F. and Tsukiji, M. (1993). Species composition and some population traits of obligate symbiotic xanthid crabs, Trapezia and Tetralia, associated with bleached corals. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 56-63.
Tu, A. T., and Tu, T. (1970). Sea snakes from southeast Asia and Far East and their venoms. In: Poisonous and Venomous Marine Animals of the World, (ed.), B. W. Halstead, pp. 885-903. Vol. 3. Washington, DC, USGPO.
Tu, A. T., Passey, R. B. and Tu, T. (1966). Proteolityc enzyme activity of snake venoms. Toxicon 4: 59-60.
Tu, M. C, Fong, S. C. and Lue, K Y. (1990). Reproductive biology of sea snake, Laticauda semifasciata, in Taiwan. J. Herpetol. 24(2): 119-126.
Tu, T. (1963). Toxicological studies on the venom of sea snake, Laticauda laticaudata affinis (Anderson). Second report. J. Formosan Med. Assoc. 62: 87.
Tu, T. (1967). Toxicological studies on the venom of the sea snake, Laticauda laticaudata affinis. In: Russell, F. E. and Saunders, P. R. (eds.), Animal toxins. Pergamon Press, Oxford, pp. 245-248.
Tudhope, A. W. (1989). Shallowing-upwards sedimentation in a coral reef lagoon, Great Barrier Reef of Australia. J. Sedim. Petrol. 59: 1036-1051.
Tudhope, A. W. and Risk, M. J. (1985). Rate of dissolution of carbonate sediments by microboring organisms, Davies Reef, Australia. J. Sedim. Petrol. 55: 440-447.
Tudhope, A. W., Allison, N., Le Tissier, M. D. A. and Scoffin, T. P. (1993). Growth characteristics and susceptibility to bleaching in massive Porites corals, south Thailand. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 64-69.
Turner, E. J. and Miller, E. C. (1991). Behaviour of passive suspension feeder (Phiochaetopterus oculatus (Webster)) under oscillatory flow. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 149: 123-137.
Turner, J. A. and Woelkerling, W. J. (1982a). Studies on the Mastophora-Lithophorella complex (Corallinaceae, Rhodophyta). I. Meristems and thallus structure and development. Phycologia 21: 210-217.
Turner, J. A. and Woelkerling, W. J. (1982b). Studies on the Mastophora-Lithophorellacomplex (Corallinaceae, Rhodophyta). II. Reproduction and genetic concepts. Phycologia 21: 218-235.
Twilley, R. R. (1985). The exchange of organic carbon in basin mangrove forests in a southwest Florida estuary. Est. Coast. Shelf. Sci. 20: 543-557.
Twilley, R. R. (1988). Coupling of mangroves to the productivity of estuarine and coastal waters, In: Jansson, B.-O. (ed.), Coastal-offshore Ecosystem Interactions. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, pp. 155-180.
Twilley, R. R., Lugo, A. E. and Patterson-Aucca, C. (1986). Litter production and turnover in basin mangrove forests in southwest Florida. Ecology 67: 670-683.
Tyerman, D. and Bennet, G. (1832). fournal of Voyages and Travels in the South Sea Islands. Boston, 3 vols.
Uktolseya, H. (1986). Coral reefs as an integrated factor in marine and coastal zone management. In: S. Soemodihardjo ed. Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR, LIPI, Jakarta, pp.5-11.
Uktolseya, H. (1990). Physical conditions of the Indonesian waters. In: Yap, H.T., Bohle-Carbonell, M. and Gomez, E.D. (eds.), Oceanography and Marine Pollution: An ASEAN Perspective. ASEAN-EC Seminar 12-16 April 1987, Manila, Philippines, pp. 34-45.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1924). Report on Pleistocene and Pliocene corals from Ceram. In: Rutten, L. and Hotz, W. (eds.) Geological results of explorations of Ceram, Geol. Petrogr. and Pal, Vol. 1(1): 1-22.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1926). Neogene en Pleistocene koralen van Sumatra. Wet. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned.-Oost Indie. 4: 25-56.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1928). De koraalriffen in de Baai van Batavia (with summary in English). Dienst v.d. mijnbouw in Ned. Ind. Wetensch. Meded. 7: 1-62.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1929a). De koraalriffen der Duizen eilanden (Java zee). [The coral reefs of the Thousand Islands (Java Sea) ]. Dienst v.d. mijnbouw in Ned. Ind. Wetensch. Meded. 12: 1-47.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1929b). Tertiary sea connections between Europe and the Indo-Pacific area. Proc. 4th Pan Pac. Sci. Congr., Java 2(A): 91-104.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1929c). The influence of the monsoon on the geomorphology of coral islnds. Proc. 4th Pac. Sci. Congr., Java. 1929, Vol 2: 49-54.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1930). De koraalriffen van den Spermonde Archipel., S. Celebes. Leidsche. Geol. Meded. III. 5, 2: 227-247.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1931). De koraalriffen van Emmahaven (W. Sumatra). Leid. Geol. Meded. 4(1): 9-24.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1938a). Geologic history of the East Indies. Bull. Am. Ass. ofPetr. Geol. 22(1): 1-70.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1938b). Corals from an elevated marl of Talaud (East Indies). Zool. Meded. 20: 263-274.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1939a). Madreporaria from the Bay of Batavia. Zoologische MededeelingenXXLl: 1-64.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1939b). Miocene corals from Flores (East Indies). Leidsche Geol. Meded. 11: 62-66.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1939c). De atollen en barriere-riffen der Togian-eilanden. Leidsche Geol. Meded. II, 1: 132-187.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1940). Madreporaria from the Togian reefs (Gulf of Tomini, N. Celebes). Zool. Meded. 22: 265-310.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1942). Corals from asphalt deposits of the island Buton (East Indies). Leidsche Geol Meded. 13(1): 29-38.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1943a). Tertiary corals from Sumba (East Indies). Verh. Geol. Minjb. Gen. Geol. Ser. 13: 393-398.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1943b). A revision of fossil corals from Celebes described by Dollfus. Geol. and Minjb. 5 (1/2) : 14-16.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1945). Corals from the Upper Miocene of Tjisande, Java. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 48: 340-344.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1946a). Corals from the upper Kalibeng beds (Upper Pliocene) of Java. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch.,Amsterdam 49: 87-93.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1946b). Corals from a lower Pliocene patch reef in central Java. J. Palaeont. 20: 251-541.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1946c). Evolution of Reef Corals in the East Indies since Miocene Time. Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. 30: 23-31.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. (1947). Coral reef in the East Indies. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 58: 729-778.
Umbgrove, J. H. F. and Vervey, J. (1929). The coral reefs in the Bay of Batavia. 4th Pacific Sci. Congr. (Java), Excursion guide A 2.
Unar, M. and Naamin, N. (1984). A review of the Indonesian shrimp fisheries and their management. In: Gulland, J. A. and Rothchild, B. J. (eds.), Penaeid shrimps: their biology and management. Fishing News Books Ltd., pp. 104-110.
UNDIP (1982). Penelitian Potensi dan Pemanfaatan Sumberdaya Karang di Pulau Panjang dan Karimunjawa, Kabupaten Jepara, Jawa Tengah. Pusat Studi Lingkungan (PSLH), Universitas Diponegoro, Semarang, pp.70.
UNDP/FAO (1982). Marine conservation potential Togian Islands, Central Sulawesi, Field Report 37. UNDP/FAO National Parks Development Project, INS.78/061. Bogor.
UNEP/IUCN (1988). Coral Reefs of the World. Volume 2: Indian Ocean, Red Sea and Gulf. UNEP Regional Seas Directories and Bibliographies. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, U.K/UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya, 389 pp.
UNESCO (1978). Coral Reefs: Research Methods, Ed. by D.R. Stoddart and R.E. Johannes. Paris.
UNESCO (1983). Coral reefs, seagrass beds and mangroves: Their interaction in the coastal zone of the Caribbean. UNESCO reports in marine science 23,133 pp.
UNESCO (1986). Human induced damage to coral reefs: Results of a regional UNESCO (COMAR) workshop with advanced training, Diponegoro University, Jepara and National Institute of Oceanology, Jakarta, Indonesia, May 1985. Brown, B. E (ed.). UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40, France. 180 pp.
Urey, H. C. (1947). The thermodynamic properties of isotopic substances. J. Chem. Soc. 1: 562-581.
Usher, G. F. (1984). Coral reef invertebrates in Indonesia: their exploitation and conservation needs. Rep. IUCN/WWF Project 1688, Bogor IV. 100 p.
Uwatoko, Y., Nomura, Y., Kojima, K. and Obo, F. (1966a). Investigation of sea snake venom (I). Fractionation of sea snake (Laticauda semifasciata) venom. Acta Med. Univ. Kagoshima 8: 141-150.
Uwatoko, Y, Nomura, Y, Kojima, K. and Obo, F. (1966b). Investigation of sea snake venom (II). Crystalization of toxic compounds in sea snake (Laticauda semifasciata) venom. Acta Med. Univ. Kagoshima 8: 151-156.
Uyeda, S. and McCabe, R. (1983). A possible mechanism of episodic spreading of the Philippine Sea. In: Hashimoto, M. and Yueda, S. (eds.), Accretion Tectonics in Circum-Pacific Regions. Terra Sci. Publ., Tokyo, pp. 291-306.
Vail, P. R. and Mitchum, R. M., Jr. (1979). Global cycles of relative change of sea level from seismic stratigraphy. Geological and geophysical investigations of continental marigins. American Association of Petroleum GeologistsMemoir29: 469-472.
Vail, P. R., Mitchum, R. M., Jr. and Thompson, S. (1977). Global cycles of relative changes of sea level. In: Payton, C. E. (ed.), Seismic stratigraphy-applications to hydrocarbon exploration. AAPG Mem 26: 49-212.
van Aken, H. M. and Verbeek, H. (1988). The hydrography and ventilation of Kau Bay in Halmahera. Neth. J. Sea Res. 22: 403-413.
van Aken, H. M., Punjanan, J. and Saimima, S. (1988). Physical aspects of the flushing of the east Indonesian Basins. Neth. J. Sea Res. 22(4): 315-339.
van Aken, H. M., van Bennekom, A. J., Mook,
W. G. and Postma, H. (1991). Application of Munk's abyssal recipes to tracer distributions in the deep waters of the South Banda Basin. Oceanologica Acta 14(2): 151-162.
van Andel, T. H., Heath, G. R., Moore, T. C. and McGeary, D. F. R. (1967). Late Quaternary history, climate and oceanography of the Timor Sea, northwestern Australia. Am. J. Sci. 265: 737-758.
van Bemmelen, R. W. (1949). The Geology of Indonesia. Vol. LA: General Geology of Indonesia and Adjacent Archipelagoes. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 723 pp.
van Bennekom, A. J., Kastoro and Patzert, W. C. (1988). Recirculation in the Banda throughflow, traced with dissolved silica. Neth. J. Sea Res. 22: 355-359
van Bergen, M. J., Erfan, R. D., Sriwana, T., Suharyono, K., Poorter, R. P. E., Varekamp, J. C., Vroon, P. Z. and Wirakusumah, A. D. (1989). Spatial geochemical variations of arc volcanism around the Banda Sea. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24: 313-322.
Vance, D. J., Haywood, M. D. E. and Staples, D. J. (1990). Use of mangrove estuary as a nursery area by postlarval and juvenile banana prawns, Penaeus merguiensis de Man, in Northern Australia. Est. Coast. Shelf. Sci. 31: 689-701.
van der Kaars, W. A. (1989). Aspects of late Quaternary palynology of eastern Indonesian deep-sea cores. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 495-500.
van der Kaars, W. A. (1991). Palynology of eastern Indonesian marine piston-cores: a Late Quaternary vegetational and climatic record for Australasia. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 85: 239-302.
van der Land, J. (1989a). Introduction. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(2): 83-84.
van der Land, J. (1989b). The need for new concepts in reef biology. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(2): 231-238.
van der Land, J. and Sukarno. (1986). The Snellius-II Expedition Progress Report, Theme IV, Coral Reefs, Part one, R.V. 'Tyro' and KM. 'Samudera', September-November 1984. Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Amsterdam, and Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Jakarta: 147 pp., 22 fig.
van der Land, J. and Sukarno. (1987). The Snellius-II Expedition Progress Report, Theme IV, Coral Reefs, Part two, R.V. Tyro' and K.M. 'Samudera', September-November 1984. Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Amsterdam, and Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Jakarta: 232 pp., 27 fig.
van der Spoel, S. (1975). Preliminary notes on variation of protoconchae of Clio pyramidata (Linnaeus, 1767) (Mollusca, Pteropoda). Bull. Zool. Mus. 4(21): 187-189.
van der Spoel, S. and Heyman, R. P. (1983). A comparative atlas of zooplankton: Biological patterns in the oceans. Utrecht, The Netherlands, Wetenschappelijke uitgeverij Bunge.
van der Weijden, C. H., de Lange, G. J., Middelburg, J. J., Van der Sloot, H. A., Hoede, D. and Shofiyah, S. (1989). Geochemical characteristics of Kau Bay water. Neth. f. Sea Res. 24 (4): 583-589.
van Duyl, F. C. (1991). Description and mapping of the coral reefs investigated during the Snellius-II Expedition in Indonesia. Zool Neded. 65: 361-392.
van Hinte, J. E. (1978). Geohistory analysis application of micropaleontology in exploration geology. Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 62: 201-222.
van Leyen, A. and van der Spoel, S. (1982). A new taxonomic interpretation of the Diacria quadridentata group (Mollusca, Pteropoda). Bull. Zool. Mus. 8(13): 101-119.
van Marie, L. J. (1989). Recent and fossil benthic foraminifea and Late cenozoic palaeobathymetry of Seram, eastern Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(4): 445-457.
van Marie, L. J. and De Smet, M. E. M. (1990). Notes on the Late Cenozoic history of the Kai Islands, eastern Indonesia. Geologie en Mijnbouwn 69: 93-103.
van Milaan, P. W. (1942). Beschouwingen over het I7e eeuwsche Mataramse wegennet. Soc. Geogr. Meded. 4: 205-239.
van Ofwegen, L. P. (1987). Melithaeidae (Coelenterata: Anthozoa) from the Indian Ocean and the Malay Archipelago. Zool. Verhandelingen 239: 3-57.
van Ofwegen, L. P. (1989). On Wrightella coccinea (Ellis & Solander, 1786) and Wrightella stasnyi spec. nov. (Anthozoa: Gorgonacea: Melithaeidae). Zool. Med. Leiden 63: 27-43.
van Ofwegen, L. P. and Vennam, J. (1994). Results of the Rumphius Biohistorical Expedition to Ambon (1990). Part 3. The Alcyoniidae (Octocorallia: Alcyonacea). ZoolMed. Leiden 68: 135-158.
van Riel, P. M. (1943). The bottom water: introductory remarks on oxygen content. Snellius Expedition 1929-1930, volII, part 5. Chapter I., E. J. Brill, Leiden: 1-77.
van Soest, R. W. M. (1985). Shallow-water reef sponges of Eastern Indonesia. Proc. 3rd Int. Sponge Conf. Biol. Sponges Woods Hole, pp. 302-308.
van Soest, R. W. M. (1989). The Indonesian sponge fauna: a status report. Neth. J. Sea Res. 23(2): 223-230.
van Soest, R. W. M. (1990). Shallow-water reef sponges of eastern Indonesia, pp. 302
308. In: Rutzler, K (ed.) New Perspectives in Sponge Biology. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, 533 pp.
van Soest, R. W. M. (1994). Demosponge distribution patterns, pp. 213-223. In: Van Soest, R. W. M., Kempen, Th. M. G. and Braekman, J. C. (eds.) Sponges in time and space. Balkema, Rotterdam, i-xvii, 515 pp.
van Soest, R. W. M. and Verseveldt, J. (1987). Unique symbiotic octocoral-sponge association from Komodo. Indo-Malayan Zoology 4: 27-32.
van Steenis, C. G. G. J. (1958). Rhizophoraceae. Ecology. Flora Malesiana Ser1, pp. 431-441.
van Waveren, I. M. (1989a). Pattern analysis of organic component abundances from deltaic and open marine deposits: palynofacies,distribution (East Java, Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 23: 441-447.
van Waveren, I. M. (1989b). Palynofacies analysis of surface sediments from the northeastern Banda Sea (Indonesia). Neth. J. Sea Res. 24:501-509.
van Waveren, I. M. (1993). Planktonic organic matter in surficial sediments of the Banda Sea (Indonesia)-A palynoloical approach. Ph.D. Thesis. Geologica UltraiectinaNo. 104, pp. 1-237.
van Woesik, R. (1992). Ecology of coral communities on continental islands in the southern section of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Ph.D. Thesis,-James Cook University, Townsville, Australia, 227 pp.
van Woesik, R. (1994). Contemporary disturbances to coral communities of the Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Coastal Research, Special Issue No. 12: 233-252.
van Woesik, R. (1995). Coral communities at high latitude are not pseudopopulations: evidence of spawning at 32°N, Japan. CoralReefsU: 119-120.
van Woesik, R, Ayling, A. M. and Mapstone, B. (1991). Impact of tropical cyclone 'Ivor' on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. J Coast Res 7: 551-558.
van Woesik, R., De Van tier, L. M. and Glaze-brook, J. S. (1995). Effects of Cyclone Joy' on nearshore coral communities of the Great Barrier Reef. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 128: 261-270.
Vaughan, T. W. (1914). Geologic history of the Florida coral-reef tract. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 25: 41-42.
Vaughan, T. W. (1916). Results of investigation of ecology of the Floridian and Bah am an shoal-water corals. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 2: 95-100.
Vaughan, T. W. (1918). Temperature of the Florida coral-reef tract. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 213: 321-339.
Vaughan, T. W. (1919). Corals and the formation of coral reefs. Annu. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 17: 189-238.
Vaughan, T. W. (1923). Coral reefs and submerged platforms. Proc. 2nd Pan Pacific Sci. Congr., Australia, 2: 1128-1131.
Vaughan, T. W. and Wells, J. W. (1943). Revision of the suborders, families and genera of the Scleractinia. Geol Soc. Am. Spec. Pap. 44: 1-363.
Verbeek, R. D. M. (1885). Krakatau. Jakarta (Batavia): Landsrukkerij. 495 p.
Verbeek, R. D. M. (1908). Molukkenverslag. Jaarb. van het Mijawezen. XXXVII, Batavia.
Verheij, E. and Best, M. B. (1987). Notes on the genus Polycyathus Duncan, 1876 and a description of three new scleractinian corals from the Indo-Pacific. Zool. Med. Leiden 61(12): 147-154.
Verheij, E. and Erftemeijer, P. L. A. (1993). Distribution of seagrasses and associated macroalgae in South Sulawesi, Indonesia. Blumea 38: 45-64.
Veron, J. E. N. (1985). Aspects of the biogeography of hermatypic corals. Proc. 5th. Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, 4: 83-88.
Veron, J. E. N. (1986). Corals of Australia and the Indo-Pacific. Angus and Robertson, Sydney, p. 644.
Veron, J. E. N. (1990). Re-examination of the reef corals of Cocos (Keeling) Atoll. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 14 (4): 553-581.
Veron, J. E. N. (1992). Conservation of biodiversity: a critical time for the hermatypic corals of Japan. Coral Reefs 11: 13-21.
Veron, J. E. N. (1993a). Biodiversity of reef corals: Is there a problem in the Indo-Pacific center of diversity? In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 365-370. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Veron, J. E. N. (1993b). A biogeographic data base of hermatypic corals. Austr. Inst. Mar. Sci. Monogr. 10: 1-433.
Veron, J. E. N. (1995). Corals in Space and Time: The Biogeography & Evolution of the Scleractinia. UNSW Press, Sydney NSW, 321 pp.
Veron, J. E. N. and Hodgson, G. (1989). Annotated checklist of the hermatypic corals of the Philippines. Pac. Sci. 43: 234-287.
Veron, J. E. N. and Kelly, R. (1988). Species stability in reef corals of Papua New Guinea and the Indo-Pacific. Assoc. Australas. Palaeontols. Mem. 6: 1-69.
Veron, J. E. N. and Minchin, P. R. (1992). Correlations between sea surface temperature, circulation patterns and the distribution of hermatypic corals of Japan. Continental Shelf Research 12 (7/8) 835-857.
Veron, J. E. N. and Pichon, M. (1976). Scleractinia ofeastern Australia. I. Families Thamnasteriidae, Astrocoeniidae, Pocilloporiidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 1.
Veron, J. E. N. and Pichon, M. (1979). Scleractinia of eastern Australia. III. Families Agariciidae, Siderastreidae, Fungiidae, Oculinidae, Merulinidae, Mussidae, Pectiniidae, Caryophylliidae, Dendrophyliidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 4.
Veron, J. E. N. and Pichon, M. (1982). Scleractinia of eastern Australia. IV. Family Poritidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 5.
Veron, J. E. N. and Wallace, C. (1984). Scleractinia of eastern Australia. V. Family Acroporidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 6.
Veron, J. E. N., Pichon, M. and Wijsman-Best, M. (1977). Scleractinia of eastern Australia. II. Families Faviidae, Trachyphylliidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 3.
Verseveldt, J. (1960). Biological results of the Snellius Expedition XX. Octocorallia from the Malay Archipelago (Part I). TernminckiaVol. X(15): 209-250.
Verseveldt, J. (1966). Biological results of the Snellius Expedition XXII. Octocorallia from the Malay Archipelago (Part II). Zool. Verhandelingen 80: 1-109, 16 Plates.
Verseveldt, J. (1980). A revision of the genus Sinularia May (Octocorallia, Alcyonacea). Zool. Verh. Leiden 179: 1-128.
Verseveldt, J. (1982). A revision of the genus Sarcophyton Lesson (Octocorallia, Alcyonacea). Zool. Verh. Leiden 192: 1-91.
Verseveldt, J. (1983). A revision of the genus Lobophytum Von Marenzeller (Octocorallia, Alcyonacea). Zool. Verh. Leiden. 200: 1-103.
Verseveldt, J. and Bayer, F. M. (1988). Revision of the genera Bellonella, Eleutherobia, Nidalia and Nidaliopsis (Octocorallia: Alcyoniidae and Nidaliidae), with descriptions of two new genera. Zool. Verh. Leiden 245: i-v, 1-131.
Verseveldt, J. and Benayahu, Y. (1978). Descriptions of one old and five new species of Alcyonacea (Coelenterata: Octocorallia) from the Red Sea. Zool. Meded. Leiden, 53(6): 57-74.
Verstappen, H. T. (1953). Djakarta Bay, a geomorphological study on shoreline development. Ph.D. Thesis. Utrecht, 101 pp.
Verstappen, H. T. (1954). The influence of climatic changes on the formation of coral islands. Am. J. Sci. 252: 428-435.
Verwey, J. (1930a). Depth of coral reefs and penetration of light. With notes on the oxygen consumption of corals. Proc. Fourth Pacific Science Congress, Java 1929. Vol 11(A): 277-299.
Verwey, J. (1930b). Coral reef studies. I. The symbiosis between damselfishes and sea anemones in Batavia bay. Treubia 12: 305-366.
Verwey, J. (1930c). Einiges uber die biologie ost-indischer mangrove-krabben. Treubia
12: 167-261.
Verwey, J. (1931a). Coral reef studies. II. The depth of coral reefs in relation to their oxygen consumption and the penetration of light in the water. Treubia 13(2): 169-198.
Verwey, J. (1931b). Coral reef studies. III. Geomorphological notes on the coral reefs of Batavia Bay. Treubia 13(2): 199-216.
Vicente, V. P. (1990). Response of sponges with autotrophic endosymbionts during the coral-bleaching episode in Puerto Rico. Coral Reefs 8: 199-202.
Villeneuve, M., Cornee, J. J., Martini, R., Zaninetti, L., Renault, J. P., Burhanuddin, S. and Malod, J. A. (1993). Upper Triassic limestones in the Sinta Ridge (Banda Sea-Indonesia). In: 10th Anniversary of French Indonesian Cooperation in Oceanography, Jakarta, pp. 119-123.
Vincellete, R. R. and Soeparjadi, R. A. (1976). Oil-bearing reefs in Salawati basin of Irian Jaya, Indonesia. AAPG Bulletin 60: 1448-1462.
Vincent, E. and Berger, W. (1981). Planktonic foraminifera and their use in Paleoceanography. In: Emiliani, C. (ed.), The Oceanic Lithosphere, the Sea. John Wiley & Sons, Toronto, pp. 1025-1119.
Vinogradov, M. E. (1970). Vertical distribution of the oceanic zooplankton. Nauka,Moscow. Israel Program of Science Translation, Jerusalem, Israel, pp. 1-339.
Visser, W. A. and Hermes, J. J. (1962). Geological results of the exploration for oil in Netherlands New Guinea: Koninkl. Nederlands Geol. Mijnbouw GenooL, Verh., Geol. Ser., v. 20, spec, no., 265 pp.
Volsoe, H. (1936). The sea snakes of the Iranian Gulf and Gulf of Oman. Danish Sci, Invest. Iran 1: 9-45
Von Chamisso, A. (1821). Reise um die Welt mit der Romanzofnschen Entdeckungs Expedition.
Von Hagen, H. (1977). The tree-climbing crabs of Trinidad. Stud. Fauna Curacao and other Caribbean Is., 175: 26-59.
Voris, H. K (1972). The role of sea snakes (Hydrophiidae) in the trophic structure of coastal ocean communities. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of India 14 (2): 429-442.
Voris, H. K. (1977). A phylogeny of the sea snakes (Hydrophiidae). Fieldiana Zoology 70(4): 79-166.
Voris, H. K., and Voris, H. H. (1983). Feeding strategies in marine snakes: An analysis of evolutionary, morphological, behavioral and ecological relationships. American Zoologist 23: 411-425.
Voris, H. K., Voris, H. H. and Liat, L. B. (1978). The food and feeding behavior of a marine snake, Enhydrina schistosa (Hydrophiidae). Copeial: 134-146.
Vosjan, J. H. (1988). The ATP and ETS method in the study of surface layers and deep-sea basins of East Indonesian waters. Arch. Hydrobiol. Beih. Ergebn. Limnol. 31: 221-228.
Vosjan, J. H., and Niewland, G. (1987). Microbial biomass and respiratory activity in the surface waters of the east Banda Sea and northwest Arafura Sea (Indonesia) at the time of southeast monsooon. Limnol. Oceanogr. 32 (3): 767-775.
Vosjan, J. H., Niewland, G. and Ruyitno (1990). Monsoonal differences in microbial biomass, respiratory activity and bacterial numbers in the Banda Sea. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25 (4): 501-511.
Vosmaer, G. C. J. (1911). The Porifera of the Siboga Expedition II. The Genus Spirastrella. Monographe Siboga Expeditie, 6(a1): 1-69.
Vosmaer, G. C. and Vernhout, J. H. (1902). The Porifera of the Siboga Expedition I. The Genus Placospongia. Monographe Siboga Expeditie, 6(a): 1-17.
Wajsowicz, R. C. (1993). A Simple Model of the Indonesian Throughflow and Its Composition. J. Phys. Oceanogr. 23(12): 26832703.
Walker, D. I. and Woelkerling, W. J. (1988). A quantitative study of sediment contribution by epiphytic coralline red algae in seagrass meadows in Shark Bay, Western Australia. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 43: 71-77.
Wallace, A. R. (1869). The Malay Archipelago: The Land of the Orang-Utan, and the Bird of Paradise. London, Macmillan 8c Company, 638 pp.
Wallace, C. C. (1978). The coral genus Acropora (Scleractinia: Astrocoeniina: Acroporidae) in the central and southern Great Barrier Reef Province. Mem. Qd. Mus. 18(2): 273-319.
Wallace, C. C. (1994). New species and a new species-group of the coral genus Acropora(Scleractinia: Astrocoeniina: Acroporidae) from Indo-Pacific locations. Invertebr. Taxon. 8: 961-988.
Wallace, C. C. (in press). New species and new records of recently described species of coral genus Acropora (Scleractinia: Astrocoeoniina: Acroporidae) from Indonesia. Zool. J. Linn. Soc.
Wallace, C. C, Pandolfi, J. M., Young, A, and Wolstenholme, J. (1991). Indo-Pacific coral biogeography: a case study from the Acropora selago group. Aust. Syst. Bot. 4: 199- 210.
Walter, M. R. (1976). Stromatolites. Developments in Sedimentology, 20. Elsevier, Amsterdam. 790 pp.
Walter, M. R. (1983). Archean stromatolites: evidence of the Earth's earliest benthos. In: Schopf, J. W. (ed.) Earth's Earliest Biosphere. Princeton University Press, pp. 187-213.
Walter, M. R. and Heys, G. R. (1985). Links between the rise of the Metazoa and the decline of stromatolites. Precambrian Res. 29: 149-174.
Wang, G., Lu, B. and Quan, S. (1990). The evolution of continental slope atolls in the South China Sea. Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on Asian Marine Geology, 7-10 September 1988, Shanghai. China Ocean Press, Beijing, pp. 291-306.
Ward, P. and Risk, M. J. (1977). Boring patterns of the sponge Cliona vermifera in the coral Montastrea annularis. J. PaleontoL 51: 520-526.
Ward, S. (1992). Evidence for broadcast spawning as well as brooding in the scleractinian coral Pocillopora damicornis. Mar. Biol. 112: 641-646.
Ware, J. R., Smith, S. V. and Reaka-Kudla, M. L. (1992). Coral reefs: sources or sinks of atmospheric C02? Coral Reefs 11 (S): 127130
Warwick, R. M., Clarke, K R. and Suharsono. (1990). A statistical analysis of coral community responses to the 1982-83 El Nino in the Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Coral Reefs 8: 171-179.
Wassenberg, T. J. and Hill, B. J. (1987). Natural diet of tiger prawns Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 38: 169-182.
Waterbury, J. B. and Stanier, R. Y. (1978). Patterns of growth and development in pleurocapsalean cyanobacteria. Microbiol. Rev. 42: 2-44.
Watson, G. F., Robertson, A. I. and Littlejohn, M. J. (1984). Invertebrate macrobenthos of the seagrass communities in Western Port, Victoria. Aquat. Bot. 18: 175-197.
Watson, J. G. (1928). Mangrove forests of the Malayan Peninsula. Malayan Forest Records
6: 1-275. Watson, R. A., Voles, R. G. and Lee Long,
W. J. (1993). Simulation estimates of annual yield and landed values for commercial penaeid prawns from tropical sea-grass habitats, northern Queensland, Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 44: 211-219.
Webb, S. R. (1992). Pulau Seribu Field Trip Guidebook. P.T. STANVAC INDONESIA, 69 pp.
Weber, A., van Bosse and Foslie, M. (1904). The Corallinaceae of the Siboga-Expedition. Monogr. Siboga Expeditie. 61: 1-110.
Weber, J. N. (1973). Reef corals and coral reefs in the vicinity of Port Moresby, south coast of Papua New Guinea. Pac. Sci. 27: 377-390.
Weber, J. N. (1974). 13CJ12C ratios as natural isotopic tracers elucidating calcification processes in reef-building and non-reefbuilding corals. Proc. 2nd Int. Coral Reef Symp., Brisbane, pp. 289-298.
Weber, M. and de Beaufort, L.F. (19111962). The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Vols. 1-11. Leiden, EJ.Brill. Wefer, G. and Berger, W. H. (1991). Isotope paleontology: growth and composition of extant calcareous species. Mar. Geol. 100: 201-248.
Weissel, J. K. (1980). Evidence of Eocene crust in the Celebes basin. AGU Monogr. 23: 37-47.
Weissel, J. K and Hayes, D. E. (1972). Magnetic anomalies in the southeast Indian Ocean. In: Hayes, D. E. (ed.), Antarctic Oceanology II: Australia-New Zealand Sector. Antarctica Research Series, 19: 234-249. American Geophysical Union, Washington, D.C.
Weissel, J. K, Hayes, D. E. and Herron, E. M. (1977). Plate tectonic synthesis: the displacements between Australia, New Zealand, and Antarctica since late Cretaceous. Mar. Geol. 25 231-277
Wellington, G. M. (1982). An experimental analysis of the effects of light and zooplankton on coral zonation. Oecologia 52: 311-320.
Wellington, G. M. and Gleason, D. F. (1993). Monitoring of ultraviolet light flux along a depth gradient in San Salvador Island, Bahamas. Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp.,Guam 1: 169.
Wells, J. W. (1956). Scleractinia. In: Moore,
R. C. (ed.) Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. University Kansa Press, USA, pp. 328-444.
Wells, J. W. (1957). Coral reefs. In: Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.) Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. Vol. I. Ecology. Geol. Soc. Amer. Mem. 67: 609-631.
Wells, J. W. (1963). Coral growth and geochronometry. Nature 197: 948-950.
Wells, J. W. (1966). Evolutionary development in the sceractinian family Fungiidae. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 16: 223-245.
Wells, J. W. (1969). Aspects of Pacific coral reefs. Micronesica 5: 317-322.
Wells, J. W. (1986). A list of scleractinian generic and subgeneric taxa, 1758-1985. Fossil Cnidaria 15(11).
Wells, S. M. (1986). A future for coral reefs. New Sci. 30 (October): 46-50.
Wells, S., Dwivendi, S. N., Singh, S. and Robson, I. (1995). Marine region 10: Central Indian Ocean. In: Kelleher, G., Bleakley C. and Wells, S. (eds.), A Global System of Marine Protected Areas. GBRMPA, The World Bank and IUCN, Washington, pp. 13-37.
Wensik, H., Hartosukohardjo, S. and Suryana, Y. (1989). Palaeomagnetism of Cretaceous sediments from Misool, northeastern Indonesia. Neth. J. Sea Res. 24(2J3): 287-301.
Westrum, B. L. and Meyers, P. A. (1978). Organic carbon in seawater from over three Caribbean reefs. Bull. Mar. Sri. 28: 153-158.
Wetsteyn, F. J., Ilahude, A. G. and Baars, M. A. (1990). Nutrient distribution in the upper 300 m of the eastern Banda Sea and northern Arafura Sea during and after the upwelling season, August 1984 and February 1985. Neth. J. SeaRes. 25(4): 449-464.
Wetsteyn, F. J., Cadee, G. C, Vosjan, J. H. and Kraay, G. W. (1990). Standard measurements on water samples (3-300 m) from the eastern Banda Sea in August 1984 and February 1985: Nutrients, oxygen, TOC, POC, ATP, ETS, chlorophyll. In: Baars, M. A., Cadee, G. C, Kraay,
G. W., Wetsteyn, F. J. and Witte, J.Ij. (eds.), Reports of the Indonesian-Dutch Snellius-II Expedition, Volume 3. Theme 3: Pelagic Systems. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta: 126-166.
Wharton, W. J. L. (1897). Foundation of coral atolls. Nature 55: 390-393.
Wheadey, P. (1959). Geographical notes on some commodities involved in Sung marine trade. J. Malay Branch R. Asia Soc. 32: 1-140.
White, et al. (1989). Environmental Profile of Segara Anakan-Cilacap, South Java, Indonesia. ICLARM Technical Publication Series 4, Contribution No. 522, pp. 81.
Whitehead, D. R. and Jones, C. E. (1969). Small islands and the equilibrium theory of insular biogeography. Evolution 23: 171-179.
Whitehouse, F. W. (1973). Coral reefs of the New Guinea region. In: Jones, O. A. and Endean, R. (eds.), Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs, Volume 1: Geology 1: 169-186. Academic Press, New York.
Whidey, G. P. (1932). Marine zoogeographical regions of Australia. Australian Naturalist 8: 166-167'.
Whitman, J. M. and Berger, W. H. (1992). Oliocene-Pleistocene oxygen isotope record Site 568, Ontong Java Plateau. Marine Micropaleontology 18: 171-198.
Whitmore, T. C. (1984a). Tropical Rain Forests of the Far East. Claredon, Oxford. Whitmore, T. C. (1984b). A vegetation map of Malaysia at scale 1:5 million. J. Biogeog. 11:461-471.
Whitmore, T. C. (1987). Biogeographical Evolution of the Malay Archipelago. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
Whittaker, R. H. (1975). Communities and ecosystems. 2nd. ed. MacMillan, New York.
Whitten, A. J. and Damanik, S. J. (1986). Mass defoliation of mangrove in Sumatra. Biotropica 18(2): 176.
Whitten, A. J., Damanik, S. J., Anwar, J. and Hisyam, N. (1987). The Ecology of Sumatra. Gadja Mada University Press, 583 pp.
Whitten, A. J., Mustafa, M. and Henderson, G. S. (1988). The Ecology of Sulawesi. Gadja Mada University Press, Yogyakarta, Indonesia, 777 pp.
Whitten, A. J., Soeriaatmadja, R. E. and Afiff, S. (1996). The Ecology of Java and Bali. Periplus Editions, Singapore.
Whitten, D. G. A. and Brooks, J. R. V. (1972). A Dictionary of Geology. Middlesex: Penguin Books. 495 pp.
Wibowo, P. (1994). Kondisi karang di perairan T.N. Baluran, Jawa Timur. Asian Wetiand Bureau Indonesia (unpublished report).
Wicaksono, A. (1991). Egg harvesting on the major nesting beach of green turtles, Che-Ionia mydas, in Jawa, Indonesia. Ministry of Environment and EMDI Project, Unpublished report, 17 pp.
Wicaksono, A. (1992). Berau Turde Islands in the Regency of Berau, The Province of East Kalimantan. Report, The Ministry of State For Population and Environment (KLH)June 1992, 10 pp.
Wiebe, W. J. (1985). Nitrogen dynamics on coral reefs. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr.,Tahiti 3: 401-406
Wiebe, W. J. Johannes, R. E. and Webb, K L. (1975). Nitrogen fixation in a coral reef community. Science 188: 257-259.
Wiebe, W. J., Crossland, C. J. Johannes, R. E., Rimmer, D. W. and Smith, S. V. (1982). High latitude (Abrolhos Islands) reef community metabolism: What sets latitudinal limits on coral reef development? Proc. 4th. Int. Coral Reef Symp. Vol. 1: 721.
Wiens, H. J. (1962). Atoll environment and ecology. New Haven, Yale University Press, 532 pp.
Wijsman-Best, M. (1974). Biological results of the Snellius Expedition. XXV Faviidae collected by the Snellius Expedition. I. The genus Favia. Zool. Med. Leiden 48(22): 249-161.
Wijsman-Best, M. (1976). Biological results of the Snellius Expedition XXVII. Faviidae collected by the Snellius Expedition. II. The genera Favites, Goniastrea, Platygyra, Oulophyllia, Leptoria, Hydnophora, and Caulastrea. Zool. Med. Leiden 50(4): 46-62
Wijsman-Best, M. (1977). Coral research in the Indonesian archipelago, the past, the present, and the future. Mar. Res. Indonesia 17: 1-14.
Wijsman-Best, M., Moll, H. and De Klerk, L.G. (1981). Present status of the coral reefs in the Spermonde Archipelago (South Sulawesi, Indonesia) Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp. Manila, Vol. 1: 263-267.
Wilkinson, C. (1993). Coral reefs of the world are facing widespread devastation: can we prevent this through sustainable management practices? Proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 11-21.
Wilkinson, C. R. and Buddemeier, R. W. (1994). Global Climate Change and Coral Reefs: Implications for People and Reefs. IUCN, Gland, pp. 124.
Wilkinson, C. R. and Cheshire, A. C. (1988). Cross-shelf variation in coral reef structure and function - influences of land and ocean. Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp.,Townsville 1: 227-233.
Wilkinson, C. R. and Cheshire, A. C. (1989). Patterns in the distribution of sponge populations across the central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 8: 127-134.
Wilkinson, C. R., Chow, L. M., Gomez, E., Ridzwan, A. R., Soekarno, S. and Sudara, S. (1993). Status of coral reefs in S.E. Asia: Threats and responses. In: Ginsburg R. N. (compiler), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History, 1993, pp. 311-317. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.
Williams, D. F., Be, A. W. H. and Fairbanks, R. G. (1981). Seasonal stable isotopic variations in living planktonic foraminifera from Bermuda plankton tows. Palaeogeog. Palaeoclimatol. Palaeoecol. 33: 77-102.
Williams, D. G. (1994). Vegetation and flora of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. A toll Res. Bull. 404: 1-29.
Williams, E. H., Jr. and Bunkley-Williams, L. (1990). The world-wide coral reef bleaching cycle and related sources of coral mortality. Atoll Res. Bull. 335: 1-71.
Williams, E. H., Goenaga, C. and Vicente, V. (1987). Mass bleaching on Atlantic coral reefs. Science 237: 877-878.
Williams, G. C. (1993). Biotic diversity, biogeography, and phylogeny of pennatulacean octocorals associated with coral reefs in Indo-Pacific. proc. 7th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 2: 729-735.
Williams, J. A. and Margolis, S. U. (1974). Sipunculid burrows in coral reefs: evidence for chemical and mechanical excavation. Pac. Sci. 28(4): 357-359.
Willis, B. L., Babcock, R. C, Harrison, P. L. and Oliver, J. K. (1985). Patterns in the mass spawning of corals on the Great Barrier Reef from 1981 to 1984. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., Tahiti, Vol. 4: 343-348.
Wilson, B. R. and Allen, G. R. (1987). Major components and distribution of marine fauna. In: Dyne, G. R. and Walto, D. W. (eds.), Fauna of Australia. Vol. 1A: 43-68. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
Wilson, E. O. (1992). TheDiversity of Life. W. W. Norton & Company, New York, London. 424 pp.
Wilson, E. O. and Simberloff, D. S. (1969). Experimental zoogeography of islands. Defaunation and monitoring techniques. Ecology 50 (2): 267-278.
Wilson, J. L. (1974). Characteristics of carbonate platform margins. AAPG Bulletin58(5): 810-824.
Wilson, J. L. and Jordan, C. F., Jr. 91983). Middle Shelf Environments. In: Scholle, P. A., Bebout, D. G. and Moore, C. H. (eds.), Carbonate Depositional Environments. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol, Mem. 33: 298-343.
Wiryosujono, S. and Hainim, J. A. (1978). Cainozoic sedimentation in Buton island, southeast Sulawesi, eds. S. Wiryosujono, and A. Sudradjat, Proceedings of the Regional Conference on the Geology and Mineral Resources of S. E. Asia., Jakarta, 1975, 109-119. Indonesian Association of Geologists.
Wolanski, E. Hydrodynamics of tropical coastal marine systems. In: Connell, D. W. and Hawker, D. W. (eds.), Pollution in Tropical Aquatic Systems. CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Ann Arbor, London, pp. 3-27.
Wolcott, D. L. and O'Conner, N. J. (1992). Herbivory in crabs: Adaptations and ecological considerations. Amer. Zool. 32: 370-381.
Wood, E. J. F. (1965). Marine Microbial Ecology. Reinhold, New York, 234 pp.
Wood, E. M. (1983). Reef Corals of the World: Biology and Field Guide. T.F.H. Publications, Neptune City, NJ, p. 256.
Wood-Jones, F. (1910). Coral and Atolls. L. Reeve, London, 392 pp. Wood-Jones, F. (1912). Corals and Atolls: a
history and description of the Keeling-Cocos Islands. London, L. Reeve & Co., 392 pp.
Woodley, J. D., and 19 others (1981). Hurricane Allen's impact on Jamaican coral reefs. Science 214: 749-755.
Woodwell, G. M. (1990). Aquatic systems as part of the biosphere. In: Barnes, R. S. K. and Mann, K H. (eds.), Fundamentals of Aquatic Ecosystems. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, pp. 201-215.
WormuthJ. H. (1985). The role of cold-core Gulf Stream rings in the temporal and spatial patterns of euphecosomatous pteropods. Beep-Sea Res. 32(7): 773-788.
Wouthuyzen, S. and Sapulete, V. (1994). Kedaan wilayah pesisir di Teluk Kotania, Seram Barat pada masa lalu dan sekarang: suatu tinjauan. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya, 7: 1-18.
Wray, J. L. (1971). Algae in reefs through time. Proc. N. Am. Paleontol. Soc. Convention, Chicago 1969 (I), pp. 1358-1373.
Wray, J. L. (1977). Calcareous Algae. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 185 pp.
Wright, C. A. and Murray, J. W. (1972). Comparisons of modern and Palaeogene foraminiferal distributions and their environmental implications. Mem. Bur. Rech. Geol. Minier. 79: 87-96.
Wright, D. (1977). Pollen morphology of Australian mangroves. Honours Thesis, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland.
Wright, L. D. (1989). Dispersal and deposition of river sdiments in coastal seas: models from Asia and the tropics. Neth. f. Sea Res. 23(4): 493-500.
Wu, G. and Berger, W. H. (1991). Pleistocene 8 O records from Ontong-Java Plateau: Effects of winnowing and dissolution. Mar. Geol. 96 (3-4): 193-209.
Wyers, S. C. (1985). Sexual reproduction of the coral Diploria strigosa (Scleractinia, Faviidae) in Bermuda: research in progress. Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr.,Tahiti. Vol 4: 301-306.
Wylie, C. R. and Paul, V. J. (1989). Chemical defenses in three species of Sinularia (Coelenterata, Alcyonacea): effects against generalist predators and the butterflyfish Chaetodon unimaculatus Bloch. J. Exp. Mar. Biol Ecol. 129:141-160.
Wyman, K. D., Dubinsky, Z., Porter, J. W. and Falkowski, P. G. (1987). Light absorption and utilization among hermatypic corals: a study in Jamaica, West Indies. Mar. Biol. 96: 95-109.
Wyrtki, K. (1957). Precipitation, evaporation, and energy exchange on the surface of the southeast Asian waters. Marine Research in Indonesia 3: 7-40.
Wyrtki, K. (1961). Physical oceanography of the southeast Asian waters, vol. 2, NAGA report, University of California, San Diego, 195 pp.
Wyrtki, K. (1987). Indonesian through flow and the associated pressure gradient. J. Geophs. Res. 92(12): 12,941-12,946.
Yabe, H. (1942). Problems of the coral reefs. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Geol. and Paleo. Inst, Rept. 39: 1-6.
Yamaguchi, M. (1975). Sea-level fluctuations and mass mortalities of reef animals in Guam, Mariana Islands. Micronesica 11: 227-243.
Yamamuro, M., Minagawa, M. and Kayanne, H. (1993). Preliminary observation on food webs in Shiraho coral reef as determined from carbon and nitrogen stable isotopes. Proc. 7th Intl. Coral Reef Symp., Guam 1: 358-361.
Yamashiro, H., Hidaka, M., Nishihira, M. and Poung-in, S. (1989). Morphological studies on skeletons of Diaseris fragilis, a free-living coral which reproduces asexually by natural autotomy. Galaxea 8: 283-294.
Yamazoto, K. (1986). The effects of suspended particles on reef building corals, pp. 86-91. pp 34-85. In: Soemodihardjo, S. (ed.), Proceedings of MAB-COMAR Regional Workshop on Coral Reef Ecosystems: Their Management Practices and Research/Training Needs. UNESCO: MAB-COMAR and LIPI, Jakarta.
Yamazoto, K., Sato, M. and Yamashiro, H. (1981). Reproductive biology of an alcyonacean coral, Lobophytum crassum Marenzeller. Proc. 4th Int. Coral Reef Symp., Manila 2: 671-678.
Yan, X., Ho., C, Zheng, Q. and Klemas, V. (1992). Temperature and size variability of the Western Pacific Warm Pool. Science 258: 1643-1645.
Yap, H.T. (1992). Marine environmental problems: Experiences of developing regions. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 25: 37-40.
Yassin, M. Hj. Mohd. (1989). Coastal resources management in Jahore: A balance between development and sustainable use. In: Chua, T.E. and Pauly, D. (eds.) Coastal area management in Southeast Asia: policies, management strategies and case studies. ICLARM, Philippines, pp. vii-x.
Yates, B. F. (1994). Implementing coastal zone management policy: Kepulauan Seribu Marine Park, Indonesia. Coastal Management 22: 235-249.
Yeh, H. (1993). Disaster on Flores Island. Nature 361: 686.
Yeh, H., Imamura, F., Synolakis, C, Tsuji, Y, Liu, P. and Shi, S. (1993). The Flores island tsunamis. EOS, Transactions, American Geophysical Union, 74(34).
Yong, K T. (1989). Coastal resources management in the ASEAN Region: Problems and Directions. In: Chua, T.E. and Pauly, D. (eds.) Coastal area management in Southeast Asia: policies, management strategies and case studies. ICLARM, Philippines, pp. xi-xvii.
Yonge, C. M. (1940). The biology of reef building corals. Great Barrier Reef Expedition 1928-1929, Scientific Report 1(13): 353 891. British Museum (Natural History), London.
Yonge, G. M. and Nicholls, A. G. (1931). Studies on the physiology of corals. 5. The effect of starvation in light and in darkness on the relationship between corals and zooxanthellae. Sci. Rep. Gr. Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-1929 1: 177-211.
Yonge, C. M. and Nicholls, A. G. (1931a). Studies on the physiology of corals. IV. The structure, distribution and physiology of the zooxanthellae. Sci. Rep. Great Barrier Reef Exped. 1: 135-176.
Yonge, C. M. and Nicholls, A. G. (1931b). Studies on the physiology of corals. V. The effects of starvation in light and in darkness on the relationship between corals and zooxanthellae. Sci. Rep. Gr. Barrier Reef Expedition 1928-1929 1: 177-211.
Yosephime, M. I. and Suharsono. (1995). Perbandingan kondisi terumbu karang pada tahun 1985 dan 1995 di beberapa Pulau di Kepulauan Seribu. Seminar Nasional Pengelolaan Terumbu Karang di Indonesia, 10-12 Oktober 1995, Jakarta, Kumpulan Abstrak.
Yusron, E. (1989). Distribusi cacing laut (Polychaeta) pada terumbu karang di Pulau Ambon dan sekitarnya. In: In:Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku dan Setitarnya: Biologi, Budidaya, Geologi, Lingkungan dan Oseanografi. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 7-12.
Yusron, E. and Syahailatua, A. (1987). Biomassa biota karang di perairan Teluk Ambon dengan catatan khusus mengenai cacing laut. In: Soemodihardjo, S., Birowo, S. and Romimohtarto, K. (eds.), Teluk Ambon I: Biologi, Perikanan, Oseanografi dan Geology. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp. 10-16.
Yusron, E. and Widianwari, P. (1990). Pengamatan pendahuluan komunitas cacing laut (Polychaeta) de beberapa perairan pantai Seram Timur, Maluku Tengah. In:Praseno, D. P. (ed.), Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Ambon, pp.117-22.
Zen, M. T. (1993). A review of marine geosciences development in Indonesia with special reference to the French-Indonesian cooperation. 10th Anniversary of the French Indonesian Cooperation in Oceanography, compiler, J. A. Malod, p.11-23. Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres (Ambassade de France en Indonesie) and Kantor Menteri Negara Riset dan Technologi (Badan Pengkajian dan Penerapan Teknologi-BPPT).
Zevenboom, W. (1990). Picocyanobacteria in the Banda Sea during two different monsoons. Neth. J. Sea Res. 25 (4): 513-521.
Zevenboom, W. and Wetsteyn, F. J. (1990). Growth limitation and growth rates of pico (phytoplankton) in the Banda Sea during two different monsoons. Neth. ]. Sea Res. 25 (4) 465-472.
Zieman, J. C. (1968). A study of the growth and decomposition of the sea-grass, Thalassia testudinum. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Miami.
Zieman, J. C. (1975). Seasonal variation of turtle, Thalassia testudinum Konig, with reference to temperature and salinity effects. Aquatic Bot. 23:149-755.
Zieman, J. C. and Wetzel, R. G. (1980). Productivity in seagrasses: methods and rates. In: Phillips, R. C. and McRoy, C. P. (eds.), Handbook of Seagrass Biology. Garland STPM Press, New York, pp. 87-16.
Zijlstra, J. J. and Baars, M. A. (1987). The Snellius-II Expedition. Progress Report Theme III, Pelagic Systems. Biological oceanography in the eastern Banda Sea and northern Arafura Sea in relation to the monsoons. Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Amsterdam
- Indonesian Institute of Sciences Jakarta: 1-95.
Zijlstra, J. J. and Baars, M. A. (1991). Productivity and fisheries potential of the Banda Sea ecosystem. In: Sherman, K., Alexander, L. M. and Gold, B. D. (eds.), Large Marine Ecosystems: Patterns, Processes and Yields. American Association for the Advancement of Sciences, Washington, pp. 54-65.
Zijlstra, J. J., Baars, M. A., Tijssen, S. B., Wetsteyn, F. J., Witte, J. IJ., Ilahude, A. G. and Hadikusumah. (1990). Monsoonal effects on the hydrography of the upper waters (<300 m) of the eastern Banda Sea and northern Arafura Sea, with special reference to vertical transport processes. Neth. J. Sea. Res. 25: 431-447.
Zimmerman, K D. and Heatwole, H. (1992). Ventilation rates in three prey fish species treated with venom of the olive sea snake, Aipysurus laevis. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 102C (3): 421-425.
Zimmerman, K. D., Gates, G. R. and Heatwole, H. (1990). Effects of venom of the Olive sea snake, Aipysurus laevis, on the behaviour and ventilation of three species of prey fish. Toxicon 28(12): 1469-478.
Zimmerman, K. D., Heatwole, H. and Davies, H. I. (1992). Survival times and resistance to sea snake (Aipysurus laevis) venom by five species of prey fish. Toxicon 30(3): 259- 264.
Zobell, C. E. (1947). Marine bacteriology. Ann. Rev. Biochem. 16: 565-586.
Zobell, C. E. (1952). Occurrence and importance of bacteria in Indonesian waters. J. Sci. Res. Indonesia 1: 2-6.